The Masterbuilder - November 2012

Aquarius Engineers Pvt.
Ltd
Aquarius Engineers Pvt. Ltd
MB Cover
Hess Concrete Machinery India (P) Ltd
Hess Concrete Machinery India (P) Ltd
Pidilite Industries Ltd (Dr.Fixit)
Manitowoc Cranes
Metecno India Pvt.Ltd
Hyundai Construction Equipment India Pvt.Ltd
Techny Chemy
Marini India Pvt Ltd (Fayat India)
EDITOR'S COMMENT
The Aam Aadmi Dream

ike millions of young gadget savvy middle-class Indians, I woke up at 6 am today and dragged myself through the living room of my rented studio apartment to reach out for the newspaper. Suddenly my eyes light up as I read the front page advertisement, Budget Luxury Apartments all Set to Inspire Your Senses as my eyes crawl down to the bottom of the page desperately searching for some 'really affordable' pre-launch offer; reality hits me yet again as the bottom of the page reads, price starting from as low as ` 70 Lakhs!. I decide to move on to the sports page with a disheartened sigh and by-then an empty cup of tea. I am just another of those random Indian 'Aam Aadmi' whose morning newspaper comes wrapped in a familiar dream, sold in countless real estate ads spread across billboards, magazines and newspapers. The Indian realty sector has seen property prices skyrocket in recent years, so much that majority of the builders are managing to stay afloat by purely selling in the international market these days. NRI investments have now become the major source of income for the industry which is struggling to find buyers in the domestic market. The 'still denied' Indian property bubble is purported to be in existence since March 2005, when the current UPA government decided to liberalize foreign direct investment norms in real estate in Feb, 2005, introduced the SEZ Act in 2005, and allowed private equity funds into real estate. Today, if one looks at the real estate market in terms of pricing alone, it would seem that demand is growing. But on the ground, the demand in six major real estate markets - Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai, Pune and Bengaluru has declined by around 40% in the past one year. New project launches have seen a drop of nearly 50 %. We have a situation where on one hand there are 11% vacant houses while on the other we have a shortage of 18.5 million houses. Vacant houses are a bubble that can burst at any time. Economists expect this time to come by November 2014. As for the country, the problem of course is that wealth 'created' on the back of housing bubbles is largely illusionary. Buying property because its value will go up so you can then sell it for profit, or perhaps borrow against the value of the first house to buy another, sounds nice when you're reading a Get rich-quick in real estate" book, but it is not something you want your personal finances to be built on especially if your banking system acts as though such a situation is risk-free. Dubai is an example too famous! The Finance Minister, in an effort to strike balance, is looking to tweak the lending policy of banks to housing projects. To mark the launch of the operations of the scheme, three major lending agencies in the retail housing market - State Bank of India, Central Bank of India and HDFC entered into agreement with the National Housing Bank (NHB). Another fact is that real-estate market does not always work according to demand and supply, because many builders who have taken loans to purchase land continue to sell it at a high price. So, there is no threat to investors. Nonetheless the previous pace of progress no longer seems possible unless one believes in miracles! Low cost housing projects are expected to bring out the true potential of the market in future and might as well turn out to be the very miracle we need!
Your feedbacks are welcome and should be sent to: The Editor, The Masterbuilder, 102/11 (New No. 46/11), Tripti Apartments, Marshalls Road, Egmore, Chennai, India. Phone: +91 44 28555248 Telefax: +91 44 28586703
Editor-in-Chief K.P . Pradeep editor@masterbuilder.co.in Vice-Chairman K G K Moorthy moorthykgk@yahoo.co.in Director Editorial, Construction Chemicals Dr. Y P Kapoor Editor-in-Charge Ravi Damodaran Editor Nigel Narayan Associate Editors M.J. Krishna, M.K. Prabhakar, Sonjay Deb Head - Content Development CE, Infrastructure & Environment Sadagopan Seshadri Contributors Bhavani Balakrishna, Priya, Chaitanya Raj Goyal Vice President Marketing H. Usha Devi Head-New Media Initiative Pradeep Nair News Desk B. Sathya Venkatesh Credit Controller G.B. Muralidharan Finance R. Prema Manager Digital Production K. Sravanthi Kiran Manager Digital Media Lakshmi Creative Head S. Nithiyanandam Production Manager Caroline D'sylva Digital Production Assistant R. Anand, Sudhir Kumar Singh Subscription & Circulation Team Sateesh Kuniyil, S. Sasi Corporate Office MB Publishers Pvt. Limited 102/11 (New No. 46/11), Tripti Apartments, Marshalls Road, Egmore, Chennai - 600 008. Ph: 044-28555248 Telefax: 28586703. Subscription & Circulation subscription@masterbuilder.in Website www.masterbuilder.co.in Karnataka No.40, 2nd Floor, 7th "C" Cross, Ashwini Layout, Koramangala, Bangalore - 560047. Phone: 080 - 25701079 / 25705888 Mobile: 09343833191 Owned and Published by K.P . Pradeep 102/11 (New No. 46/11), Tripti Apartments, Marshalls Road, Egmore, Chennai - 600 008. Printed By Ashok Natarajan Times Printers & Publishers, New No. 57 (29), Dr. Besant Road, Ice House, Chennai - 600 014. Disclaimer All rights reserved. Reproduction, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, in whole or part without prior written permission is prohibited. All views expressed in this magazine are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of the publisher, neither do the publishers endorse any of the claims made in the advertisements.
Nigel Narayan
Editor
Gandhi Automations Pvt. Ltd
Contents
Editor's Comment.......................12 Advertisers Index.......................22

Infrastructure
"Manufacturing Growth" Stagnancy: NIMZs 'A Game Changer?'
Sadagopan Seshadri, Chief - Content Development, CE - Infrastructure - Environment
229
110 120 126 134 138 142 156 164
MB Bureau Report
Classification Index....................24 News & Events............................26
48
Moisture: Analysis Optimal Thermographic Procedures for Moisture Analysis in Buildings Materials
High Rise: Foundations Foundation for High Rise Buildings
Elisabetta Rosina1, Nicola Ludwig2 1 Dipartimento di Conservazione e Storia dell'Architettura, Politecnico di Milano 2 Institute of Applied General Physics, Universit degli Studi di Milano
60 68 76 84 92 102
Ground Engineering Construction of Underground Metro Stations and Associated Tunnelling
Highrise: Fire Fighting Systems Keeping it Fire Free: Latest Fire Fighting Systems for High-rise Safety
Chaitanya Raj Goyal
R G Saini, Project Director Metro Tunnelling, Chennai, L&T SUCG JV
People A Unique Recognition for Shell Structures and R. Sundaram

Bhavani Balakrishna
Concrete: Fiber Reinforced Triangular Polyestor Fibers as Secondary Reinforcement in Concrete for Flexure / Split Tensile Strength
KRS. Narayan, BE.Civil, M.Tech, Leeds University - U.K., F.ICI., F.ACCE
CE: Concrete Placement Machines for Concrete Placement Through Concrete Pumps
John Kennan, Rahul Sharma, Schwing Stetter
Urban Engineering: Technology New Software Developed for Urban Network Analysis
Andres Sevtsuk, Singapore University of Technology & Design Established in Collaboration with Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA
J Jeyson Samuel, L&T GeoStructure, Larsen & Toubro limited, Manapakkam, Chennai
Diaphragm: Wall Systems Equipment for Diaphragm Wall Construction
Building Information Modeling Streamlining Energy Analysis of Existing Buildings with Rapid Energy Modeling
Autodesk
Non-Destructive Testing 'Equipment for Evaluation, Testing and Maintenance of Concrete Structures'
Dr. R Nagendra, Technical Director, Civil-Aid Technoclinic Pvt. Ltd.
Concrete Block Workmanship Improve Workmanship in the Block Work
Nirmal Ganesh M, Senior Manager - Sobha Developers Ltd.
Concrete: Batching Plants Concrete Batching Plants Some Cost and Quality Issues
S A Reddi, Former MD, Gammon India Ltd.
Helen Chow1*, Frances Badelow1 1Coffey Geotechnics Pty Ltd
Tall Buildings: Foundations Challenging Design: Foundations for Tall Buildings
M.K. Prabhakar, Associate Editor
CE: 2012 Roll Out Top Construction Equipment Rollout in 2012: A Recap
126 110
14 The Masterbuilder - November 2012 www.masterbuilder.co.in
164
120
Enviro Geosynthetics Pvt. Ltd
Contents
172 182 190 194 200 80 98 100
Chaitanya Raj Goyal
Equipment: Focus Pushing the Limits: Backhoe Loader Industry in India Infrastructure: GIS-BIM Application of GIS-BIM Integration for Mega Project Construction Equipment Management
MB Bureau Report
130 Geogrid Asphalt Reinforcement for Airport Taxiways & Runways 151 MC-SUNFILLA 204 Volvo Rolls Out Heavy Duty D-Series Excavators 206 Volvo EC 240: Digging in Deep to Deliver
Waterproof Coatings to Keep Your Walls Immune to 208 Water and Worries
Roads Next-Gen Smart and Sustainable Highways

Bhavani Balakrishna
Roads: PMA Polymer Modified Asphalt A Solution to Many Asphalt Problems

Sonjoy Deb, B.Tech,'Civil' Associate Editor
212 The Cure for Concrete

and Enhance Life of Concrete Structures: 214 Preserve Think Beyond Waterproofing 1: Time to Grab the Change Fully Automatic Concrete 218 MACH Pipe Machines from Pakona Engineers
Concrete: Highways Cracks Repair in Pavement Quality Concrete

Anil Tiwari, Manager, UltraTech Cement Ltd
Communication Feature India's Apollo Infratech inks JV Deal with Hawkeye Pedershaab
222 Innovation: A Hallmark at Macons 224 Zipper Proves It's Mettle Once Again 226 Endeavors and Accomplishments of Parijatha
Supreme's 'DURAble' Construction Solutions
Automatic Industrial Overhead Doors from Gandhi Automations
182 172 190

Mailed out every Wednesday MBP's flagship e-newsletter, MB360O is the most comprehensive news source for the Indian construction industry. Delivered directly to your inbox, MB360O features the pick of the emerging construction materials, people, breaking news stories, new & notable products, tenders, global trends and more from the editorial team of India's premier civil engineering and infrastructure magazine the Masterbuilder.
194
For Your Weekly Source of Reliable Construction Information
visit us at www.masterbuilder.co.in
16
The Masterbuilder - November 2012 www.masterbuilder.co.in
H & K Rolling Mill Engineers Pvt.Ltd
Contents
Advertisers Index
A
4th International Construction Chemicals Conclave - 2013 (FICCI) 4th International Seminar on Forensic Geotechnical Engineering Action Construction Equipment Ltd Ajax Fiori Engineering (I) Pvt.Ltd Apollo Infratech Pvt.Ltd Aquarius Engineers Pvt.Ltd Atul Fasteners Ltd BASF India Ltd BC India (A Bauma Conexpo Show) Bharat Road Development Combines Private Limited Buildmat 2013 233 217 Hess Concrete Machinery India (P) Ltd Gatefold Hyundai Construction Equipment India Pvt.Ltd 9 Elektrowerke GmbH & Co. KG RSB Transmissions India Ltd Safari Construction Equipments Pvt.Ltd Schwing Stetter (India) Pvt. Ltd Shriram Automall India Ltd Sicoma Mixers India Pvt.Ltd 171 79
I
Igloo Tiles 71 Implementation Challenges & Way Forward for Construction & Infrastructure Sector during 12th 5 year plan (2012 - 17) (CIDC) 192 / 193 International Seminar on Transport Infrastructure 2025 J.B.Engineering & Industrial Co., JBA Concrete Solutions JCB India Ltd Kumkang Kind Co.Ltd Lipi Polymers Pvt.Ltd Liugong India Pvt.Ltd Maco Coporation India Pvt.Ltd Macons Equipments Pvt.Ltd Manitowoc Cranes Marini India Pvt Ltd (Fayat India) MC - Bauchemie India Pvt.Ltd Metecno India Pvt.Ltd 223
S
43 41 31 171
A
115 87
Rear Gate Fold / 91 Flap (Front & Back) 123 137
Southern Agro Implements P Ltd (Toshniwal Systems & Instruments Pvt.ltd ) 167 Spartan Engineering SpeedCrafts Ltd STP Ltd Structura -13 Surie Polex Taisei International Tashi India Ltd Techny Chemy The Masterbuilder Subscription Form The Supreme Industries Ltd Tyre Protector (India) Pvt.Ltd Ultratech Cement Ltd Unisteel Engineering Works United Steel & Structurals Pvt. Ltd Universal Construction Machinery Venus Equipments & Tools Pvt.Ltd Vibrant Future Cities 2012 Volvo Construction Equipment Marketing Communication V-Tech Floors (I) Pvt.Ltd Wirtgen India Yash Enterprises 133 113 145 215 117
Aquarius Technologies Pvt.Ltd
J
185 95 Back inner
STA Flooring (Sanjay Tekale Associates) 67 / 105
B
55 199 129 209
K
152 /153
T
179 29 10 227 45 81
L
63 39
C
Case New Holland Construction Equipment (India) Pvt.Ltd 37 Caterpillar India 33 Cera Chem Pvt Ltd 59 Chembond Chemicals Ltd 236 CIVIL-AID Technoclinic Private Limited 175 Columbia Pakona Engineering Pvt.Ltd 75 Conference on Infrastructure Development Deliverables & Imperatives (ICEMA) 189
M
181 27 2nd Wrapper 11 51
U
Back Cover 101 97 93 / 109
Front inner Cover - 2
E
Enviro Geosynthetics Pvt.Ltd 15 Esquire - CMAC Pvt.Ltd 141 Excellence in Construction Project Execution & Cost Controls (Marcus Evans) 203 Exhibition -cum-Seminar on "Emerging Fast Track Technologies for Mass Housing" 221 Sri Parijatha Machinery Works Pvt. Ltd. Pidilite Industries Ltd (Dr.Fixit) PNP Poly Flex RD Mining Equipments Pvt.Ltd Reliance Industries Ltd Relyon Facility Services Roljack Industries Roof India 2013 ROTHO - Robert Thomas Metall- and
P
125 23 Front Inner
V
179 / 181 207 25 77
R
149 163 185 161 211
G
Gandhi Automations Pvt.Ltd H & K Rolling Mill Engineers Pvt.Ltd 13
W
35
H
21
Y
159
22
PNP Poly Flex
Contents
Advertisers Index / Classification

Aerial Boom Lifts Maco Corporation (India) Pvt. Ltd. Cement UltraTech Cement Ltd. Concrete Block Making Machine Columbia Pakona Engineering Pvt. Ltd. Hess Concrete Machinery India Pvt Ltd. Sri Parijatha Machinery Works Pvt. Ltd. Concrete Equipment Venus Equipment and Tools Pvt. Ltd. Concrete Polishing Machine Surie Polex Concrete Testing Services CIVIL-AID Technoclinic Private Limited 181 Back Cover 75 Gatefold 125 179 / 181 117 175 Cranes Manitowoc Crushing RD Mining Equipments Pvt. Ltd. Roljack Industries Doors Automatic Gandhi Automation Pvt. Ltd. 2nd Wrapper 149 161 13 Geosynthetics Enviro Geosynthetics P. Ltd. Hirers-Construction Equipment and Machinery Shriram Automall India Limited OEM Suppliers RSB Transmission I Ltd. 15
31 79
Excavators Hyundai Construction Equipment (I) Pvt. Ltd. 9 JCB India Ltd. Back Inner Liugong India Pvt. Ltd. 39 Volvo India Pvt. Ltd. 25 Conferences and Exhibitions ICEMA Conference 189 Implementation Challenges & Way Forward for Construction & Infrastructure Sector during 12th 5 year plan (2012 - 17) (CIDC) 192 / 193 BC India (A Bauma Conexpo Show) 199 Excellence in Construction Project Execution & Cost Controls (Marcus Evans) 203 Vibrant Future Cities - 2013 207 Buildmat 2013 209 Roof India - 2013 211 Structura -13 215 4th International Seminar on Forensic Geotechnical engineering 217 Exhibition -cum-Seminar on "Emerging Fast Track Technologies for Mass Housing" 221 International Seminar on Transport Infrastructure 2025 223 4th International Construction Chemicals Conclave - 2013 (FICCI) 233 Facility Services Relyon Facility Services Pvt Ltd. Fibre Reinforced Concrete Tashi Reinforcements LLP Flooring JBA Concrete Solution MC - Bauchme (I) Pvt Ltd. STA Concrete Flooring Solutions Tashi Reinforcements LLP V-Tech Floors (India) Pvt. Ltd. Flooring Equipment Aquarius Technologies Pvt. Ltd. Flooring Machine Venus Equipment and Tools Pvt. Ltd. Formwork Kumkangkind India 185 29 95 51 67/ 105 29 77 123 179 / 181 152 / 153
Precast Concrete Apollo Infratech Pvt. Ltd. Rear Gatefold / 91 Rotho - Robert Thomas Metall-und Elektrowerke GmbH & KG 171 Repair & Rehabilation Mc - Bauchemie (I) Pvt. Ltd. BASF India Limited Cera-Chem Pvt. Ltd. Chembond Chemicals Limited Pidilite Industries Ltd.(Dr. Fixit) Poly Flex Reliance Industries Ltd. STP Ltd. Technychemy Roofing Lipi Polymer Pvt Ltd United Steel & Structurals Pvt. Ltd. Roofing Fastners Atul Fastners Ltd. Sand Making Machine Yash Enterprises Sandwich Panels Metecno India Pvt. Ltd Thermal Insulation Tiles Technychemy Tiles Igloo Tiles TMT-Technology Suppliers H & K Rolling Mills Engineering Pvt. Ltd. Tyre Sealent Tyre Protector India Pvt. Ltd. Waterproofing BASF India Limited Cera-Chem Pvt. Ltd. Chembond Chemicals Limited Mc - Bauchemie (I) Pvt. Ltd. Pidilite Industries Ltd.(Dr. Fixit) Poly Flex Reliance Industries Ltd. STP Ltd. Technychemy The Supreme Industries Ltd. 51 55 59 236 Front inner - 1 23 163 145 10 63 97 137 159 Front inner - 2 10 71 21 81 55 59 236 51 Front inner -1 23 163 145 10 45
Concrete Testing & Evaluation Equipment Taisei International 179 Construction Chemicals BASF India Limited Cera-Chem Pvt. Ltd. Chembond Chemicals Limited Mc - Bauchemie (I) Pvt. Ltd. Pidilite Industries Ltd.( Dr. Fixit) 55 59 236 51 Front inner - 1
Construction Equipment & Machinery Action Construction Equipment Ltd. 115 Ajax Fiori Engineering (I) Pvt. Ltd. 87 Aquarius Engineers Pvt. Ltd. Flap (Front & Back) Bharat Road Development Combines Private Limited 129 Case New Holland Construction Equipments (India) Pvt. Ltd. 37 Caterpillar India 33 Esquire Cmac Pvt. Ltd. 141 Hyundai Construction Equipment (I) Pvt. Ltd. 9 J.B Engineering & Industrial Co. 185 JCB India Ltd. Back Inner Liugong India Pvt. Ltd. 39 Macons Equipments Pvt. Ltd. 27 Marini India 11 Safari Construction Equipments Pvt. Ltd. 43 Schwing Stetter India Pvt. Ltd. 41 Sicoma Mixers India Pvt. Ltd. 171 Spartan Engineering Industries Pvt. Ltd. 133 Speedcrafts Limited 113 Toshaniwal System & Instrument Pvt. Ltd. 167 Unisteel Engineering Works 101 Universal Construction Machinery & Equipment Ltd. 93 /109 Volvo India Pvt. Ltd. 25 Wirtgen India 35
24
Volvo Construction Equipment Marketing Communication
News & Events
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT
Zoomlin enters Guinness Book of Records for producing the tallest concrete pump
Zoomlion-Cifa 101 boom pump has entered the Guinness Book of Records for manufacturing the tallest concrete pump in the world. The pump is 101 metres long and has a 7-section boom, the last 4 sections being made of carbon. This is the latest technological breakthrough made as a result of the joint efforts of the technical departments based in Changsha and
Senago. Over 60 employees worked full-time on the project, from the design stage to production and assembly. It is a jubilation in part of Zoomlion completing 20th anniversary. The carbon used in the Zoomlion-Cifa 101 pump has a high modulus of elasticity and is a very different material from the one used in the Carbotech range to date.
22 Sets Lishide Excavators Exported to Ghana
for its efficient movement, energy-saving and stability. Ghana, whose economy realized the fast development in recent years and infrastructureconstruction is speeding up, locates in the west of Africa. On basis of this, the company pay attention to the market development and exploration of Ghana and West Africa, and have made great achievements. The 22 sets excavator exported to Ghana is expected to further expand Lishide brand influence in that area.
range in the concrete technology sector. Waitzinger Baumaschinen GmbH specialises in the development and production of truck-mounted concrete pumps, trailer concrete pumps and truck mixer concrete pumps. From today these products will now also be distributed via Liebherr's international sales and service organisation. This is the perfect complement to Liebherr-Mischtechnik GmbH's product range. To date the company based in Bad Schussenried has developed and produced mobile and stationary mixing plants, as well as truck mixers and conveyor belts for truck mixers. The acquisition of Waitzinger has afforded Liebherr-Mischtechnik GmbH the status of full-range supplier in the concrete technology sector. Liebherr's goal is to expand the concrete pump product range and thus further improve its international competitive position in the concrete technology sector.
Honghua launches the most powerful movable gantry crane

Chinese drilling rig builder Honghua launched a powerful movable gantry crane at an event in Qidong City, Jiangsu provice attended by the Egyptian Ministry of Petroleum. Honghua is building a movable gantry crane able to lift 22,000 tons modules and work on 10 rigs at once in a single basin. Honghua claims the 150m high crane, with a maximum lifting height of 65m, will be 11 times more powerful than anyother movable gantry crane. The crane known as the Honghai crane is being built for Honghua by Wuhan Bridge Heavy Industries. Honghua says that the new crane could shorten construction times for semi-submersible vessels by up to three months. With
Lishide successfully exported 22 sets excavators to Ghana. The excavator exported to Ghana is SC360.8 and SC230.8 series. Compared with domestic similar products, Lishide SC360.8 excavator is very competitive with its stable performance, excellent power and durability, and they are widely used in the hard working environment such as mining. Lishide SC230.8 excavator adopts the international well-known brand engine, and it has been widely praised by customers at home and abroad
Liebherr acquires concrete pump manufacturer Waitzinger

The Liebherr Group has acquired concrete pump manufacturer Waitzinger, based in Neu-Ulm, Germany. The relevant contracts were signed October 19, 2012 by the Managing Directors of Liebherr-Mischtechnik GmbH, Bad Schussenried, Germany, and Waitzinger Baumaschinen GmbH. The Waitzinger takeover completes Liebherr's product
26
Manitowoc Cranes
News & Events
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT
Sany's super-high-rise concrete pump to be a part in construction of Guangzhou East Tower
Sany Group has signed a contract with China State Construction Engineering Corporation (CSCEC) to provide superhigh-rise concrete pump for the construction of Guangzhou East Tower designed to be 530 meters high which will be the highest building in Guangzhou situated in the central area of Zhujiang New City. The company has been asked to manufacture the pump that should not surpass 70 decibels a bit louder than normal indoor conversions. We will apply our new research results into the East Tower project to reduce noise pollution, Xiaogang Yi, Executive Vice President of Sany Group and its chief scientist said. The pump provided by Sany will meet the demands of material-saving and water recycling in the context of energy conservation and environmental protection as demanded by CSCEC. , The unique washing technology under super-high pressure invented by Sany can fully recycle the remaining concrete in the pipeline, which not only conserves energy and costs but also avoids environmental pollution. Once applied in the building of the 406-meter Hong Kong International Financial Center, this legendary technology saved about 26,430 m3 of concrete, equivalent to 1.9 million HK dollar for the project, he said. In the East Tower project, through technological innovation, Sany's two HBT90CH2150D trailer-type pumps can bring the best of the washing technology, thus saving substantial costs for the client. On the other hand, it can also realize water recycling via some critical techniques like cooling, he added. Moreover, with an energy-saving patent on the computer control of diesel engines, Sany's pumps can automatically identify various transporting situations and then adjust the rotation rate, torque and the amount of gasoline in diesel engines to achieve power matching. Compared with traditional approaches, it can save over 20% of energy. Besides Sany's trailer-type pump, another four HGY placing booms and four portable pumps will also participate
offshore engineering market growing tremendously around the world, innovative offshore drilling equipment will play a crucial role in harnessing and developing oceanic energy. In a technological and capital intensive industry, the Honghai Crane will revolutionize offshore drilling, and will set a new benchmark for offshore engineering building models, Zhang Mi, chairman of Honghua Group, said.
in the construction. At present, Sany has provided pumps for nine of the 14 skyscrapers over 400 meters high under construction
JCB to open its fourth factory at a cost of ` 500 crore in Jaipur
Construction Equipment exhibtiton expected to see nearly 40% rise in exhibitors

BC India 2013 - a construction equipment exhibition has received an overwhelming response from the Indian construction equipmentindustries with the number crossing 700 exhibitors, Thomas Loffler, Chief Executive Officer of BC Expo India said. In view of the growing prospects in road construction projects in India, more and more global infrastructure equipment makers are looking forward to an increase in sales at the exhibition The National Highway Authority of India aims to develop 50,000 km of national highways in seven phases by 2015 at an estimated cost of ` 3 lakh crore, he said. The exhibition is expected to see nearly 40 per cent rise in the number of exhibitors compared to its previous edition. This biennial exhibition is to be held between February 5 and 8 next year in Mumbai. The exhibition is organised by BC India Expo Pvt Ltd, a joint venture between global trade fair organiser Messe Munchen International (MMI) and Association of Equipment Manufacturers (AEM).
JCB India now operates three factories in the country one in Ballabgarh, Haryana near New Delhi and two in Pune and will set up a ` 500-crore manufacturing unit at Mahindra Lifespace Developers' Mahindra World City (MWC) in Jaipur, JCB India Managing Director and CEO, Vipin Sondhi said. The manufacturing plant will be set up in 70 acres of land. Jaipur will become home to the Company's next world-class manufacturing facility. Mahindra World City, Jaipur is an integrated business city focused on creating economic centers of development.
28
Tashi India Ltd
News & Events
INFRASTRUCTURE
POWER
Essar Power commissions second unit at Vadinar P2 power plant
Essar Power Ltd., a subsidiary of LSElisted Energy plc, the India-focused integrated energy company, announced that it has now commissioned the second of two 255 megawatt units at its Vadinar Phase 2 (P2) power generation project in Gujarat state. The coal fired Vadinar P2 plant, with a total 510MW capacity, is now fully commissioned, providing power and process steam to Essar Oil's nearby Vadinar oil refinery, which has a capacity of 20 million tonnes per annum The addition of coal fired generation will significantly lower generation costs and result in improved refinery margins. Power will also be sold to Essar Steel and into the merchant market. Essar
Power's installed generation capacity now stands at 3,310MW, an increase of 1,710MW over the past 12 months. Of this, 2,110MW is captive capacity supplying power to Essar's refinery and steel plants, with revenues largely dependent on power plant availability rather than power generated.
first stage having two units of 800 MW each is to be implemented at an appraised current estimated cost subject to environmental clearance of Ministry of Environment and Forests (MOEF). Electricity generated from the Lara project, to be funded in the debt to equity ratio of 70:30, would be supplied to the states of Chhattisgarh, Maharashtra and Goa. NTPC's generation capacity has increased to 39,674 MW, with the commissioning of another 500 MW unit at its joint venture plant in Haryana.
CESC bags consultancy contract worth $2.5 million from Nigeria
A consultancy contract of $2.5 million (` 13.7 crore at current exchange rates) a year was awarded to CESC Ltd, the flagship companyof the RP-Sanjiv Goenka Group in power distribution sector in Nigeria. The company has bagged the five-year contract is renewable after the term-end. CESC was a part of the consortium that bid for the Port Harcourt Distribution Company Plc. The annual turnover for the distribution company will be $180 million. The company will provide technical assistance only, said Sanjiv Goenka, Vice Chairman, CESC. CESC also has the option of investing up to six per cent in the distribution
company (discom). Consortium members are entitled to additional 12.5 per cent revenue each in case the distribution losses are substantially reduced, Goenka added. Nigeria has an installed generation capacity of 8,644 MW. CESCs ongoing projects at Haldia (West Bengal) and Chandrapur (Maharashtra) are on schedule. The projects will have an installed capacity of 600 MW each (2x300 MW). Chandrapur is expected to be commissioned this fiscal and Haldia will be onstream by November next year. The company will invest around ` 7,800 crore on these units. Funding would be through debt and internal accruals.
Four substations for development of Greater Noida and Jewar

As per the first phase of the master plan, the projected population of 35 lakh will need 4,800MW of power and the Yamuna Expressway Authority has decided to construct four substations of 765KV, 400KV, 220KV and 35KV capacity. The proposal has been approved by the state government and preparations have begun to meet the projected power demand in the area for the next two decades. While the Yamuna Expressway Authority will provide the land for the four substations, the construction work will be carried out by the Uttar Pradesh Power Corporation Limited (UPPCL). Officials said the 765KV substation will be constructed first on the public-private-partnership model. This substation is part of a transmission network project being undertaken by UPPCL to enhance power distribution to townships and residential projects in progress in Noida, Greater Noida and Yamuna Expressway area. The Authority has agreed to make 75 acres of land available for the substation at a cheaper rate of ` 2,500 per sqm. In September
NTPC to invest ` 30,000 crore to set up 4,000 MW thermal plant in Chattisgarh

NTPC has planned to invest ` 30,000 crore to set up 4,000 MW capactiy thermal power plant in Lara, Chattisgarh. The board of directors of NTPC has approved an investment of ` 11,846 crore for the first stage to set up a capacity of 1,600 MW. NTPC said the
30
Shriram Automall India Ltd
News & Events
INFRASTRUCTURE
this year, YEIDA had demanded ` 158.66 crore at a rate of ` 4,100 per sqm from the transmission wing of the power corporation for the land for the substation. UPPCL however, had refused to pay the high rate. Last month, the NCR Planning Board had approved the first phase of the Master Plan 2031 of the Yamuna Expressway Authority, which proposes development of the area between Greater Noida and Jewar.
L&T Construction to share ` 852 crore with SUC to execute DMRC project
RAILWAYS
JICA funds ` 20,000 crore as soft loan to Railways for western dedicated freight corridor
The project appraisal for the two routes comprising Vadodara to Jawharlal Nehru Port (JNPT) and Rewari to Dadri in the western dedicated freight corridor was signed between Japan International Co-operation Agency (JICA) and the Railways, said a senior official of Dedicated Freight Corridor Corporation (DFCC). Railways have signed a loan agreement for JPY 295 (billion ` 20,000 crore) with repayment period of 40 years with Japan for the 1499 km that run from JNPT in Mumbai to Tughlakbad and Dadri near Delhi. As far as land acquisition for the Western DFC is concerned, out of total 3608 hectares required in Phase-I, 3186 hectares has been acquired. For the Phase II, of the total 2252 hectares required, 1041 hectares have been acquired with the remaining land being expected to be acquired during the current financial year. Country head of JICA Shinya Ejima,, Advisor Infrastructure) Railway Board Girish Pillai and DFCC managing director RK Gupta were present at the signing of the loan agreement with Japan.
L&T Construction has bagged an order worth ` 1,252 crore from Delhi Metro Rail Corporation (DMRC). L&T Construction will execute the order as a joint venture with Shanghai Urban Construction Group (SUC). The joint venture partners will design and construct a tunnel between Shankar Vihar and Hauz Khas and underground stations at Vasant Vihar,
Munirka, R.K.Puram, IIT and Hauz Khas, L&T said L &T Construction's share in the project is ` 852 crore. Another order bagged by the company includesa ` 644 crore contract for construction of a permanent campus facility for IIT, Hyderabad.The work includes construction of engineering blocks, faculty and staff housing, student hostels and other works, L&T said.
` 14,132 core fully computerised automatic steel cutting and bending plant inaugurated in Hyderabad
The State Municipal and Urban Development Minister, Maheedhar Reddy inaugurated a fully computerised automatic steel cutting and bending plant at Uppal metro rail casting yard constructed at a cost of ` 14,132 crore in the presence of Managing Director of Hyderabad
Metro Rail Limited, N.V S. Reddy and officials of L&T. L&T Metro Rail (Hyderabad) Limited located on a 3.6 acre site has capacity to handle 3,500 tonnes of steel rods per month or about 120 tonnes per day, N.V.S. Reddy said. More than half an acre of the covered area will help in storing materials. L&T is the concessionaire for the ` 14,132-crore project, which has a viability gap component of ` 1,458crore. In addition, the State Government is spending ` 1,980 crore for various related aspects of the project to be completed within five years. It has sophisticated Computerised Numerically Controlled (CNC) machines which can cut and bend different sizes of steel rods with speed and accuracy. These machines can be programmed for cutting and bending of the reinforcement rods. With another plant located at Patancheru the mega metro rail project will be taken up, he said.
32
Caterpillar India
News & Events
INFRASTRUCTURE
Integrated Security System at Chennai Central, Egmore and Basin Bridge
the wait-areas, platforms or even the overbridges. The IP-based CCTV will also feature important video analytics that set off automatic signals in case of suspected baggage, crowding or movement. The initial phase of the project involves setting up an estimated 640 cameras, 18 under vehicle scanning systems, 67 doorframe metal detectors and 25 X-ray baggage screening systems. The maximum number of cameras will be at Chennai Central. There will be 120 cameras, followed by Thiruvananthapuram Central with 100 cameras and Chennai Egmore with 90 cameras. A specially trained team of engineers and personnel from the Government Railway Police and Railway Protection Force would manage the sophisticated systems, he added anvil with the Rae Bareli coach factory being asked to undertake the new project. The conceptual design for the Super AC coach with just 44 berths is being finalised and instructions have been issued to the Rae Bareli coach factory for manufacturing a prototype," a senior Railway Ministry official involved with the project said. At present, the second AC coaches in Rajdhani trains have 55 berths, while there are 72 in third AC coaches.
ROADS
Ramky Infrastructure Ltd to commence ` 1103 crore Hospet-Chitradurga road project in Karnataka soon
Southern Railway will be the first zonal railway to implement integrated security systems (ISS) at Chennai Central, Egmore and Basin Bridgerailway stations, S. Manohar, Chief Signal and Telecom Engineer, Southern Railway, said. The system was dedicated by Southern Railway General Manager A.K. Mittal on November 15. Closed Circuit Television (CCTV) with internet protocol-based surveillance cameras, under vehicle scanning systems at entry/exit points, doorframe metal detectors, X-ray baggage screening conveyors and explosives detection and disposal mechanisms. The facility will be extended to Chennai Beach, Mambalam, Tambaram and Tiruvallur stations shortly. The other importantrailway stations in the State to feature ISS are Madurai, Tiruchi and Coimbatore in Tamilnadu and at Thiruvananthapuram Central, Kozhikode, Ernakulam in Kerala and Mangalore in Karnataka, he said. One of the highlight of the project is the under vehicle scanning system which will scan vehicles moving across at a 0-30 km per hour speed zone between the entry and exit ways of a station. The system, on detection of any unusual object, triggers an alarm and automatically shuts down boom gates in front of the suspect vehicle.The fixed-rotating surveillance cameras will provide feeds that are monitored on 42-inch High Definition LCDs in the control room with each TV panel accommodating 16 high resolution camera views. The Closed Circuit TV Systems will cover the entire station premises whether it is the concourse,
Modern coach manufacturing factory at a cost of ` 1685 crore in Rae Barreli
A modern railway coach manufacturing factory is all set for inauguration at Rae Barreli. The cost of the project is worth ` 1,685 crore. Railways had acquired 541 hectares of land for the coach manufacturing factory, The Rae Bareli coach factory is expected to cater torailways' increasing demand for coaches by annually rolling out about 1,000 coaches. Currently, the factory is engaged only in assembling coaches. The Railways had acquired 283 hectares belonging to private land owners for the construction of the factory by agreeing to provide jobs in 'Group D' category to about 1,400 persons in compensation for the land acquired for the factory. UPA Chairperson and Congress President Sonia Gandhi inaugurated the coach factory. Spacious and technologically advanced Super AC coaches for Rajdhani trains are on the
Ramky Infrastructure Ltd had tied up with Hospet Chitradurga Tollways Ltd (HCTL), the special purpose vehicle formed to undertake the project and the consortium of bankers led by Axis Bank Ltd. The debt syndication stands at ` 830 crore for the execution of the ` 1103 crore Hospet-Chitradurga road project in Karnataka. The other lenders that form part of the consortium include IDBI Bank Ltd, Bank of India, India Infrastructure Finance Company, State Bank of Hyderabad, State Bank of Patiala, State Bank of Travancore, Central Bank of India and Oriental Bank of Commerce.The four-laning of the Hospet-Chitradurga section of national highway 13 was awarded to Ramky in January this year on a design, build, finance, operate and transfer (DBFOT) basis by the National Highways Authority of India (NHAI) as part of the third phase of the National Highways Development Project. The project has a concession period of 25 years including the construction period of 910 days.
34
Wirtgen India
News & Events
INFRASTRUCTURE
CCI approves two road projects worth ` 1500 crore
The Cabinet Committee on Infrastructure has approved the investment proposal for the implementation of the project for the development of four laning of 'Rajsamand Bhilwara' section of National Highway NH-758 in Rajasthan and two laning with paved side shoulders of 'Salasar - Haryana Border' section NH 65 under National Highway Development Programme (NHDP) Phase IV on Design, Build, Finance, Operate and Transfer (DBFOT) basis in BOT (Toll) mode of delivery. The total project cost (TPC) estimated of the project for implementing both the projects under DBFOT pattern will be ` 1500.43 crore. The total length of the project will be Reliance Infra power business revenues were ` 3,602 crore while the EPC and contracts business was down at ` 1,803 crore. The infrastructure business was at ` 111 crore. The company posted a net profit of 6.9 percent. The repair work on the Delhi metro is nearing completion and the line will be operational after mandatory clearances. Major work on civil construction is completed at Mumbai Metro and is expected to be ready by this fiscal, he added. On the transmission business, he said the Western Region System Strengthening project would be completed by the end of this fiscal. In power generation, the company has generated 1,296 million units in the quarter, he confirmed.
87.250 kms is covered in the Districts of Rajsamand and Bhilwara in Rajasthan and 154.141 kms and is covered in the Districts of Churu and Sikar in Rajasthan. The main objective of the project is to expedite the improvement of infrastructure in the states reducing time and cost of travel.
Imphal Moreh road to save on time and fuel
Roads of international standards to come up in Chennai
km. Within the limits of the existing width in most stretches, cycle paths will also be created. The carriageway will have medians and will be more pedestrianfriendly.Varieties of trees that are indigenous are also being chosen for plantation in an aesthetic pattern. The footpath will be six inches high throughout the streets. Encroachments on these roads will be removed before commencement of the work.
The Chennai Corporation will soon begin the tender process for construction of world-class roads in the city, Chennai Corporation Commissioner D. Karthikeyan said. With preparation of estimates expected to be completed by next week tendering process will commence shortly. Ashok Nagar 1 Avenue, 11 Avenue, 4 Avenue and Dr. Ambedkar Salai were four roads that are part of 30 stretches identified for an upgrade in congested areas.All other roads will be covered in next phase. The government plans thirty more stretches in the city for development into world-class roads next year. Modifications will include wide footpaths, street furniture, bus shelters and more trees to offer an improved motoring experience. The consultant of the project has also suggested other modifications on the four roads that run to a length of 3
R Infra to complete two more road projects by March next year
Eight of the 11 road projects worth 12,000 crore were generating revenues and two more would be ready by March, CEO, Reliance Infra Lalit Jalan said. The company has earned ` 111 crore from toll roads in the second quarter, he added.
Under the centre's look east policy a new road connecting Imphal to Moreh on the Indo-Myanmar border is being constructed to facilitate trade with South East Asian countries, Works minister Kh Ratankumar Singh said. The proposed road will cut down the 120 km distance road by 15 to 20 km, he said. The work was being carried out from Heirok in Thoubal district to Khudengtabi, near Moreh in Chandel district. Funds under the prime minister special package were being used for the construction. A detailed project drawn up by the state government has been sent to the Centre for funding construction of roads and infrastructure in the border town. Moreh town had become the gateway to South East Asia and there was a need to develop the town in all respects, he said.
36
Case New Holland Construction Equipment (India) Pvt.Ltd
News & Events
INFRASTRUCTURE
container terminal at Nhava Sheva Port in Mumbai. JNPT has permitted the company to build the facility alongside of its existing terminal operation at Nhava Sheva, Mumbai. The 330 meters long new facility spread over 17 hectares of yard is expected to be operational in 2015. The facility will have an annual handling capacity of 800,000 TEUs (twenty foot equivalent container units). The contract will be valid for 17year concession period and will be equipped with four rail mounted quay cranes and 12 rubber tyred gantry cranes. DP World currently operates five Indian terminals at Chennai, Mundra, Nhava Sheva, Visakhapatnam and Cochin.
PORTS
Essar Ports to commission mechanised berth facility at Paradip Port

Essar Ports will be commissioning its 20-million tonne per annum capacity iron ore berth at the Paradip Port by the beginning of next month, Essar Ports, Director, Finance, Shailesh Sawa said. Work related to civil and engineering is over and are waiting for the management to formally announce the commissioning of the plant, he said.The project estimated at ` 520crore has an installed capacity of 16 mt per annum taken up on 75:25 debt equity component. The iron ore berth contract involves Essar Ports building a mechanised berth of 370 meter length, which will be one of the most advanced port facilities of its type in the country. The Paradip coal berth will add 14-18 mt of third-party cargo
volume to the private port. The company, which already operates two ports with a combined capacity of 88 mt at the Vadinar and Hazira in Gujarat, bagged the 30-year concession BOT order in 2009 from the Paradip Port Trust. The company also has a contract to develop a 14-mt coal berth terminal at the Paradip Port, for which it had got the forests clearance in June this year.
New X ray system for Tuticorin Port at a cost of ` 24 crore
KoPT commences first transhipment at Sandheads
Manager, Marine Department of Haldia Dock Complex said. The transhipment would save NTPC $1.15 per tonne in logistics costs, he added. Coal & Oil Dubai is to ship 15 lakh tonnes, of which 70 per cent are bound for Haldia in the next four months. Coal & Oil will do the transhipment aided by KoPT's 45-tonne tug and pneumatic fenders as buffer between the two ships.
DP World to invest $200 million on Nhava Sheva Port

Kolkata Port Trust (KoPT) has started its first transhipment at Sandheads, mouth of Hooghly river that will facilitate business for Haldia and Kolkata. It will pave way for more business from eastern and north eastern India as well as Nepal and Bhutan. The first transaction is transloading of 10.5 lakh tonnes cargo for NTPC, which would be berthed at Haldia and evacuated through land routes to the ultimate destinations Farakka and Kahalgaon, Capt. S.N. Choubey,
Jawaharlal Nehru Port Trust (JNPT), Government of India has awarded order worth $200 million to Dubai-based DP World Limited to build and operate
The foundation stone was laid for the construction of 9 Mega Electron Volt Advanced Container X-Ray Inspection System (AXIS Project) by Mr. D.K. Srinivas, Commissioner of Customs, followed by Mr. S. Natarajan, Deputy Chairman of V.O.C. Port Trust. The project is envisaged to enhance the security of the port and curb smuggling. Mr. N.J. Kumaresh, Additional Commissioner of Customs, explained it was a flagship project of the Directorate of Logistics New Delhi and would be executed by M/s Bharat Electronics Limited, Bangalore. M/s Smiths Detection USA is the supplier of the equipment. The ` 24 crore projects is expected to be operational by March 2014.The state-of-the-art scanner system will use a high power X-ray capable of penetrating 5 inch thick steel and is capable of 'material discrimination' useful to detect organic and inorganic substances with natural colour differentiation.
38
Liugong India Pvt.Ltd
INFRASTRUCTURE
AIR PORTS
said. On choosing Aranmula, which is sandwiched between Kochi and Thriuvanthapuram airports, for anairport, George said the location was an 'influential zone' and close to multiple destinations such as Kumarakom (35 km), the back waters of Alappuzha (35 km) and high ranges of Kumily and Thekkady tiger reserve. However, the biggest attraction is that it takes only an hour's drive to Sabarimala, the second largest pilgrim centre in India that receives about 60 million pilgrims annually. The airport will provide infrastructure to pilgrims who wish to travel by air. of building is an indigenous design with 3-Dimensional curvilinear roof form spanning 120m with 39m maximum clear span and 12m cantilever at Airside. The roof consists of 12 unique trusses with skylights creating a floating effect. Each truss is supported by steel columns with flaring arms and is popularly called as tree columns. The Vast landscape at city side provide ample parking space on lush green parking bays specially designed to allow rain water to percolated and avoid hard surface.M/s Creative Group, while designing the building has taken care of sustainability and green building norms. The new building shall provide the world class facility to the passenger and its unique architectural form shall impart a long lasting impression to the passenger coming to Raipur from India and Abroad. The terminal building has been designed by M/s Creative Group, who has also rendered their architectural design for new terminal building at Chennai Airport.
Operations at Aranmula airport expected to commence before December 2014
The Chennai-based KGS Group which is supposed to construct and manage the Aranmula airport is confident that the first flight will take off before December 2014. The proposed 700 acre greenfield project is worth ` 2,000 crore in the Pathanamthitta district, Kerala. The fully developed runway has been levelled up to 12 ft. The combined market value of the group's assets is nearly $1 billion. The Kerala government plans to pick up a 15 per cent stake in the KGS Aranmula International Airport. The KGS (representing the promoters Kumaran, Gigi George and Shanmugham) Group has brought in ` 500 crore for the project. It is in discussion with leading banks to infuse another ` 500 crore. The project funding will have a 2:1 debt:equity ratio, he said. Aranmula, which has been declared as a global heritage village by the UNESCO, is noted for its ancient temple dedicated to Lord Krishna (Parthasarathy), the Snake Boat Regatta held in the holy river Pampa and for the metallic mirror. Locals fear that the airport will affect the structure of the famous Parthasarathy temple which is located just a few hundred metres from the project site. The airport is designed to cater to aircraft such as Airbus A-320 and Boeing 747. The terminal building is designed to handle nearly 1,000 passengers at a time. The project will generate direct employment for 1,500 people and indirect for over 6,000, he
President dedicates new integrated terminal building of Swami Vivekananda Airport to the nation
Madhya Pradesh government follow Tamilnadu to set up an air cargo terminal
The President of India, Shri Pranab Mukherjee dedicated to the nation a new Integrated Terminal Building of Swami Vivekananda Airport at Raipur today (November 7, 2012). The new expandable modular integrated terminal building was constructed by a Joint venture of Era Infra Engineering and KMB from Ukraine who bagged the contract from AAI in 2008. It is a gigantic new building with transparent roof imported from South Africa and 4 aerobridges. The new terminal costing ` 136 Crore has come up on 10,500 sq metres and will be able to provide services to 700 passengers at a time. It will have more than 20 check-in counters, one X-ray luggage machine, three security check points and three conveyor belts for luggage. The new terminal will also host a shopping mall along with a food court. The iconic roof
With growing demand for air cargo sector, Madhya Pradesh Government is planning to set up an air cargo hub either at Bhopal or at Indore on over 500 hectares. The government had said to have identified area close to the existing airports. The decision comes close on the heels of the proposal to have a huge multimodal cargo hub at Nagpur. Further Tamilnadu government is waiting for commissioning of the new air cargo complex. Spread over 58,000 sq mt, the new facility will help serve more carriers including exclusive freighters better and complete with automatic storage and retrieval system. It is expected to handle 60,000 tonnes annually from the present 25,000 tonnes.
40
Schwing Stetter (India) Pvt. Ltd
News & Events
CORPORATE
NMDC to develop two mines at a cost of ` 1500 crore
the state government, he said. He will be visiting India as part of large business delegation that will accompany Canadian Prime Minister Stephen Harper. Lal, Eicher's managing director said. Eicher Motors and Volvo AB will invest 18 billion rupees ($331 million) over the next two years to begin exports of engines to Volvo's European operations next year. The joint venture is spending more than 4 billion rupees on a factory to build 80,000 engines a year, which will be operational by mid-2013 and supply both Eicher in India and also Volvo's bus and truck manufacturing plants in Europe. The company is planning to export trucks and buses to Africa, the Middle East and South East Asia within two to three years, he said. Eicher and Volvo have already invested 7 billion rupees in the 50-50 joint venture, which was formed in 2008.
Ashok Leyland to invest ` 1300 crore to bring down its debts
The National Mineral Development Corporation (NMDC) as part of its expansion programme is developing two new mines at an indicative cost of about ` 1500 crore, one in Bailadila Sector in Chhattisgarh i.e. Deposit-11B Iron Ore Project and the other in Bellary-Hospet region in Karnataka i.e. Kumaraswamy Iron Ore Mine, Shri C.S. Verma, CMD, NMDC said. Besides, orders have already been placed for setting up of 1.2 MTPA capacity Pelletisation plant in Karnataka, he added. NMDC has posted a turnover of `2,612 crore, gross profit of `2,485 crore and net profit after tax of `1,679 crore in the second quarter of 2012-13 representing an decrease of 15% in turnover, For the year 2012-13, capital expenditure of `4656 crore is planned to be incurred including `1200 crore for overseas acquisitions.
Mainstreet Equity Corporation to invest $500 million in Haryana
Hinduja Group flagship firm Ashok Leyland will invest ` 300 crore in Hinduja Foundries and the remaining part of the investment amount of ` 1,000 crore will go into our joint venture with Nissan and John Deere, Ashok Leyland Chief Financial Officer K Sridharan said. The company plans to reduce its working capital by ` 700-800 crore and will repay ` 200 crore of debt by March 2013 there by reducing its overall debt by ` 300 crore by the end of this fiscal, he added. The company's overall debt position stands at about ` 4,000 crore. The company has already invested ` 350 crore in the first six months out of ` 650 crore of this fiscal under its capex plans, while the rest will be put in by FY'13-end, he added.
Tata Steel - NSC plant at a cost of ` 2300 crore set up at Jamshedpur to be operational by Feb 2014
Eicher Volvo AB to invest $331 million to export trucks and buses from India
Mainstreet Equity Corporation is planning to develop a township in Haryana more specifically in areas adjoining Chandigarh, President and CEO of the company and Canada-based NRI Bob Dhillon said. The company has plans to invest up to $100 million (nearly Rs 540 crore) in the Indian real estate sector and is in the process of discussion with
Eicher Motors and Volvo AB joint venture will roll out a new range of trucks and buses built in India using Volvo technology by the end of 2013, Siddhartha
Tata Steel jointly with Japan's Nippon Steel Corporation (NSC) will start production of cold-rolled steel from February 2014, T.V. Narendran, Vice-President (Safety and Flat Products), Tata Steel said. The plant set up in Jamshedpur at a cost of ` 2,300 crore has a capacity to produce 600,000 tonnes of cold-rolled steel per annum. Tata Steel holds 51 per cent and NSC share 49 per cent of the equity capital of the joint venture company. The company unveiled a new brand of its hot rolled products range and targets to earn ` 4,000 crore revenue from new hot-rolled products by 2014. The company has plans to add two million tonnes flat product capacity by 2014 and hopes to garner a market share of 17-18 per cent in domestic segment.
42
Safari Construction Equipments Pvt.Ltd
News & Events
INFRASTRUCTURE
immediately on the projects. Mr Nyan Tan, also co-chairman of the MyanmarThailand joint high-level committee for the Comprehensive Development of the Dawei SEZ and its related project areas (JHC) met with Prime Minister Yingluck Shinawatra and Deputy Prime Minister and Finance Minister Kittiratt Na-Ranong, who is also the co-chairman of the JHC. The Dawei project is so huge that the development will be done in phases starting with light and labor-intensive industries before heavy industries are built later. Italian-Thai Development Plc, the country's largest contractor by market value, has been granted a concession to develop the Dawei project consisting of infrastructure worth $8.5 billion for the first phase. The first phase of investment is worth 120 billion baht ($4 billion) for roads, a power plant and a deep-sea port, while another 81 billion is required for infrastructure and facilities in the SEZ. Thai Transport Minister Chatchart Sithipan, who was named the chairman of the subcommittee on infrastructure, said details will be finalized within a month including the sources of funding for roads, rail and port construction as well as water supply.
Gateway Hotel Airport Garden to invest ` 1.3 billion for expansion in Srilanka
The Gateway Hotel Airport Garden Colombo will be expanded at a cost of ` 1.3 billion and will be operational by August 2013, Shekhar Walavalkar, General Manager The Gateway Hotel Airport Garden Colombo said. A total of 99 suites, a spa and new lobby would be added to the existing facility making it one of the flagship hotels in the region. There are plans to construct a separate banquet venue at the end of 2014, after the ` 1.3 billion expansion drive is complete, he added. Out of the total area of 32 acres only 20% is utilised at present, he said. The hotels occupancy level is generally over 80 % and with the opening of the Colombo
Katunayake highway we plan to attract more tourists. Commenting on the branding structure of the group he added that it is done in a manner to cater to the requirements of different client levels. Under this, process the160 room Taj Exotica resort in Bentota now functions as Vivanta-Bentota
New through trains from the Borders to the heart of Edinburgh after four decades
the wider Scottish economy.It wlll act as a catalyst for increased business development and housing opportunities with in easy commuting distance of Edinburgh. The new line will include 30 miles of new passenger railway with three existing stations and seven new ones. From north to south, new stations will be built in Shawfair, Eskbank, Newtongrange, Gorebridge, Stow, Galashiels and Tweedbank.
SOHO China establishes US bonds worth $1 billion

SOHO China has successfully issued US bond to finish their transformation to hold properties instead of cash, Pan Shiyi, chairman of SOHO China said. It will use the net proceeds for general corporate purposes and some temporary cash investments, he added. In its latest development the company has raised $1 billion via selling a US dollar bond in two tranches. The company raised $600 million via the 10-year tranche that was priced to yield 5.75 percent, and $400 million via the five-year tranche that had a yield of 7.125 percent, according to the statement. Earlier the company was adopting quick sale approach when developing commercial projects thus cashing in quickly. But now it prefers to hold assets itself. SOHO China Ltd, a Hong Kong-listed property developer focusing on commercial real estate.
Network Rail has reached an agreement on delivery of a project which will finally bring Midlothian and the central Scottish Borders back into the railway network after 40 years. The railway line is expected to be completed by the end of 2014 at a cost of 294 million even though completion date is scheduled in summer 2015. The British government signed an agreement with Network Rail. Transport Minister Keith Brown said: The official handover of the Borders project to Network Rail will provide a fast and efficient rail link that will significantly contribute to area's economy. The Borders Railway will bring inward investment for the local community and approximately 33 million of benefits for
Thailand and Myanmar finalise on SEZ and Deep Sea Port projects
Thailand and Myanmar is expected to finalize the joint development of a US $50-billion special economic zone (SEZ) and a deep-sea port in Eastern Burma soon. Both countries have planned to take up the massive Dawei project in three or four months so that construction can begin next April. Six subcommittees were appointed and had started to work
44
The Supreme Industries Ltd
Moisture Analysis
Optimal Thermographic Procedures for Moisture Analysis in Buildings Materials

Elisabetta Rosina1, Nicola Ludwig2
1 2
Dipartimento di Conservazione e Storia dellArchitettura, Politecnico di Milano Institute of Applied General Physics, Universit degli Studi di Milano
The presence of moisture in building materials causes damage second only to structural one. NDT are successfully applied to map moisture distribution, to localise the source of water and to determine microclimatic conditions. IR Thermography has the advantage of non-destructive testing while it allows to investigate large surfaces. The measures can be repeated in time to monitor the phenomenon of raising water. Nevertheless the investigation of moisture in walls is one of the less reliable application of Thermography IR applied to cultural heritage preservation. The temperature of the damp areas can be colder then dry ones, because of surface evaporation, or can be warmer, because of the higher thermal inertia of water content versus building materials. The apparent discrepancies between the two results are due to the different microclimatic conditions of the scanning. Aim of the paper is to describe optimal procedures to obtain reliable maps of moisture in building materials, at different environmental and microclimatic conditions. Another goal is the description of the related energetic phenomena, which cause temperature discontinuities, and that are detected by thermography. Active and passive procedures are presented and compared. Case studies show some examples of procedures application.
hermal scanning is applied to buildings to collect information regarding component elements, their shape, their physical characteristics, and their state of decay. Is based on analysis of the thermo-hygrometrical anomalies that affect structures. Thermovision is mainly used for investigation of surface defects (0-3 cm). One of the most frequent applications on historical building deals with moisture diffusion. Moisture damage is secondary only to structural damage as cause of decay in ancient buildings. The presence of water in structure and its changes of state (vapour-liquid) are responsible for the damage of materials, for damage of supplies inside the buildings and even for sickness of people who lives in. Same materials can be damaged differently depending on environmental conditions and, particularly, to the level of water contained inside the wall. Water content in walls is a fundamental information regarding the decay analysis in cold climatic condition; usually water content is a key factor when temperature stays below zero for several months. In those cases the water volume grows as frost and generates pressure within porous of the wall materials, therefore generating cracks in the structure. In northern Europe and America, the temperature stays below zero for long period
during winter: in addition to the damage already described the water in the insulation material coating causes thermal bridge the building. In temperate climatic area during winter, the thermal inertia, due to the thickness of the ancient walls (usually more then 50 cm), prevents the frost of water content inside the wall. Damage is concentrated on the surface (few cm depth), due to the continual cycles of frozen-defrost. An additional issue related to moisture is the water transition between the wall and the surrounding environment. The investigation of moisture in walls is one of the more unreliable application of Thermography IR applied to Cultural Heritage preservation. The temperature of the damp areas are colder then dry ones (a), because of surface evaporation, or warmer (b), because of the higher thermal inertia of water versus building materials. The apparent discrepancy between the two results of detection (a) and (b) is due to the different microclimatic condition of the scanningi. Aim of the paper is to define optimal procedures to obtain the reliable map of moisture in building materials, at different environmental and microclimatic conditions. Other goal is the description of the related energetic phenomena
Moisture Analysis
causing the temperature discontinuities, which are detectable by thermography. In the contribute passive and active thermography are compared in order to define best application of each modality. Thermography Process Thermography works well to localise damp zones (ii), either in the passive way (no external heating) or in the active one (heating from outside of the building) (iii). Active approach Localisation of Major Thermal Capacity Areas In temperate climatic area during winter, the thermal inertia, due to the thickness of the ancient walls (more then 50 cm), prevents the water content inside the wall to ice. Damage is concentrated on the surface (few cm depth) because of both the continual cycles of frozen-defrost and the growing salts deposits on the sub-superficial layers. On the other hand, in northern Europe and North America, the temperature stays below zero for long periods during winter: in addition to the damage already described the water in the insulation coating causes thermal bridge in the building. Finally, wetted building materials may cause healthy problems in a longer run. The water content in the building materials keeps the heat in case of protracted heating e.g. solar radiating(iv). The damp areas have a higher thermal capacity than dry ones. So warmer areas can be detected without performing any artificial heating. Water Content and Thermal Properties of the Materials Moisture in porous materials (like construction ones) spreads into the pores to their filling. Water has higher specific heat (4-5 times) and higher thermal conductivity (20 times more then the air content in the empty pores) than common building materials. Water radically modifies density , specific heat cp and thermal conductivity k. All these three factors increase according to the water increasing. Thermal inertia (effusivity e) is a physical parameter that contains all the three factors. It can be easily determined by means of active thermographic tests. (1)
An adequate theoretical model of heat transfer allows processing the temperature increase of the surfaces during the test. In the case of building materials both low conductivity and thickness (some cm) allow to use a simple solution of the heat transfer equation in the approximation of adiabatic and semi-infinite medium. The sample is considered homogeneous and isotropic, with a uniform superficial temperature T0 at initial time. A uniform heating flux Q for a short time (few minutes) has performed. That heating allows to consider adiabatic (without significant heat losses) the temperature evolution. In this conditions the expression of the surface temperature is(v):
(2)
where the thermal inertia can be singled out and represents the angular coefficient of the square root of the time versus the temperature increasing ( T).
(3)
Nevertheless only the measured value of thermal capacity allows to obtain the water content
(4)
where Cpw is the specific heat of water, Cpd of the dry material and Cp (referred to the moist material) can be determined, according to (1), only if the thermal conductivity of moist materials is known. The measure of thermal diffusivity a allows to obtain k, the conductivity of moist material, that can not be measured directly. and in this way (5)
Nevertheless , at the present state can be obtained only in lab, on specimens. Therefore the method is unlikely used on the field, to determine the water content. The Reference Method The test can be simplified using dry materials as reference if the absorbed energy is constant both in time and in space. In this case (called reference method vi) the measure of the energy absorbed is not required. A major absorbivity due to the water content in damp materials allows to evaluate their thermal inertia. Therefore the value of thermal inertia of a sample, of unknown water content, gives good indication about its water content if compared with the thermal inertia of a dry sample.
Materials with different values of cp k could be characterised by measuring surface transient temperature in the heating process. The active method is based on the measure of the energy input and the temperature increase on the heated surface. The test supplies a constant energy flux by radiation to the sample surface. The surface temperature is measured by a long wave thermocamera that acquires thermal images at a rate of 0.2 Hz.
www.masterbuilder.co.in The Masterbuilder - November 2012 49
Moisture Analysis
Materials and Methods Five brick cores with different water content were the samples under test. The bricks had homogeneous characteristics of weigh, volume and thermal properties (emissivity and absorption). The samples (30 cm3) were dampened and placed in airtight containers for 48 hours. The specimens were heated by lighting (two halogen lamps, 500W, colour spectrum 3300K), at under control conditions. The lamps were set symmetrically at 60 cm from the surface. The power of the heating on the surface was around 800 W/m2. The heating was long 2 minutes, and the frequency of the recording images was 5/sec. The measures were repeated changing the displacement of the samples, to survey differences of heating due to the lamps. The absorption gap due to water content was estimated in about +20%. Further lab measures were carried out to test the method on a large scale model. The model of an ancient wall was built in the lab of DCSA, Politecnico di Milano. Pebbles, bricks, lime mortar as materials for the inner structure. A double layer of lime mortar plaster coats the surfaces. A 3D survey supplied the irregular thickness of the not plane plaster. A pipe system, insert in the wall during the building, allowed to fill with waters the wall in a short time. The same measure procedure was repeated. Many cycles of heating have been performed on the model and on five brick cores -at different water content to compare reference and passive methods (fig. 1-3). The devices employed were: thermocamera -AGEMA 900, Humbug environmental probes - RH%, TC. Graphs 1, 2 show the results. The values of angular coefficients related to graphs are in tab. 1
Graph 2: Reference Method Applied on Wall Scale Model
Water Content Angular Coefficient
Dry
0,85
17,8%
0,42
17,6%
0,47
8,7%
0,48
7,7%
0,45
Tabel 1: Values of Angular Coefficients Related to Graphs 1
The ratio of e between the dry specimen and the wet one is 0.45, rather near to the literature value 0,66 (iii), when Q increases of 20% (due to the major absorption of radiation, above all in the infrared range). The method does not survey the differences of water content if more then 7%, as it appears in the graph 1. The differences of angular coefficient of the lines may depend on not homogeneous radiating. As verification the position of the specimens have been changed, at the same heating condition: actually the variations of angular coefficients changed, related to the new position of the specimens. The dependence of effusivity on the water content is not clearly defined (theoretically and from lab tests), nevertheless the data obtained by lab tests and specific literature allow to point out that the change from dry to wet condition (saturation) increases effusivity of about 80% (brick). Effusivity changes are not enough remarkable to indicate the variation of water content, above all on the field, where the margin of uncertainty ranges 20-30%. Passive Approach Localisation of Surface Evaporative Flux In the case of evaporation, so frequent at less then 45Latitude(vii), the high value of latent vaporisation heat,
Graph 1: Reference Method Applied on Solid Brick Cores
MC - Bauchemie India Pvt.Ltd
Moisture Analysis
causes the cooling of the moistened surfaces(viii). The evaporation most of all depends on Relative Humidity (RH) of the air near the surface, on its Temperature (T), on the water content in the material, on its chemical-physical characteristics and on soluble salts content. The influence of T and RH on the evaporation speed can be studied only keeping microclimatic conditions under control. The Evaporative Flux in Wall Energetic Balance The measure of wall surface temperature allows to obtain a precise and quantitative indication of the evaporative rate when an opportune model is defined for the energetic balance on the wall surface in dependence of air temperature, environmental radiation, the speed of the wind and the relative humidity. In dry building materials the energy loss caused by the evaporation is insignificant compared with the total energy transferred over the surface. Conduction from the inner wall is neglectable when determining its superficial temperature in the time characteristic of the thermographic scan of the wall (few minutes). This effect is amplified in the ancient wall because of its thickness and the use of solid bricks. Regarding the energy associated with the mass transfer within the wall (water and salts) it is less significant then the energy lost by evaporation. In fact the amount of heat carried by a certain quantity of water from a point to another of the wall is approximately two orders of magnitude less then the energy required to evaporate the same quantity of water. If we take into account the effect of a forced evaporation in the energetic balance of the wall surface it causes a thermal imbalance Q, which can be observed as a decrease of some degree of temperature. This is essentially compensated by the increase of convection and conduction. If the heat loss caused by the evaporation is constant the cooling effect of the wall can be calculated knowing the equilibrium temperature among the different kinds of heat exchange. Furthermore in the aforesaid conditions of strong evaporation the energy loss causes a decrease of temperature dT in a time dt upon all the evaporating surface according to the inverse proportion to its mass on superficial unit (superficial density of mass m) and to its specific heat. (6)
the kinds of thermal exchanges This happens when the temperature assumes the equilibrium value T . The expression of the flux assumes therefore the form: (7) where: and a = mean emissivity of the sample in its existence range and environmental efficacy emissivity; = Stefan- Boltzmann constant ( 5,57 x 10-8 W/m2K4); = absorption coefficient of the wall surface, Ta= environment temperature; Tint = inner temperature of the wall; h= convective exchange coefficient; k* conductive coefficient; = water heat vaporisation ; ev= evaporative flux (kg/ ev m2s). Where the terms due to the radiation exchanges can be estimated with good precision considering zones lacking in evaporation, but in the same conditions of radiation. Temperature reaches T in times of the order of 102-103 sec for the brick samples of small dimensions (30 cm3) under investigation. Material and Methods The tested samples were the same brick cores as above (paragraph 2.1.3) with different water content (17.8% 17.6% 8.7% 7.7% and dried in hot air). The samples (30 cm3) were dampened and placed in airtight containers for 48 hours. For the continuation of experiments we used a climatic chamber (fitotrone) that allows to range environmental variables: temperature (10-40 C), RH (20-98%), air speed (0.1-5m/s) and lighting (0-5000 lux). The environmental conditions chosen for every experiment were 0 lux, air speed 0.1 m/s (which would minimise the convections effects), air temperature of 25 C, and relative humidity kept constant at 50%. The samples were subsequently isolated on the bottom and lateral side with a waterproof membrane. A balance (precision 10-3 gr) in a climatic room measured their weight drop in continuos. In order to estimate the conditions of radiation inside the room some dry samples were put beside the damp samples, with same shape and emissivity. The cooling due to evaporation was recorded by a thermocamera (AVIO 2000 SW) (Graph 3). The evaporative flux of each sample was measured continuously by a precision balance connected to PC. The samples achieved balance temperature in about 5 minutes. The flux values were calculated according to (7), using the temperature measures, and keeping in account the environmental radiation and convection. The comparison between data is shown in tab 2. The same experiment has been carried out on the model of wall (see previous paragraph). Graph 4 shows the thermal curves of cooling. In this case the evaluation of evaporative flux is more difficult because
Water content may be evaluated in function of thermal capacity of the damp masonry cpm. The solution of (6) gives cpm, if all the kinds of thermal exchange on the surface are defined (viii). Evaporative Flux Computation The evaporative flux is obtained at the balance between
Moisture Analysis
of the unknown coefficient of environmental convective exchange and non-homogeneous surface of the wall, even if it is possible to identify the balance temperature of the areas with different water content.
Thermographic Procedures and Optimal Condition of Shot The application of thermography to buildings is scarcely supported by specific rules in force. In Italy ISO 9252/88 is the only recommendation edited, and specifically regards Thermography employed to detect energetic loss. The standard is based on the results of IRIS-CNR research group (1985) and it refers to procedures relative to out of date device. The authors present a first report on the procedure in use, based on their experiences, to improve and to contribute to the debate in course in the international committee and research groups devoted to NDT procedures. The approach is exclusively functioned to moisture detection by the presented method. Generality The examination of all the documents available regarding the project and the components of the structure is a mandatory prerequisite. A survey of the materials, of their damage is required, in order to know the actual state of the surface to investigate. These data allow to localise the inquiring areas on which the operator will apply the specific modality of investigation (see following paragraphs) and even the integration with other testing. The investigation of damp areas is based on the comparison between the thermal behaviour of dry and damp areas: therefore in the same shot there can be both zones, at the same condition (of heating or, in passive method, of the environment surrounding). Spot heating (e.g. hot pipelines, electric cables, plaster delaminations, stains or coloured parts) may affect the results. Winter heating inside the building could prevent to detect moist areas: - The heating tends to dry the wall in case of residual lowmedium water content, - Thermal bridges due to thin walls, their non perfect connection, windows and doors, etc, may cause false alert A preliminary scanning requires to shot all the surface of the wall, to set camera parameters and to detect the most evident anomalies. Further shots, closer to the surface, allow to analyse the investigated defects.
Graph 3: Evaporative Cooling on Brick Cores
Graph 4: Evaporative Cooling on Scale Wall Model
Active Thermography Reference Method

7,7%
1,06*10-5 0,82*10-5
17,8%
Weighed flux Calculated flux (eq. 7)
Tabel 2
17,6%
4,40*10-5 4,50*10-5
8,7%
0,98*10-5 0,80*10-5
Dry
0,00 0,00
4,76*10-5 4,55*10-5
In case of surface not exposed to sun radiation, the operator has to provide artificial heating on the field, as like above mentioned about lab test. In this case the reference method supplies experimental data. - Plan of the scanning
Moisture Analysis
- The thermal analysis has to be applied on small but homogeneous zones. - LW thermocamera provide best results (the scanning has to be shot during the heating). - Frequency of images not less then 1/sec - Reference and investigated areas have to be shot in the same pictures. - The surfaces have to be as homogeneous as possible: same materials, colour, roughness, reflectance, etc, for both the reference and the damp areas. - Accuracy during the heating is mostly required. Heating Set Up - The heating has to be mostly homogeneous both on the wet and on the reference areas. Lighting is the best modality. The operator has to dispose even number of halogen lamps, symmetrically to the investigated areas. - The camera has to be settled perpendicularly to the surface, and the sequence of recording depends on the speed of heating. Slow and low heat transfer is possible, due to their low conductivity. Differences of the thermal behaviour (revealing damp and dry zones) have to be pointed out in a short time, before reaching the energetic balance between radiation from lamp/ environment and the wall. Powerful heating (1000 W/ m2) is required to increase the temperature of surface at least of 4-5 degrees in the time as short as possible (few minutes). Post Process Adequate software allows to analyse the sequence of the thermal image during heating. The thermal curves support the comparison between damp and dry surfaces. In lab data process the curve is obtained from the average values of small areas chosen inside the investigated surface. In case of not homogeneous surface the choice of these areas may affect the final results, because the optical characteristics of the surface alter the heating absorption due to water content. Outside Shot (Without Artificial Heating) - High air RH% and wind pressure do not affect the reliability of the test; anyway optimal environmental conditions, as like clear sky, no rain, T not below 0C, are favourite. - In case of the source of the heating is natural (sun), the orientation of the surface is fundamental to plan the scanning. Depending on the disposition even the same external elevation could be radiated in different hour and for different time. - Shadow due to other buildings or to projections may
affect the thermal images. All these factors have to be recorded before scanning, in order to calculate the best time of the shot. - The scanning has to be shot in emissive phase, after the end of the radiation. - No artificial heating is required. Post Process Thermal analysis software may supply qualitative analysis and the study of the thermal profiles of the areas investigated. Passive Thermography - Plan of scanning - Thermal scanning has to be applied at steady state condition. - The surface has to be kept out of direct heating for approximately 12 hours before the scanning. - Environmental or microclimatic condition may prevent a reliable scanning: the operator has to measure microclimatic and environmental T and RH% continuatively during the scanning. - In case of critical condition some solutions are possible to increase the level of transpiration so to improve measurements (e.g.: increase the temperature, so to decrease RH; dry air close to the surface, etc.) Environmental Conditions The most appropriated environmental conditions required to increase the level of transpiration so to improve measurements are: - Low RH in the air layers in contact with the surface (lower then 80%) - Air temperature not below 6-7 C. - Strong draught generating air movement Post Process After Thermal analysis supported by specific software, further image elaboration improves the qualitative results. In every case a specific palette of colours or grey levels has to be studied in order to point out the differences between damp and dry zones. Case Studies The following examples show applications of active and passive thermography. Integrative tests were carried out in most of the cases, e.g. gravimetric tests, to quantify the water content in the areas where surface temperature was anomalousix. Integration of these tests gives advantages of the mapping speed of moist distribution, obtained without touching the walls (by thermography), and the quantitative
BASF India Ltd
Moisture Analysis
knowledge of the water content on the surface and inside the wall (by gravimetric method). The results of weighting test are not only related to the dried specimen but, if the results of the thermography show an homogeneous surface temperature distribution, also to all the investigated areas. The strict connection with lab tests allowed to perform the most adequate technique on the field. In the first of the case presented, the damp areas were pointed out by both of the two different phenomena (thermal inertia and evaporative flux) acting at the meantime and at the same microclimatic condition. All of these cases are settled in northern Italy Donizetti Institute of Music, Bergamo The historical building is settled in the centre of the city. The actual shape is due to the progressive joint of close buildings. The differences of elevation of the same floors denounce that the original structures (made of different buildings) remained under the restructure of the facade. The major damage is related to the presence of water at the ground floor and in the cellar, and its distribution follows the anomalies of the building. Objective of the analysis: map of moisture diffusion, evaluation of water content in the walls, finding the source of infiltration or rising damp. Results Passive thermography was applied. It revealed that the major concentration of water was in the first room of the cellar. Both the walls under the main street and the inner yard were damp. A curious difference may be noted: the wall (fig. 5, wall A) presents a constant water diffusion from the bottom to the top, and the damp areas appear warm. In the opposite wall (fig. 6, wall B), the moisture is localised above all in two large spots, colder then the surrounding surface. According to the distribution mapped by thermography in A wall the plasters water content resulted 8.9%-12.2% (saturation value: 19%), limestones 9.6% (saturation value =25% ) bricks 6-13% (saturation value = 19%). In B wall water content achieves higher values: 17.5-27% plaster; 24% limestone, clay 28%, brick 24%. The microclimatic condition were critical during the scanning: 13C, RH 76%. At this condition evaporative flux is quite inhibited, it is detectable only where running water is emerging at the surface. The conclusion was that the A wall was affected by damp coming from the contact with the earth (under the street level), while in the B wall, additionally to the damp due to the earth, two main infiltrations were localised, due to two leakages in the old pipelines.
Santa Maria Delle Grazie, Milano The walls of the famous cloister (home of Leonardos Last Supper fresco) were affected by rising damp. The cementlime mortar of the plaster, applied during the last restoration, prevents evaporation of water content. Nevertheless the damage affects the basis of the wall (below 80-100 cm from the ground). Objective of the analysis: identify the line of rising damp, verify the correspondence between visual state of damage and moisture distribution. Results The images were shot at critical condition (T8-9C; RH 89%, clouds): evaporative flux was furthermore inhibited. Active reference method has been applied. The light but continuous heating inside the rooms was evident in the damp part of the wall even in the preliminary passive shot. Following graphs show the thermal curves obtained during the heating. The curves of the two zones have clear differences (Dry area = squares, damp = crosses). Weighing test, performed on samples from the surface, resulted 6.5% (area 1, at the bottom)- 5.6 % (area 2, 1.2 m up to the floor) of water content (plaster, saturation value = 14%). Santa Maria in Cantuello, Ricengo (Cremona) A colder strip was detected at 2.5 m up to the floor, in the niche of Angels statue. Optimal microclimatic conditions allowed to detect the areas where evaporative flux were acting (T=15C, RH=60%). In that point the brick wall was affected by an infiltration, due to a solid deposit of earth on the edge of the roof. A sod overgrown with moss coats the roof of the little niche and it is responsible for the infiltration.
SQ time [s^0,5]
Martinengo Parrish (Bergamo) This church is settled in the Po plane, it presents damages due to raising damp: all the frescoes up to 1-1.5 m from the ground level were destroyed. A thermographic campaign
Moisture Analysis
was carried out in May 98 to detect the situation of the actual level of the rising damp. The zones interested in the rising damp coincided with the most damaged ones. The thermographies were shot in a dry sunny day with 28 C outdoor temperature and 22C inside, during the measure the relative humidity varied between 55% and 68%. Discussion The comparison between the methods appears in the following tab. The authors compared the results obtained only on the investigated materials (plaster and brick)
Active Method (detection of major inertia areas) Advantages
Direct measure of the water content (on lab samples)
The unsolved problems are linked to the on field application (reference method) and the dependence on the environmental and microclimatic conditions (passive method). Particularly in the active procedure on the field: the heating modality (homogeneity), the measures of thermal diffusivity (without collection of samples) and the limitation of math model applied. In the passive modality the study of influence of environmental condition has to be carried out, to find a direct correspondence between the variables, and to obtain a valid measure of evaporative flux. In that way experimental set up will be disposed to measures environmental variables mainly affecting thermographic process. Figures Thermographs of the five brick cores, placed in a insulating frame.
Passive Method (detection of surface interested by evaporative flux)

Direct relation between evaporative flux and damage of the surface. No heating required. Applicable on wide surface Dependence on environmental and microclimatic condition
Limitations
Difficulty to obtain high and homogeneous heating. Reference Method: the measures are relative to a dry area. Yes; soluble salts may change surface absorption Speedy measures on the field, quantitative results requires post processing phase Low-Medium: 10% for porous materials No
Dependence on Soluble Salts
Yes; flux evaporation decreases where soluble salts are present Speedy measures on the field, quantitative results requires postprocessing phase Low-Medium: 10% for porous materials Yes
Speed of the Test
Sensibility to the Water Content Dependence on Environmental Conditions Cost
Fig.1: During Lighting
Low
Low
Conclusions Both the systems allow to map the moist areas. An advantage of the passive system has an easier extension to large surface. It connects directly the evaporative flux and the damage. It allows early diagnosis of the zones more to risk for the degradation identifiable thanks to the presence of high evaporative flux. Those zones, where moisture even if not still rendered evident from connected pathologies, will be manifested with certainty in case not take part to modify the variable that determine it. Moreover the illustrated methods can be used also to monitor and to test the restoration intervention on buildings.
Fig. 2: Without Heating During Evaporative Cooling
Moisture Analysis
Fig 3: Active Thermography: Moisture Diffusion During Heating, the Damp Areas are Colder Because of the Major Thermal Inertia
Fig 4: Music Institute Donizetti, Bergamo. Wall A in the Cellar; Passive Thermography, the Rising Damp Affecting the Bottom of Wall Corresponds to the Warmer areas. Fig 5-6, Thermocamera AGEMA 570 LW
Fig 8: S.ta Maria in Cantuello, Ricengo (Cremona): passive thermography reveals a colder strip (40 cm large) behind the Angel Statue, 2.50 m up to the floor. A sod overgrown with moss coats the roof of the little niche and it is responsible of the infiltration. Thermocamera AGEMA 489 LW
References
i E. Rosina, N.Ludwig, L. Rosi, Optimal Conditions to Detect Moisture in Ancient Buildings. Study Cases from Northern Italy, Thermosense XX-An International Conference in thermal sensing and imaging, diagnostic applications, Orlando (USA), April 1998 ii M. La Toison, Infrared and its Applications, Philips Technical Library, N.V. Gloeilampenfabrieken, Endhoven (The Netherlands), 1964, pg. 83-100 iii E. Grinzato, G.P . Bison, S.Marinetti, V.Vavilov, Thermal Infrared Non Destructive Evaluation of Moisture Content in Building: Theory and Experiment, CNR Congress on Moisture, Varenna (Italy), September 1994 iv A. Colantonio, Thermal Performance Patterns on Solid Masonry Exterior Walls of Historic Buildings, Thermosense XIX, SPIE vol. 3056, Orlando (USA), April 1997 v M. Phillipson, A. Stupart, Temperature and moisture conditions in masonry: frost performance, Proceedings of Int. Symposium on Moisture Problems in Building Walls, Porto (Portuga1,) September 1995, l, pp.405-415 vi E. Grinzato, G.P . Bison, S.Marinetti, Moisture evaluation by dynamic thermography data modelling, Thermosense XVI, SPIE vol. 2245, Orlando (USA), 1994 vii L. Binda, G. Baronio, Studies of the Durability of Brick and Stone Masonry and Their Components, Selected Papers 1979-1996, vol., II, DIS, Politecnico di Milano, Milano (Italy),1996 viii N Ludwig, M.Milazzo, G.Poldi, Misura di umidit superficiale nelle murature mediante termografia, 9 AIPND National Congress, Padova (Italy), September 1997 pgg.163-172 ix G.Cruciani Fabozzi,E. Rosina, M.Valentini: La valutazione del regime termoigrometrico della muratura: integrazione di termografia e prove ponderali. 20 Congr. Naz. AICAT-GICAT, Workshop : Metodi chimici , fisici e biologici per la salvaguardia dei Beni Culturali. Roma 18-12-1998
Fig 5: Music Institute Donizetti, Bergamo. Wall B in the Cellar; Passive Thermography. Despite of the Critical Microclimatic Condition (13C, 76%RH) two Infiltrations (Due to Pipeline Leaks) are Evident as Colder Areas.
Fig. 6: Santa Maria Delle Grazie, Milano. Passive Thermography of the Damp Bottom of the Wall. The Major Thermal Inertia of Water Content Kept the Light Heating of the Room After its Turning off. Thermocamera AGEMA 900 LW
Fig 7: Martinengo Parish (Bergamo).The Rising Damp Corresponds to the Colder Zones at the Bottom of the Walls. Thermocamera AVIO TVS- 2000 SW
Cera Chem Pvt Ltd
Ground Engineering
Construction of Underground Metro Stations and Associated Tunnelling
R G Saini
Project Director Metro Tunnelling Chennai, L&T SUCG JV
he population of Chennai in 1639 was 40000 and today the city is estimated to have a population of 7.5 million, which gives a population density of about 6482 per sq. km. The city, with its present population generates about 11 million trips in a day, with about 6million vehicular trips. The ever growing vehicular and passenger demands coupled with constraints on capacity augmentation of the existing network have resulted in chaotic condition during peak hours of the day. A number of transportation studies were carried out in the past for Chennai Metropolitan Development Authority (CMDA). These studies discussed travel pattern, network characteristics and the degree of traffic saturation on the existing roads in the Study Area. The proposed high capacity, high frequency metro will not only be a cheaper mode of transport but also provide for a safer, reliable and better customer service. A feasibility study was carried out in 2003 to select and priorities the corridors for Chennai metro. Based on detailed traffic surveys seven corridors were identified. The Metro rail will wind its way at a speed of 80 km/hr through the city over a distance of 45.1 kms of which 24 kms will be entirely underground. Total area of land required for the construction of Metro is approximately 50 hectares equivalent to 100 football fields. The project is estimated to cost 14000 Crores INR of which 41% will be contributed by the Central and State Governments. The remaining amount will be funded by a loan from Japan International Cooperation Agency (JICA). L&T has been one of the leading construction company having prior experience working in similar projects however, the Chennai Metro construction comes with its share of challenges and difficulties. In the construction industry each site is unique in various aspects and the features of the site should be analysed and incorporated right from the tendering stage of the project. In case of
metro construction, even though the basic methodology remains same for Delhi and Chennai Metros, the variation in the soil and climatic conditions of the two cities will result in variation of project duration and equipment and labour deployment. The contract value of the project is 930.8 crores. Chennai Metro Rail Limited (CMRL) is the client for the project and they have nominated M/S Embye as the general consultant for the project. The design consultant for the project is the award winning consultants: M/s Mott MacDonald Pvt. Ltd. After successful completion of many stations in Delhi Metro Project, L&T in a JV with Shanghai Urban Construction Group (SUCG) is now executing the project comprises of the design and construction of all works and services necessary to complete the underground section from the west end of Egmore station (Egmore station not included in UAA-04) to the south end of Shenoy Nagar station (Shenoy Nagar station not included in UAA-04) in Corridor 2, i.e. Nehru Park Station, Kilpauk Medical College Station and Pachaiappas College Station each of 228m .Design and construction specifications, include the following: - Survey and Handing over of the project land and associated site clearances. - Traffic Diversion for undertaking station works with alternate roads and steel decking - Diverting utilities from the station zone. - Construction of Diaphragm wall including temporary & permanent plunge columns as station retaining structures and load bearing columns respectively. - Construction of launching shaft for TBM Drive. - RCC Slabs Construction at three different levels i.e. at roof level, concourse level and base level. - Selection of tunnel Boring Machine (TBM- Earth Pressure Balance type) manufacturing and shipment to site. - Construction of TBM launching chamber - Lowering, Assembly and commissioning of TBM for
Ground Engineering
- - - - -
construction of tunnel. Segment Ring Casting at precast yard for feeding as liner to tunnel. Tunnel Drive for down line till next shaft and relaunching. Tunnel Drive for up line till next shaft and relaunching. Construction of TBM retrieval chamber Cleaning of tunnel and installing accessories including walkways and cross passages.
250 Kva to 62.5Kva ,and many excavator including long arm excavators, overhead gantries for executing various activities of the project. This is in addition to tunnel boring machine and related specialised equipment required for tunnelling with 5 nos. of silent diesel generators of 1012 Kva capacity each and batching plant for concrete and grout production.Cranes are provided with Safe Load Indicators (SLI) and tools & tackles are all inspected by an external agency before implementing at work. Tunnelling by Tunnel Boring Machine and Related Instrumentation Since tunnelling can result in a significant range of vibrations to the adjacent buildings, instrumentation in all locations adjacent to the tunnelling areas is required. Monitoring instruments which are given below and many more are installed to monitor the movement and of structure on a daily basis. 1. Settlement Points used for monitoring vertical settlement on horizontal and vertical surfaces of a building or a structure. 2. Piezometer which is used for measuring magnitude and distribution of pore water pressure and its variation with time. 3. Inclinometer which is designed for measurement of lateral movement of any structure. 4. Load Cell used for measuring and monitoring forces on a modular structural strutting. The Tunnel Boring Machine is a huge, incredible piece of equipment that can forge its way through hard rock, sand or soil, hollow out tunnels without any disturbance to the surroundings. In CMRL UAA-04 project, two nos. TBM is being used for the project to match with the project speed. The TBM have been especially design for encountering mix strata and accordingly the cutter disk and other components are design by specialist with various design parameters which took nearly six months of manufacturing and two months of shipment from Shanghai to Chennai. Major Components of TBM 1. Cutter Disc- To excavate rock or soft ground by the rotation of an assembly of teeth or cutting wheels under pressure against rock face. 2. Shield Skin- keeps the soil from getting into the machine and to provide a safe working space for the workers. 3. Pushing Jack- To be in full contact with the erected segment and hydraulically extend as the cutter disk turns and thrusts forward. 4. Main Drive- To provide a force in rotating the cutter disc.
8. Interface and support for various system works like track laying, the overhead catenary for power, passenger gates, signalling and telecom, VAC and AHU systems along with lifts and escalators 9. Architectural works matching with heritage structure nearby for main station box and entrances including signages. 10. Electrical & Mechanical works including plumbing, drainage, fire fighting and electrification. 11. System integration and trial testing. 12. Provision of station and substation structures, utility diversion and relocation etc. 13. All works necessary to provide inter-modal transfer facilities for pedestrians & road user of ground level and access into station. 14. All temporary and permanent utilities including foul drainage to be connected into public services.
Major quantities
Diaphragm wall Piles Excavation Concrete Reinforcement Steel Structural steel Waterproofing Tunnel Segments 55,0000 sqm 4250 rmt 3,40,000 cum 1,35,000 cum 18,600 mt 1850 mt 41,000 sqm 5670 Nos
Major Plant and Machinery Availability We cannot imagine Metro without machineries, as it presents many civil engineering challenges at sites involving greater heights and deeper depths. Many challenges have been met successfully through deployment of new expertise, sophisticated machinery and equipment at the site to execute any work. So we have mobilised many high capacity cranes like TFC-280 and QUY-80 , medium capacity cranes of make P&H 335, P&H 440,EOT cranes, casagrande rigs BH 180, DGs of various capacities ranging from
Ground Engineering
5. Screw Conveyor- To move the spoil at the cutter disc and feed onto a conveyor system. 6. Erector- To erect the segments to form a complete ring after shifting upto the tail of the TBM. 7. Backup facilities- To travel with the TBM and to service the operation of annulus grouting, welding, extension of ventilation, power and track etc.
maximum weight of one of the component is 120 tonne which requires a great deal of logistics to handle from the port to the project site and lowering into the 20m deep shaft.The TBM while in operation exerts a maximum force of 45,184 kN. The TBM will operate at an average speed of nearly 6m/day in rocky strata and of an average speed of 10m/day in soil strata and the boring will continue at depths of 22 to 27 m below ground level. The length of the TBM is 78 metres in total and the outer diameter of the cutter head is 6.3 m. The initial drive of the TBM will be to a distance of 10 m which is equal to the length of the cutter head and associated accessories. We are providing every safety measures for the tunnelling as the TBM alignment passes below many high buildings. The ring consisting of 6 segments of 1.2 m width,275mm thickness and 3.7 m length for each of the 5 segments and 1.3 m for key segment used for lining of the tunnel which is being cast at the casting yard in Vayalanallor. The surface logistics for the transportation of the segments has been planned in such a way that the segments can be brought to site with minimum hindrance to the public while minimising the travel time of the segments from the casting yard to site. One 40 tonne trailer can carry 2 segments and each shift will be requiring 6-8 trailers of delivery depending upon the progress of the tunnel.
TBM commissioned by L&T-SUCG JV
TBM Launching from

Nehru Park Station Nehru Park Station Pachaiappas College Station Pachaiappas College Station
TBM Retrieval at
Egmore Station Kilpauk Medical College Station Kilpauk Medical College Station Shenoy Nagar Station
Distance between two location(m)

939 562 804 1036
The TBM goes in four sections, both up line and down line through the tunnel alignment.
The TBM can work continuously for 10,000 hours and can bore at an average speed of 8mm/min. The total weight of all the components of the TBM is more than 400 tonne with
Planning for the Construction Considering the complex nature of project involving various disciplines and interface with many system wide contractors spreading over more than 4000 activities interlinked to each other hence a Detailed Works Programme (DWP) required to be prepared in the beginning of the project considering base line and key dates, target dates of the contract. The programme is updated regularly based on the actual site condition and land availability and other parameters. The construction team follows the programme and update regularly based on various inputs from time to time.The micro schedule which has been prepared is regularly updated. The scheduling is being maintained in Primavera for easy updating and monitoring.
Lipi Polymers Pvt.Ltd
Ground Engineering
Project Details Our Project Construction Mainly Consist of The project mainly consists of the construction of Diaphragm wall, which act as a retaining structure and boundary for our station. The diaphragm wall is constructed for every 5 meters of the station length and goes upto the depth of the station. Koden test and sonic logging test are done for checking the verticality and D-Wall integrity respectively. Some of the chemicals like Geosoil Polymer are used in the trench for its stability during 25 m of trenching work before putting the reinforcement cage inside. Launching shaft is constructed to launch and retrieve the tunnel boring machine. For Launching Shaft construction excavation has to be done depending on the Top Down Construction (excavation from top to base with the use of struts to retain the structure) or Bottom Up Construction (excavation from base to top with the construction of slabs). Dewatering is also being done before the excavation for removal of the water through dewatering wells. The excavated muck is transported to the dumping yard situated at 35 km away from project site at night time ensuring the cleaning of each dumper on wheel washing bay to prevent the dust accumulation on road. Metro station slabs are to be constructed in three levels; viz. base slab, concourse slab and roof slab level having 6m vertical clearances in each level. The slabs will be constructed using a combination of top down method at the shaft locations and bottom up method at the station areas. Waterproofing above and below slabs wherever necessary is being done to prevent the water leakage. Cross Passage Cross passages(CP) are connecting tunnels and are to be provided at regular intervals to evacuate passengers in case of any emergency. The cross-passages will be provided at 250 m intervals. Before starting the cross passage excavations, it is necessary to improve the soil characteristics around CPs. High pressure jet grouting method will improve the soil stabilization.28 days later,
Bottom Up Constructed Launching Shaft
Station Model
Location
Nehru Park Kilpauk Medical College Pachiyappa College
Area in m2
17522 12460 13328
The Total Area Required for the Construction in the Three Sites of UAA-04 Package is
there will be a core test to confirm the soil is strong and stable.The cross passage will be constructed using NATM method with suitable waterproofing measures having a provision of sump at the deepest location of the tunnel Internal Activities and Finishing Inside Tunnel
Ground Engineering
The segment lining will provide the required architectural finish for the tunnel. Dimples have been provided in the segments at the time of casting for drilling and cable laying. The rail will be placed over a base support with adequate drainage. Walkways
- Ensuring cleanliness of the road. Deployment of separate housekeeping workers Provision for environmental impacts of this Metro corridor has been made to cover various protection works, additional compensatory measures, and compensation for loss of trees, compensatory afforestation and fencing, monitoring of water quality, air/noise pollution during construction is done. For every one tree cut 12 trees are planted and maintained. The safety department conducts regular pep talks and training sessions for workers and engineers. Regular audits are conducted on site and the safety issues are addressed immediately. The project is certified by BSI-ISO and OSHAS and recently was conferred with the ROSPA award.
Walkway will be provided for service personnel and emergency rescue. It is also known as Escape Walkways which provides continuous access from the train to the cross passages and station platforms and having a width of 966 mm at train floor level. Quality initiatives The Metro work has to be executed with full quality control and guaranting the overall life of the project as 120 years following all the codes and specification laid. Many varieties of test are conducted for ascertaining the quality of activities in hand like Sonic logging test for D-Wall integrity, Pull out test for couplers, adiabatic test for temperature control, Proctor test for compaction. The quality team work towards ensuring proper quality standards of the raw materials such as cement, sand, aggregates, admixture, as well as concrete of M20, M35 & M50 and fabricated steel. The quality laboratory is well equipped with scientific instruments calibrated to conform to Indian Standards and to test the materials at the required testing frequencies. Safety Health & Environment - Barricading the construction zone - Diversion boards are all placed at frequent intervals for proper vehicular traffic diversions - Medical test were carried out for all labours before induction. - Traffic marshals are provided to manage traffic. - Noise proof power generators are used - Internal underground columns are marked with fluorescent paint for easy visibility during excavation
RoSPA award by L&T SUCG JV
Past Metro Project executed by L&T L&Ts association with Metro Business started a decade back when it bagged the first elevated package of Delhi Metro followed by 6.6 km of underground metro corridor including construction of six underground stations. Subsequently for DMRC Phase2, L&T has completed 4.65km twin
Hauz Khas Metro Station
Ground Engineering
tunnel and 3 stations by cut & cover method on standalone basis and with joint venture companies have completed 10.72km twin tunnel by TBM & two number of stations.
10. The Chennai metro is very conscious of the needs of disabled people and will make all efforts so that they do not face any difficulties. All our stations will have ramps from the streets so that wheelchair-bound persons can directly roll up to the lifts. The lifts will move to the concourse level where the ticketing counters are located. From the concourse level, other lifts will take them to the platform level. Signs have also been put up outside all lifts that these are exclusively for the use of disabled persons The control panels inside all the lifts are placed at a low level so that persons on wheelchairs can access these without having to strain themselves. Disabled commuters can also expect accessible seating on the trains, as well as Braille instruction signs and audio announcements.
Udyog Bhawan Metro Station
Operational Logistics The metro users will have access to trains after every 5 minutes to 15 minutes for peak and lean time respectively. The trains will travel at an average speed of 30 km per hour. Hence accordingly that it will take only 30 minutes for passenger to travel from Chennai Central to St. Thomas Mount, a distance of 22 kilometres. Initially CMRL will be placing four-car trains having a capacity to carry 1,250 passengers which will be subsequently replaced by six-car trains. The above facilities will be available to the commuters by 2015.
Benefits of Metro to commuters 1. Time saving for commuters 2. Reliable and safe journey 3. Reduction in atmospheric pollution 4. Reduction in accident 5. Reduced fuel consumption 6. Reduced vehicle operating costs 7. Increase in the average speed of road vehicles 8. Improvement in the quality of life 9. More attractive city for economic investment and growth
STA Flooring (Sanjay Tekale Associates)
Concrete Fiber Reinforced
Triangular Polyestor Fibers as Secondary Reinforcement in Concrete for Flexure / Split Tensile Strength
KRS. Narayan, BE.Civil, M.Tech

Leeds University - U.K., F.ICI., F.ACCE
"Fiber Reinforced Concrete" is relatively a new construction material developed through extensive research and development work during the last two decades. Fiber Reinforced Concrete (FRC) is defined as composite material which consists of conventional concrete reinforced by randomly dispersed short length fibers of specific geometry, made of steel, synthetic (polymeric) or natural fibers. Plain cement concrete has very low tensile strength and causes formation of micro cracks in stressed and unstressed states of concrete. Also, it has a low strain at fracture and brittleness with less ductility especially in case of High Performance Concrete. Fiber Reinforced Concrete is the answer to modify these properties of Plain Concrete. Advantages of Frc Various advantages of Fiber Reinforced Concrete are, Resistance to Micro-Cracking. Toughness and Post-Failure Ductility Impact & Abrasion Resistances. Resistance to fatigue. Improved strength in shear, tension, flexure and compression. Reduced permeability
Condition of the matrix--Uncracked or Cracked. Matrix composition. Geometry of the Fiber-Triangular or Circular. Type of fiber--steel, polymeric, mineral or naturally occurring fiber. Surface characteristics of the fiber. Stiffness of the fiber in composition with matrix stiffness. Orientation of the fibers--aligned versus random distribution. Volume fraction of fibers. Rate of loading. Durability of fiber in the composite and the long term effect in the Concrete matrix.
Experimental Investigation The behaviour and strength of Conventional and Fiber Reinforced Concrete are ascertained by testing the specimens in the laboratory. This chapter deals with the mix design, preparation of the specimen, and casting, testing and test results of the specimens. Materials It is necessary to get the maximum performance out of all of the material involved in producing a concrete. The materials involved in this project are Portland cement, coarse aggregate, fine aggregate and super plasticizers. The additional material involved in this project is Triangular Polyestor Fiber-Synthetic Fiber. Cement The cement used for this investigation was OPC53 grade Birla cement. The specific gravity of the cement was found
The interaction between the Fiber and Concrete matrix is the fundamental property that affects the performance of a cement based fiber composite materials. An understanding of this interaction is needed for forecasting the fiber contribution and for predicting the behavior of such composites. The following are the major parameters affecting the fiber interaction with the matrix.
68
to be 3.11 and it is conforming to IS 269-1979. Fine Aggregate The fine aggregate used for all the specimens was complying with IS 383- 1970. The specific gravity of fine aggregate was 2.52, sieve analyses were conducted and it was found that the sand used was conforming to zone II grading. The fineness modulus of fine aggregate was 2.074 Coarse Aggregate The coarse aggregate used was hard broken stone drawn from an approved quarry. Mean size of 20mm was used. The specific gravity of coarse aggregate was 2.73. And it was confirming to IS 383 - 1970 Water Portable water available in the laboratory was used for casting all the specimens in this investigation. The quality of water was found to satisfy the requirements of IS 4562000. Synthetic Fiber (Triangular Polyestor Fiber) The fiber used is a 12mm long VIRGIN TRIANGULAR MONOFILAMENT Polyestor, with an Aspect Ratio of < 360. For a mean sized aggregate of 20mm, 12mm Fiber length is adequate. Young's Modulus of Triangular Polyester Fiber was found to be >6500MPa Super Plasticizer Commercially available super plasticizer having a specific gravity of 1.2 at 25 degree centigrade. Desired Slump was 75mm + - 25mm for better workability. Material Properties Mix Design In this study, Indian standard recommended method (IS 10262-1982) has been adopted for the mix design. -
S.No
1
Material
Cement OPC -53 grade
Name of the property Experimental results

Specific gravity Fineness of cement Initial setting time Standard consistency Final setting time Specific gravity Grading Water absorption Fineness modulus Specific gravity Water absorption Length (mm) Crossection Specific gravity Aspect ratio Diameter Density 3.106 8% 141 min 32% 265 min 2.52 II 2% 2.074 2.73 1.50% 12mm Triangular 1.34-1.39 350 0.035mm 0.90 Kgs / Cu.M
Fine aggregatesand
Course aggregates20mm size Fibers-Triangular Polyestor Fiber
The mix proportion adopted for concrete is 1:1.238:2.917 with w/c ratio of 0.4 for a desired Slump of 75mm + 25mm. All the samples are prepared from the desired mix. The volume of fiber added is 0.25% of weight of cement. Concrete Mixer was of 0.1 Cu.M batch capacity and to prepare a Concrete with a Slump of 75mm + 25mm, 420Kgs C/c has been considered after sufficient Trial mix preparations. Details of mix Testing Procedure
S.No
1 2 3 4 5 6
Material
Cement 53grade OPC Fine aggregate Coarse aggregate (20mm size) Water Fiber Super plasticizer
Quantity per m3 in kg
420 540 1200 170 0.25% by weight of cement 0.4% by weight of cement
Cube Compressive Strength
The test was conducted as per IS 516-1959. The cube of standard size 150 mm x 150 mm x 150 mm were used to find the compressive strength of concrete specimen after 28 days curing, and were placed at the compressive testing machine of capacity of 300 tons with out eccentricity. At failure, the maximum load was noted and compressive strength was calculated. The average of three values is taken as the compressive strength. Cylinder Compressive Strength
The specimens used for the test were of 150 mm diameter
www.masterbuilder.co.in The Masterbuilder - November 2012
69
and the height of 300 mm. Tests were conducted using compressive testing machine of 300 tones. The test was carried out at a uniform stress after the specimen had been centered in the testing machine.
Flexural Strength Test Set up
Compressive Strength Test Set Up
Split Tensile Strength Test
The test was conducted as per IS 5816-1970. The test was carried out by placing the cylindrical specimen of diameter 150 mm and height 300 mm, horizontally between the loading surface of a compressive testing machine and the load was applied until failure of the cylinder along the vertical diameter. The maximum load applied was noted down. Flexural Test
target load failure of the cylinder. The target load and deflection were noted and modulus of elasticity was obtained. The original length of the compressometer is 150mm. The deflection readings are change in length, from that the strain was calculated For finding young's modulus of concrete, the deformation of various loads was observed and the results are plotted graphically against the stress. Using the stress strain curve tangent in drawn and modulus of elasticity is found.
The test was conducted as per IS 516-1959. Beams of size 100 x 100 x 500 mm were used for the determination of flexural strength. The test was conducted using the universal testing machine adopting two points loading. The specimen was positioned in the testing machine and a steel I section beam for transferring the concentrated load as the two point load (1/3 each other) was kept over the concrete beam. The supporting length of the prisms was fixed at 400 mm and load was applied Up to final failure of the specimen. Young's Modulus Of Concrete Cylinder
Compressive Strength Test Set Up (Stress- Strain Relationship Test Arrangement)
Test Results Split Tensile Strength The cylinder specimens are cast and tested for split tensile strength as per IS 5816-1970 using compression testing machine of capacity 300 tons. Flexural Strength This test was conducted as per IS 516-1959 on prisms of standard size 100x100x500 mm. Tests were carried out in Universal Testing machine. The supporting length of the prisms was fixed at 400mm with two points loading at 1/ 3rd distance with each other. Two uniform point loads were
The test was conducted using compressometer as per IS516 - 1959. The cylinder of standard size 300 mm height and 150 mm dia were used to find the modulus of elasticity. Specimens were placed on UTM of 100 tons capacity without eccentricity and uniform load was applied till the
S.No
1
Description
Normal concrete (N)
Sample No Loaded Area (mm2) Ultimate Crushing Load Split tensile Strength Average split tensile (KN) (N/mm2) Strength (N/mm2)
1 2 3 1 2 3 141372 190 170 200 210 250 270 2.68 2.41 2.83 2.97 3.54 3.82 2.64
Fiber concrete (F)
141372
3.44
70
Igloo Tiles
S.No
1
Description
Normal concrete (N)
Sample No
1 2 3 1 2 3
Ultimate Crushing Load (KN)

11.5 11.25 11.7 13.5 14 13.1
Flexural Strength (N/mm2)

4.6 4.5 4.68 5.4 5.6 5.24
Average flexural Strength (N/mm2)

4.59
Fiber concrete (F)
5.41
S.No
1
Description
Normal concrete (N)
Sample No Loaded Area (mm2) Ultimate Crushing Load Compressive Strength Average split tensile (KN) (N/mm2) Strength (N/mm2)
1 2 3 1 2 3 150x150 860 940 910 1080 960 1040 38.22 41.78 40.44 48 42.67 46.22 40.15
Fiber concrete (F)
150x150
45.63
Compressive Strength of Cube
S.No
1
Description
Normal concrete (N)
Sample No Loaded Area (mm2) Ultimate Crushing Load Compressive Strength Average split tensile (KN) (N/mm2) Strength (N/mm2)
1 2 3 1 2 3 17671.46 570 610 540 610 710 32.26 34.52 30.55 34.52 40.18 32.44
Fiber concrete (F)
17671.46
37.16
Compressive Strength of Cylinder
applied and the maximum failure load was noted. The modulus of rupture was calculated. Compressive Strength The cube and cylinder specimens are tested for compressive strength using compression testing machine of capacity 300 tones. Modulus Of Elasticity (Or) Young's Modulus Of Concrete The cylinder specimen is casted and tested for young's modulus, using UTM of capacity of 100 tons. Comparison of Results and Discussions Test results of the specimens are compared and the discussion is made from the test results. The fibers concrete are compared with the conventional concrete. Split Tensile Strength The split tensile strength is increased by 30.3% for Triangular Polyestor Fibre reinforced concrete over plain concrete. Flexural Strength The flexural tensile strength is increased by17.93% for
S No Description Young's modulus (N/mm2) Average (N/mm2)

1 2 3 4 5 6 N1 N2 N3 F1 F2 F3 26578.95 24531.79 25250 28300 26439.25 24969.1 25453.15
26569.45
S No Description Average split tensile Increase in CompresStrength (N/mm2) sive Strength (N/mm2)
1 2 Normal concrete Fiber concrete 2.64 30.3 3.44
Triangular Polyestor Fibre reinforced concrete over plain concrete. Young's Modulus of Cylinder Specimen The young's modulus is increased by 4.38% for Triangular Polyestor Fibre reinforced concrete over plain concrete. Comparison of Young's Modulus Conclusion Addition of Triangular Polyestor Fiber in Concrete
72
S No Description
1 2 Normal concrete Fiber concrete
Average flexural Strength (N/mm2)

4.59
Increase in flexural Strength (N/mm2)

17.86
5.41
increases the Split Tensile Strength at 28 days by 30.3% at a fiber dosage of 0.25% by weight of cement. Due to addition of Triangular Polyestor Fiber, the Flexural Strength is increased by 17.86% compared with Conventional Concrete.
S No
1 2
Description
Normal concrete Fiber concrete
Average
25453.16 26569.45
% of increase
4.38
Fig -1 Specimen 1
The Young's modulus of FRC is increased slightly when compared with Conventional concrete. This is due to the contribution of young's modulus of Fiber in Concrete. Stress-Strain Curve for Cylinder specimens-Normal V/s Fiber Concrete.
Stress strain curve for cylinder specimen - Fiber concrete
References
Fig -1 Specimen 1
Dr.A.R.Santha Kumar-Emeritus Professor-IIT-Madras and Former Dean-Anna University. Mr.Johnson and Mr.Kanaga Sabapathy-Project In partial fulfillment of the requirements for their M.E-Degree. Asad Esmaily and Yan Xiao. "Behaviour of reinforced concrete column under variable axial loads". ACI structural journal, sept oct 2005. Balasubramanian.K, Bharat kumar.B.H, Gopalakrishnan.S and Paremeswaran .V.S. "Flexural behaviour of steel fiber reinforced concrete beams under static load". Journal of structural engg, vol.25.no.3, oct-1998,pg 28-36. Barr.B, Asghari.A and Hughes.T.G, "Tensile strength and toughness of FRC materials".The international journals of cement composite and light weight concrete. Vol 10, no 2. Pg 101-107 Baskar.S, Leung.C, Li.V.C,Wang Y and Yamanobe.K " Tensile flexure mechanism and mechanical and properties of fiber reinforced concrete".Proceddings of the international symposium
Fig -2 Specimen 2 Stress strain curve for cylinder specimen - normal concrete
73
on fibre reinforced concrete Dec 16-19, 1987 Madras, India pg 1.163-1.171 Evan.c Bendz and Sean bukley. "Repeating a classic set of experiments on size effect in shear of members without stirrups". ACI structural journal Nov - dec 2005 Graig.c.Ball, Bailey.E, Landers and Hooks.j "Flexural fatigue strength of steel fiber reinforced concrete beams". ACI journal Nov 1972 pg 673-678. Kaushik.S.K, Gupta.V.K, Tarafdar, "Behaviour of fibre reinforced concrete beams in shear". The international symposium on fiber reinforced concrete.Dec 16-19, 1987, Madras, India pg 1.133 1.147. Krishna Raju.N, Basavarajaiah,B.S, and Janardhan Rao.K. "Compresive strength and bearing stress of steel fibre reinforced concrete" ICJ, vol 51, june1977, pg 183-188. Nataraja.M.C, Dhang.N and Guota "Steel fibre reinforced concrete under compression". ICJ vol 70 July 1998 pg 353-356. Paremeswaren .V.S, "Research and application of FRC in Indian scenerio". ICJ, vol 70 oct 1996,pg 553-557.
Swamy R.N, AL-Tann.S.A and Ali.S.A.R. "Deformation and ultimate strength in flexure of reinforced concrete beams made with steel fibrous concrete" ICJ, vol 78, Sep - Oct 1981, pg 76-82 Shetty M.S "Concrete technology theory and pratice (First edition 1982) Publisher, S.chand and company. New Delhi. Bansal.R.K. "A text book of strength of materials (Third edition 1996) publisher lakshmi publications (p) Ltd .New Delhi. I.S: 10262-1982 "Indian code for recommended for guidelines for concrete mix design" I.S: 2386-Part-3-1963 "Indian standard methods of test for aggregate for concrete" I.S:516 - 1956 "Indian code for method of testing for strength of concrete" I.S: 456-2000 "Indian code for publication for plain and reinforced concrete (fourth revision)". I.S 5816-1970 "Indian code for method of testing for split tensile strength of concrete cylinders".
74
Columbia Pakona Engineering Pvt.Ltd
Urban Engineering Technology
New Software Developed for Urban Network Analysis

Andres Sevtsuk
Singapore University of Technology & Design Established in collaboration with Massachusetts Institute of Technology, USA
he City Form Lab at the Singapore University of Technology and Design, in collaboration with MIT, has created a new Urban Network Analysis (UNA) toolbox that enables urban designers and planners to describe the spatial patterns of cities using mathematical network analysis methods. Network analysis is widely used in the study of social networks, such as Facebook friends or phonebook connections, but so far fairly little in the spatial analysis of cities. While the study of spatial networks goes back to Euler and his famous puzzle of Knigsberg's seven bridges in the 18th century, there were, until recently, few tools available for city planners to calculate computation-intensive spatial centrality measures on dense networks of city streets and buildings. The new toolbox, which is
distributed as free and open-source plugin-in for ArcGIS, allows urban designers and planners to compute five types of graph analysis measures on spatial networks: Reach; Gravity; Betweenness; Closeness; and Straightness. The Reach measure, for instance, can be used to estimate how many destinations of a particular type buildings, residents, jobs, transit stations etc. can be reached within a given walking radius from each building along the actual circulation routes in the area. It offers an intuitive metric do accurately describe how the surrounding built fabric or pattern of economic activities appear differently to an observer from one building to another. The Betweenness measure, on the other hand, estimates the number of trips
between the other surrounding destination pairs in the area that pass by a particular building. It can be used to quantify the number of potential passersby at each building. These and the other three indices Gravity, Closeness, and Straightness characterize spatial accessibility to each particular location in a number of different and complementary ways. These indices have numerous practical applications. They help explain, for instance, on which streets or buildings one is most likely to find local commerce, where foot or vehicular traffic is expected to be highest, and why city land values vary from one location to another. They offer a powerful toolkit to study spatial relationships between urban activities under the actual geometric constraints of
76
Picture Courtesy: www.toskarelease.wordpress.com
V-Tech Floors (I) Pvt.Ltd
Urban Engineering Technology
building, parcel and street networks, which have been largely ignored in spatial economic models in the past. The tools incorporate three important features that make them particularly suited for spatial analysis on urban street networks. First, they can account for both geometry and topology in the input networks, using either metric distance (e.g. Miles) or topological distance (e.g. Turns) as impedance factors in the analysis. Second, unlike previous software tools that operate with two network elements (nodes and edges), the UNA tools include a third network element - buildings - which are used as the spatial units of analysis for all measures. The spatial graph thus consists of three basic elements: edges, representing paths along which travelers can navigate; nodes, representing the intersections where two or more edges intersect; and buildings, representing the locations where traffic from streets enters into indoor environments or vice versa. Buildings are represented as points, positioned at the centroids of actual building footprints or entrances, and are assumed to connect to streets (edges) that lay closest to them along the
Compute Reach (Optional)
Compute Betweenness (Optional)

The betweenness of build i is defined as the fraction of shortest paths between pairs of other buildings in the network that pass by i. (Freeman, 1977)
Picture Source: cityform.mit.edu
shortest perpendicular connection. Two neighboring buildings on the same street segments can therefore obtain different accessibility results. And third, the UNA tools optionally allow buildings to be weighted according to their particular characteristics - more voluminous, more populated, or otherwise more important buildings
How many surrounding destinations j can be reached from building i within a given network radius?
Picture Courtesy: civildefence.govt.nz
Picture Source: cityform.mit.edu
can be specified to have a proportionately stronger effect on the analysis outcomes, yielding more accurate and reliable results to any of the specified measures. The tools are aimed at planners, urban designers, architects, geographers, and spatial analysts who are interested in studying the spatial configurations of cities, and their related social, economic, and environmental processes. The UNA toolbox allows researchers to accurately quantify the two- and three-dimensional network characteristics of different spatial and economic networks in neighborhoodsworld-wide. Though primarily designed for the study of urban building- and street-networks, the toolbox is equally suited for analyzing other types of spatial networks, such as utility networks, highway networks, or building layouts. The toolbox is built for easy scaling - it can be used for smallscale and detailed network analysis of dense urban areas, as well as sparser large-scale regional networks. It requires ArcGIS 10 software with an ArcGIS Network Analyst Extension and it can be freely downloaded from the City Form Lab http://cityform.mit.edu/projects /urban-network-analysis.html.
78
RSB Transmissions India Ltd
Communication Feature
India's Apollo Infratech inks JV deal with Hawkeye Pedershaab
AHCT CAP 250
ndia's Apollo Infratech Private Limited and Denmark's HawkeyePedershaab have joined hands to form Apollo Hawkeye Pedershaab Concrete Technologies Pvt. Ltd, to offer world class concrete pipe manufacturing machines at a competitive price in the ever evolving Indian construction marketplace. The JV besides offering its world class products shall also be providing its clients with pre and post sales solutions all under one roof. The state-of-the-art manufacturing facility established by the company is fully equipped with an in- house design lab consisting of the latest 3D modeling
software such as solid works, solid edge and AutoCAD to design the machines, moulds, equipments, specialized tools and proprietary fixtures as per national and international standards. Apart from stage inspection meticulously followed during manufacturing supervision, technical assistance and expert guidance are also provided by HawkeyePedershaab Engineers. Experienced technical teams gear up to provide prompt responses for all sales and after sales services. The team is also equipped to offer complete technical project management assistance right from installation to production,
spontaneous trouble shooting as well as annual maintenance contracts. For the convenience of the customers sufficient spare parts are also stocked at branch locations and head offices for faster delivery.
For further details:

Apollo Infratech Pvt. Ltd.
Ahmedabad-Mehsana State Highway, Village: Rajpur, Taluka: Kadi, Dist: Mehsana - 382740 Ph: +91-2764-232217 Fax: +91-2764-233117, E-mail: sales@apolloinfratech.com Web: www.apolloinfratech.com
80
Tyre Protector (India) Pvt. Ltd
Building Information Modeling
Streamlining Energy Analysis of Existing Buildings with Rapid Energy Modeling

Autodesk
Improved building performance is critical for decreasing greenhouse gas emissions and reducing energy costs. However, identifying potential candidates for energy efficiency retrofits poses significant challenges. Building professionals, developers, owners, facility managers, insurers, financiers, and regulators are all struggling to get the information they need to support their building decisions. To systematically evaluate and update existing building portfolios, the building industry needs a scalable process to assess building performance quickly, cost-effectively, accurately and efficiently. Rapid energy modeling is a streamlined process that helps you analyze and estimate building energy consumption using Building Information Modeling (BIM) solutions. With a smaller budget, shorter timeframe, and less initial data, building professionals can evaluate expected building performance and identify areas for improvement. This paper outlines rapid energy modeling workflows using Autodesk solutions and documents results from realworld validation.
Scalable Energy Assessments The implementation of efficiency measures and renewable energy generation in existing buildings represents a significant opportunity to reduce energy costs and hedge against energy price risk. In light of this, there are an increasing number of national and regional building directives to promote better performing buildings. These mandates and other factors such as energy security, global climate change and economic stimulus programs are driving energy efficiency retrofits of commercial buildings around the world. To respond to these economic and energy challenges at the scale, speed, and efficiency needed, the building industry must be able to quickly and cost effectively prioritize, mobilize, and focus its retrofitting efforts. However, we face major challenges in determining the potential energy savings in existing buildingsdata that is essential for identifying retrofit and renovation candidates. Many of the current methods of performing energy assessments are expensive and laborious. The types of assessments that achieve the greatest savings are those based on whole building energy analysis and follow the steps below: - Data collection of existing conditions Design (geometry) of the building, utility history, performance of equipment and materials, weather data, operating schedules, etc. - Energy model creation Using above data develop whole building energy model. - Calibration Modify unknown parameters in energy model to ensure energy results match utility history within acceptable threshold - Energy efficiency measures Modify energy model to estimate energy and cost savings for various energy efficiency measures. Estimate costs for implementing measures and prioritize list based on simple payback.
Figure 1: Rapid energy modeling is a streamlined process to move rapidly, and with minimal data, from existing building conditions to energy and carbon reduction analysis through a simplified simulation process.
These assessments require a high level of technical expertise and sometimes the assessments are inaccurate due to a lack of data, time, or budget. In short, they are not scalable.
Rapid Energy Modeling for Existing Buildings Rapid energy modeling is a streamlined, scalable approach for performing energy assessments of existing buildings. While the umbrella term can represent a number of solutions, a typical workflow consists of three steps: capture, model, and analyze. Step 1: First, you capture existing building conditions. Starting from as little as photos, satellite images, aerial images, or laser distance meters, you collect basic information about a building such as geometry, location, orientation, and structural or operational anomalies. Step 2: This digital information is calibrated and converted into a simplified 3D building model. Your model can be a: - Conceptual massing model that defines the internal volumes of the building (which is all that is necessary for basic energy modeling), or a - Detailed model using design elements such as walls, floors, windows, roofs, and rooms or spaces. Step 3: In this step, you analyze the building model by performing energy analyses to assess expected building performance. The core value proposition of rapid energy modeling is the democratization of the portfolio energy assessment process. It makes energy assessments quick and costeffective, and results in easy to understand and actionable conclusions based on building science, the buildings geometry, and local climate conditions.
Uses for Rapid Energy Modeling Rapid energy modeling can accelerate the initial steps of an energy assessment process that is used to: - Screen a building portfolio for high potential retrofit candidates. Building owners, property managers, and tenants with large portfolios can use rapid energy modeling to estimate the energy consumption and carbon footprint of an entire set of buildings. They can use it to assess factors such as energy costs and carbon emissions across several buildings, and identify outliers as well as buildings with high potential for improvement and ROI. - Prioritize retrofit investments and energy efficiency measures. Developers, building owners, facility managers, or tenants can use rapid energy modeling to quickly understand and compare potential retrofit and renovation options, and drill down into the energy model of existing buildings to make post-analysis recommendations on energy efficiency upgrades. - Evaluate the lifecycle impact of retrofit decisions. Designers, architects, contractors, and construction companies can use rapid energy modeling to quickly evaluate various design alternatives for intended retrofits and identify solutions that optimize lifecycle impact. - Streamline asset rating. Insurers, financiers, regulators, and real estate brokers may find rapid energy modeling valuable in getting the information they need to support their asset rating process in a cost-effective manner. Autodesk Software for Rapid Energy Modeling A broad selection of Autodesk software solutions can be used to support rapid energy modeling, including: - Autodesk Revit Architecture or Autodesk Revit MEP software. - Autodesk ImageModeler software (available to Revit Architecture and Revit MEP Autodesk Subscription customers during the term of their Subscription). - Autodesk Revit Conceptual Energy Analysis features (available to Revit Architecture and Revit MEP Autodesk Subscription customers during the term of their subscription). - Autodesk Green Building Studio web service. - Workflows can also take advantage of technology previews available on Autodesk Labs including Project Photofly1 (to help capture existing conditions), Project Vasari (for modeling), and Globe Link (for importing information from Google Earth mapping service to your Revit application). - In addition, some of the workflows described in this
Figure 2: Rapid energy modeling includes three key elements: capture, model, and analyze.
document can use non-Autodesk software, including Pictometry Online (POL) from Pictometry International Corp., PKNail from PointKnown, and Google Earth from Google. The table below shows how the various software options are used in the three-step rapid energy modeling process. The combination of these various software options translate into a series of distinct rapid energy modeling workflows. Your particular workflow for rapid energy modeling will depend on the method of capturing existing building conditions and the desired level of analysis. The next section describes the three key steps of the workflowcapture, model, and analyze.
additional information about the building from the facilities manager. For example, if not all the sides of your building are visible in aerial photographs, you will need some other source of information to fill in the missing building surfaces. Orthogonal satellite images can also be insufficient and require you to, at a minimum, obtain the buildings height and number of levels. Regardless of how you capture your existing conditions, you will need some minimal information about your building and its operations, such as: - Square footage - Operating schedule (12/7, 10/5 etc.) - Information on structural anomalies not visible in pictures (such as atriums, basement, and storage areas) - Operational idiosyncrasies such as inefficient HVAC, simultaneous heating/cooling, or high server load - Utility bills (for comparison) Step 1: Capturing Existing Conditions
Key Elements of Rapid Energy Modeling Existing Conditions The most common forms of existing building conditions are: - Digital photographs: These are photographs of your building taken specifically for rapid energy modeling. - Aerial images: You can download oblique aerial images from Internet sites such as Google Earth or Microsoft Bing mapping services. Alternatively, you can use images from commercial providers of geo-referenced aerial and oblique image libraries such as Pictometry. - Satellite images: Like aerial images, you can download orthogonal images of your building from sites such as Google Earth. - Laser distance meters: These low-cost laser meters are common surveying tools, and you can also use them onsite to capture key measurements of your building. There are advantages and disadvantages to using these various formats. For example, you can create sufficiently detailed buildings models based on digital photographs, but the photographs must be taken from different points of view and have as many common points as possible between them to enable the capture software (Project Photofly2 for example) to calculate their 3D coordinates. As such, it requires an onsite resource. The same is true for measurements from a laser distance meter, which also requires training on the device and the capture software. Aerial and satellite images are much easier to obtain and need minimal training, but they do require you to obtain
The first step in the rapid energy modeling process is to capture the existing conditions of your building(s). The format of the existing conditions (i.e. digital photographs, aerial or satellite images, or laser distance meter measurements) will dictate the exact steps and software needed to help capture and process those existing conditions: Digital Photographs ImageModeler is image-based modeling and photo grammetry software that helps you generate models from digital photographs. Alternatively, Autodesk Project Photofly is photogrammetry software that converts pictures to 3D point clouds and meshes. Both solutions enable you to stitch together the photographs of your building, set the coordinate system and scale, and then model over the images to create a 3D wireframe model of your building. Once the wireframe model is complete, you then export it as a DWG and use it in your BIM solution to help create a full 3D model of your building (see the Creating a Building and Energy Model section below). Satellite Images If you use satellite images to help capture your existing building conditions, you can use Globe Link for Autodesk Revit Architecture or Autodesk Revit MEP to download the image from Google Earth and pull it into Revit Architecture 2012 or Revit MEP 2012. You can also import a scaled Google Map satellite image directly into Project Vasari. Because the satellite image only displays the building footprint, you
Ajax Fiori Engineering (I) Pvt. Ltd
distance meters to capture dimensional data in the field and send it directly to a laptop loaded with the Revit Architecture or Revit MEP . By capturing data in a specific sequence, the PKNail software creates a Revit model representing the skin of your building as it is being measured. Once the measurements are finished, you then complete the modeling processing by manually adding floors, zones and roofs. Step 2: Creating a Building Model After capturing your existing building conditions, you then use the data from Step 1 to create either a conceptual massing model or a more detailed model that incorporates building elements such as walls, floors, windows, roofs, and rooms/spaces.
Figure 3: Project Photofly converts pictures to 3D point clouds and meshes, and creates 3D wireframe models that you can use for rapid energy modeling.
will need to know (at a minimum) the approximate height of the building and/or floor-to-floor height per floor as well as the approximate window-to-wall ratio (i.e. the glazing percentage) before proceeding with modeling. Aerial Images You can download oblique aerial images from Internet sites such as Google Earth or Microsoft Bing and process them in a manner similar to satellite images. However, a birdseye view of your building may not always be available or the quality of the pictures may be insufficient. Alternatively, you can also use aerial images and software from Pictometry (fee required, see www.pictometry.com). In addition to providing the aerial images, the software enables you to extract building information that you can use for modeling such as distance and area measurements, number of windows, orientation of the building, and coordinates of the building location. Pictometrys Pictometry Online software outputs a KML file that can be imported directly into Revit Architecture or Revit MEP to create a full 3D model of your building. Laser Distance Meter If you plan to capture existing conditions using a laser distance meter, you can use PKNail software from PointKnown (www.pointknown.com) to process those measurements and create a Revit model of your building. By inputting a few simple field measurements PKNail will build a Revit model of the existing structure, in the field, in real time. This approach involves trained survey personnel that walk around the perimeter of a building and measure key points on the building. The PKNail software utilizes Bluetooth-enabled laser
For a first-pass energy assessment, a conceptual massing model is often sufficient. To create the conceptual model, you can use either Revit Architecture or Revit MEP software. Both solutions offer conceptual design tools that can help you quickly create building forms using the geometry captured in Step 1. However, if you know in advance that you may need a more detailed building model for further engineering driven analysis, for design, or for facility management purposes, you may want to create a detailed model. If you use digital photographs or aerial images to help capture the existing conditions of your building, you simply import the DWG or KML file into Revit Architecture or Revit MEP and use the wireframe model as a reference to create your conceptual model. If you use satellite images, you start the modeling process by tracing over the building footprint in Revit Architecture or Revit MEP and then use additional information about your building (such as its height and number of floors) to create a model. If you used a laser distance meter to help capture existing conditions, you use Revit Architecture or Revit MEP to complete the model created by the PKNail software. Another option for creating conceptual models is to use Project Vasari3, which is currently available as a technology preview on Autodesk Labs. Project Vasari is a standalone conceptual modeling and energy analysis tool, designed to increase accessibility for early design phase conceptual energy analysis. The software includes the Conceptual Energy Modeling features described below. Step3: Analyzing Energy Consumption and Carbon Emissions Once your building model is complete, you are ready for energy simulation and analysis. You can use the Revit Conceptual Energy Analysis features for your initial analysis and/or use Green Building Studio for more detailed whole building analyses.
The various rapid energy modeling workflows have been given preliminary road tests by Autodesk, its customers, and professional services firms, such as URS-Scott Wilson, a globally integrated design and engineering consultancy for the built and natural environments in the United Kingdom, and DPR Construction, a leading general contractor in the United States, specializing in technically complex and sustainable projects. Results The project teams conducting these pilot trials modeled existing building conditions and performed building energy analysis in just a few days, and in many cases with no previous experience using Autodesk tools, all of which led to encouraging insights. The results of these trials were comparable to actual building performance data and deemed reasonably satisfactory by the stakeholders. Even deviations from actuals pointed to useful insights: - Incorrect or inadequate assumptions can be easily changed in the software. - Deviations can uncover important operational insights or even inefficiencies that are in need of fixing. These rapid energy modeling studies have been encouraging from a number of perspectives. Time (Rapid) Time (and hence cost) saving is one of the most obvious and significant benefits of rapid energy modeling. The process promises to drastically bring down variable costs associated with modeling for energy analysis and hence allow large-scale assessments in a shorter time. Figure 6 below demonstrates this point, presenting the results of rapid energy modeling experiments carried out with the help of Autodesk software. As a case in point, Autodesk performed rapid energy modeling for six Autodesk facilities on three continents in a matter of days for each facility (and in some cases only hours) without any project team members needing to travel to the building sites and with no previous experience using the Autodesk tools. (Photographs of the buildings were taken by local onsite resources.) Given these results, the word rapid in rapid energy modeling takes on different connotations. The modeling process itself is streamlined and does not require specialized energy personnel. In addition, learning the process is fast due to simplified modeling and analysis software. Finally, the process can be a quick screening method to identify buildings in need of a deeper energy assessment. for other workflows assumes the use of non-Autodesk
Figure 4: Use Revit Architecture or Revit MEP software to more quickly create building forms for rapid energy modeling.
The Revit Conceptual Energy Analysis features generate an energy analysis from your Revit Architecture or Revit MEP conceptual model and give you results based on userdefined parameters such as building location and type, and hours of operation. You view the results of the analysis in a separate window via graphs, charts, and tables. Green Building Studio web service uses the DOE-2 simulation engine for energy analysis and offers options to fine-tune your analyses and perform whole building analysis if needed. The user also has the ability to continue analysis in other software by using gbXML files that can be exported from both Revit Conceptual Energy Analysis features and Green Building Studio. Findings from Preliminary Trials
Figure 5: Autodesk Revit Conceptual Energy Analysis features help you simulate your building performance.
software and is based on informal surveys of resident subject matter experts. Designated yellow area represents rapid energy modeling workflows that use Autodesk software at the core and also 3rd party solutions such as PointKnown and Pictometry.
schedules in most commercial buildings. On the other hand, natural gas consumption has a higher sensitivity to occupant behavior and climate fluctuations, making it harder to predict. Nevertheless, natural gas consumption for a number of buildings is a significant utility cost. It may even outweigh electrical costs for certain building types and geographic locations. Hence more due diligence needs to be conducted to determine the root cause of these deviations.
Figure 6: The benefits and tradeoffs of different rapid energy modeling, workflows, based on accuracy, cost, and time.
Electricity and Fuel Consumption (Energy) Electricity consumption often represents the bulk of a commercial buildings energy use and therefore is a key criterion for energy assessment. The various rapid energy modeling workflows tested by Autodesk and its customers were found to be reasonably accurate in this regard, again considering the amount of time and effort expended. For all the workflows tested, the estimated electricity intensity numbers were found to be quite close to the buildings real energy consumption (as determined by actual utility bills). A chart showing results from one of the workflows is shown below in Figure 7. The only outlier was the facility in Manchester, New Hampshire. After the rapid energy modeling process was complete, the team discovered that the building has a data center that wasnt modeled and that significantly drove up electricity consumption. These results underscore the importance of learning beforehand about a buildings structural anomalies (such as atriums) or operational idiosyncrasies (such as large data centers) before drawing conclusions about the buildings performance. The fuel estimates, on the other hand, were not found to be close to the actuals for two of the three Autodesk facilities that were able to supply fuel data. It should be noted that the fuel consumption costs took up a relatively small percentage of these buildings overall utility bills (ranging from approximately 13-17%). Electricity use is often more predictable because it is based upon set operating
Figure 7: Rapid energy modeling is a reasonably effective predictor of actual electricity consumption.
Geometry (Modeling) The building geometry and the corresponding square footage calculations resulting from in-house experiments and customer pilots were also quite close to the actuals. Figure 8 below shows the results from one of the experiments. The calculated areas of all of the buildings were within 7%, with the exception of the San Rafael, California facility. That outlier was due to a modeling errora structural anomaly that was not visible from photos but could be seen when looking at building floor plans. To keep the study double blind, the researchers purposefully avoided looking at available floor plans during the rapid energy modeling process. While it is very easy to go back and fix the model, this error again brought to light the need to augment building images
Figure 8: Project teams successfully modeled existing building conditions and performed building energy analysis of these facilities in just a few days.
Apollo Infratech Pvt.Ltd
with additional information on structural anomalies. Validating Other Key Parameters It should also be noted that the team took pains to validate other structural and operational parameters such as glazing percentage, floor heights, and loads, as well as square
footage and energy consumption, in an attempt to reduce the risk of false positives or false negatives. Results from one such validation exercise are illustrated in the table below. Conclusion Rapid energy modeling has been shown to reduce the time needed for the initial steps of an energy assessment, which can help professionals perform building energy assessments and carbon reduction analysis faster and more economically. A range of stakeholders from building owners and tenants to real estate brokers and financiers stand to benefit from this approach. Rapid energy modeling can bring down the variable costs associated with energy assessments. This enables largescale assessments in a short timeleapfrogging traditional modeling methods for energy analysis and building audit techniques, and thus helping the building industry create a low-carbon built environment.
Universal Construction Machinery
Concrete Block Workmanship
Improve Workmanship in the Block Work
Nirmal Ganesh M
Senior Manager - Sobha Developers Ltd
T
- - - - - -
here are various ways to improve the workmanship in block work construction. These steps will hot only help us to overcome the defects in block work but also control thermal cracks. Thermal cracks are in most of the cases unavoidable, yet can be controlled. The following are a few step suggested for the same. Ensuring uniform mortar mix Ensuring uniform mortar thickness Optimum moisture levels in contact surfaces Vertical joint positions Ensuring proper line & level Proper curing
Ensuring Uniform Mortar Thickness In any given single or a set of interconnected walls maintaining uniform thickness will avoid unnecessary thermal cracks at unwanted places. First 4 courses of block work is constructed with 8mm thick mortar, another 4 courses are constructed with 10mm thick. The working nature of first 4 courses will be different than the next 4 courses for the temperature variations. As these two areas working differently the crack may appear at the junction.
Ensuring Uniform Mortar Mix The mortar mix plays a major role in avoiding thermal cracks in the masonry. Variation in the uniformity of mortar mix may affect the wall. Ensuring proper and equal mix for entire building is not a practical one. Yet ensuring for a single or a set of few interconnected walls is practically possible and also very important. If in case the mortar mix batches are not proper in any given wall, the crack may appear at the junctions. For example, in a wall half portion is constructed with X% water content & another half with Y%. The junction where both portions meet will get cracked easily. So for a given single wall or a set of interconnected walls has to be done with same kind of mix, in terms of - - - - Same brand & type of cement Single source aggregate Single source water Mix ratio quantities of ingredients in every batch of mix This may happen due to varying experience of laborers, changes in mortar mix, block dimensions & environment conditions. Some proper planning is required to ensure the uniform thickness of joints in a wall. Following steps may be adopted, Step 1: By considering wall dimensions calculate the number of blocks per layer & total number of layers. Step 2: Mortar thickness has to be planned as follows.
The above listed points can be varied for separated walls. But for a single or a set of interconnected walls, maintaining the requirements is very important.
JBA Concrete Solutions
Concrete Block Workmanship
If the X < 3.27 or X> 3.31, then a cut block need to be introduced. Step 3: The step 2 is applicable to calculate the thickness of the mortar in horizontal bed by considering the height of the wall Optimum Moisture Content at the Contact Surfaces Varying moisture content in the mortar, concrete blocks & other concrete surfaces will affect the quality of masonry work. In practical site conditions measuring the moisture content at various surfaces & fixing the standards are very difficult. So common knowledge and the experience of the masons are required to set the things right. For example, a wall is constructed in two days. At the first day environment is dry, blocks & mortar kept and used under sun. The next day is a rainy day & work started when there is a little drizzling. Now in first day premoitening the contact surfaces are very important. In the second day water should be used as less as possible in all the places. This will ensure that in a single wall the moisture content is maintained approximately equal to entire wall. Ensuring Proper Vertical Joint Laps If you observe the picture you can note that the vertical joints are staggered. Proper load distribution is ensured by staggering the vertical joints. In the normal practice the vertical joints are fixed to the middle of the block in the next course. But it is not easy in all type of walls in the practical conditions.
The above discussed example is the junction of two walls. But some more complicated three wall junctions in T shape & four wall junctions in + shape are also available.
Ensuring Proper Line & Level In the usual practice the bottom most courses takes more importance than any other course. This course is checked extensively for line, level, room dimensions, beam plumb & etc, Other courses are left with less importance. Giving more importance to other layers has the following advantages, a. Level is maintained for entire wall b. Fixing adjustable course & last course will be easy & proper c. Fixing the sill & lintel will be very easy. For example observe the lintel fixing in the below pictures,
For example, if the block length is 400mm, ideal vertical joint lapping will be at 200mm, i.e., middle of the block in the next course. But in a construction site you may see the laps of 80mm / 100mm / 120mm / 150mm. But the minimum requirement is not understood properly. The minimum requirement is l/4. So if you use the blocks of length 400mm, the minimum lap is 100mm. take the following example of two 4 walls meeting at L shape. We get the lap of 100mm. this is one of the major reason why it is not achieved in practical conditions. By introducing 300mm length of cut blocks at the junction this issue can be resolved. At the junction you can achieve the minimum requirement of 100mm & other areas you achieve 200mm.
Fixing of lintel is easy as the levels in both the sides of the window are maintained properly
Fixing of lintel requires more work since the levels in both the sides of the window are not maintained properly
Proper Curing Requirement The concrete blocks supplied to the sites are already cured for minimum number of days in the block making factories. So when you do curing for the block masonry, you need to cure only the mortar. If you do the curing for entire wall, the water observing nature of the blocks will create unnecessary issues. So you need to do small spray curing in the mortar joints only.
United Steel & Structurals Pvt. Ltd
Supreme's 'DURAble' Construction Solutions
Ajay Mohta,
GM-Construction Accessories Division The Supreme Industries Ltd.
upreme Industries, which has been offering durable, costeffective and environmentfriendly products for the construction industry for over six decades, counts its products 'DURAboardHD100' (compressible filler board for expansion joints), 'DURAmembrane' (water-
DURArods in Columns
proofing membrane), 'INSUshield' (fire retardant (FR), chemically crosslinked polyethylene foam - XLC) and 'INSUreflector' (radiant heat reflective
insulation material) among its topline products. The company believes in tailoring its innovative products to its clients and also constantly upgrades them to meet the current challenges in recommending the best solutions in the field. Being environment-friendly, all the products of the company help in reducing consumption of available resources thereby helping the environmental cause. The 'DURA' Range The 'DURA' range of products are known for their durability for the simple reason that they have been developed after strenuous interactions with experts in the field, studying current requirements and emerging trends to cater to the fast-changing demand scenario in the sector. The range: 'DURAboardHD100' (formerly SIL flex), which is a crosslinked, pre-moulded, high-performance joint filler for structural expansion of joints in concrete bricks and block works,
DURAprotector Black
98
DURAshield - Spandrel Insulation
'DURArods' (formerly SIL seal / backup rods) - expanded polyethylene foam rods as a backup to sealants, 'DURAroofil' (formerly SIL roofil), which is modern customised, light-weight, resilient, soft, polymer-based closedcell profiles for PEB structures. Apart from this, the company also makes available 'DURAvapourbarrier' (formerly SIL vapour barrier), which is a high-performance multilayer microcell PE film for water vapour barrier applications. Similarly, 'DURAprotector' (formerly Membrane Protection Board), another product of the company which is chemically crosslinked block foam for protection of waterproofing membranes,
liquid applied waterproofing membranes in horizontal and vertical applications. 'DURAshield' is a non-fibrous, fire retardant (FR), closed cell; crosslinked polyethylene foam for spandrel insulation in glass facade buildings. 'DURAfill' (formerly known as SIL fill) is an alkali-resistant, closed cell polymerbased board for black cotton soil barrier, weak soil foundation and the latest addition to the portfolio is the newly launched 'DURAmembrane' for all types of waterproofing applications. Amongst others, there are four primary reasons why the company's Construction Accessories Division is a strong choice with regard to durable solutions:
Quality: A methodical, systematic and stringent approach to quality ensures that the company's products are not only world-class but also durable. It adheres to international quality standards while manufacturing products. ISO 9001:2000 and ISO 14001 certifications and NABL accreditation for its plants is a testimony to its serious approach to quality.

The Supreme Industries Mob: +91-9831020808, 9810495550 E-mail: dura@supreme.co.in Web: www.supreme.co.in
99
Automatic Industrial Overhead Doors from Gandhi Automations

mportation, distribution and installation of entrance automation systems and loading bay equipments are the supreme services of Gandhi Automations Pvt Ltd. This leading firm has been serving its customers with hassle free and easy to operate equipments since 1996. Automatic industrial overhead doors offered by India's No.1 entrance automations & loading bay equipment company, Gandhi Automations can serve you to: Best use of transit openings. Weather resistant. Maximum safety. Their compact size leaves more available space both inside and outside the premises. These overhead doors ensure a better use of inside space as the side runners vertically move the door along the wall and parallel to the ceiling. The doors are installed above the opening, thus ensuring a better use of the transit opening. Easy and practical to open and operate - As these doors slide vertically, stopping in the proximity of the ceiling, they blend in with the architectural features of the building. Their compact size ensures more
available space both inside and outside of the premises. The doors are also easy and practical to use, especially if the original Ditec motors are used. More environmental control Heat insulation and soundproofing ensured by heat-insulated panels improve working conditions on the premises and ensure energy savings. Light and aesthetically pleasing environments The panels can also be manufactured with the addition of practical portholes or full aluminium sections featuring polycarbonate or unbreakable glass panels, wire meshing or air grilles. They add value to the premises and meet all requirements - the design and different solutions offered ensure the door to be aesthetically pleasing and perfectly suited in any architectural environment from modern and traditional industrial buildings to fine commercial buildings. The doors can meet any industrial and commercial requirement and add value to the building they are installed on. These doors are built to ensure the highest ease and flexibility of use which, in turn ensures a quick, hassle free and accurate replacement of old doors. Reliability - all products are affixed with a CE mark.
Sectional Overhead Doors
offered in the medium and large size configuration with insulated steel panels. Gold Alu Model Light and pleasant environments. Maximum internal/external visibility. Modern and attractive frame.
Lisbon Model Lisbon model is the best suited universal door for working environment. The door is ideal for opening and closing transit openings to take goods to your own vehicles or to your supplier's vehicles. This door is suitable for any installation requirement and leaves all the space required inside the building. It is
Extruded aluminum panels, shaped to house methacrylate or glass window panels forms this overhead door, Gold Alu. This combination gives the door a very distinctive look, which enhances the face of both commercial and industrial buildings. This type of door blends in perfectly as a practical and decorative feature. It makes the environment light and pleasant to work in as it allows natural light to go through the large clear area. The aluminium profiles and the methacrylate or 3+3 chamber glass window sections are highly resistant to the elements and ensure a longer life of the door.

Gandhi Automations Pvt Ltd
2nd Floor, Chawda Commercial Centre Link Road, Malad (W,) Mumbai 400064. Ph: +91-22- 66720200, Fax: +91-22-66720201, E-mail: sales@geapl.co.in Web: www.geapl.co.in
Sectional Overhead Doors
100
Unisteel Engineering Works
Tall Buildings Foundations
Challenging Design: Foundations for Tall Buildings
Helen Chow1*, Frances Badelow1

1
Coffey Geotechnics Pty Ltd
The design of foundations for tall buildings is a challenging task for geotechnical engineers as they are required to consider all geotechnical aspects of the project, with the aim of identifying and managing the geotechnical risks. In the design of foundations for tall buildings, lateral loadings are of great importance as are the vertical loadings. A small rotation at the foundation will be magnified to a very large magnitude at the top of the structure due to the height of the building, which will affect the serviceability and functionality of the building. This paper presents the foundation design process for two cases - the 1km high Nakheel Tower in Dubai and the 151 storey Incheon Tower in South Korea. The role of the authors as an internal reviewer of the analyses and an engineer undertaking the numerical analyses during the different project phases will be discussed. Analyses of the proposed foundation were carried out by computer programs using the boundary element method and 2D & 3D finite element methods based on the limit state approach. Key issues, in particular the overall performance of the foundation, will be addressed. The paper concludes with a summary of the design processes and the basic design criteria for tall buildings.
n the design of foundations for tall buildings, engineers face a challenging task as a conventional design approach may not be able to address all the key design issues. The foundation design team has to employ innovative approaches to tackle the problem. Due to the size of the tall building, it is necessary to design a cost-effective foundation system that meets the long term performance requirements. This paper will describe the involvement of female engineers in tall building projects. Details of the design approach and its application to the Incheon Tower in South Korea and Nakheel Tower in Dubai will also be discussed. Foundation Design Team Organisation Chart The major tasks of the tall building geotechnical designers are to provide professional recommendations for the foundation design, undertake geotechnical review services and independent analysis of foundation performance. The tall building design team will often comprise a project principal, a project manager and design engineers as shown in the organisation chart in Figure 1. The major roles for each member of the team are outlined below:
Fig. 1: Organisation Chart for Tall Building Foundation Design Team
- Project Principalsupervision of the design team and review process and providing technical advice to the design team and the clients. - Project Managerpreparation of proposal and cost estimation of the design services, liaison with the clients and supervision of design process. - Design Engineers development of geotechnical models and parameters and undertaking foundation analyses. Roles and Responsibilities of Authors Coffey Geotechnics have been appointed as the geotechnical
designer for Incheon Tower and as geotechnical peer reviewer for Nakheel Tower. The second author, Frances Badelow, was acting as the project manager for the Incheon Tower and also the peer reviewer for Nakheel Tower. The first author, Helen Chow, was acting as the design engineer for Incheon Tower and the peer reviewer for Nakheel Tower. Project Manager Frances Badelow As a project manager, Ms Badelow was involved in the preparation of the proposal and estimation of the design and peer review services costs based on the scope of services provided by the clients. For Incheon Tower, she set out the design steps for the design process, provided guidance to the design engineers in the development of geotechnical models and parameters, which were then used to carry out the design and reviewed the foundation design at various stages of the design process. She also liaised with the client and the structural engineers. As the superstructure and the foundation are interacting components of a single system, it is important that the geotechnical design engineers work closely with the structural design engineers to provide an effective design of the foundation for the client. For Nakheel Tower, she set out the steps for peer review process and was part of the geotechnical peer review team for the foundation design provided by the foundation designer. Design Engineer Helen Chow As a design engineer for Incheon Tower, Ms Chow was involved in the interpretation of ground conditions and assessment of foundation performance for different pile layouts and load combinations using different numerical methods. For Nakheel Tower, she undertook independent analyses of the foundation system proposed by the foundation designers. Prior to becoming a design engineer, Ms Chow carried out extensive research and developed a computer program for numerical analysis of piled raft foundations at the University of Sydney. The computer program employs the finite layer and finite element methods in the analysis. Upon the completion of this research, Ms Chow began work as a design engineer and has been involved in projects such as foundation design for bridges, buildings and embankments, soft soil ground treatment design, and retaining wall and slope stability analysis which allowed her to apply the knowledge she acquired through research to design work and further developed her design skills through the exposure to different kinds of project.
Foundation Systems and Design Issues Piled raft foundations are a cost-effective form of foundation for tall buildings and have been extensively used by geotechnical engineers in the past two decades. For most piled raft foundations, the primary purpose of the piles is to act as settlement reducers. The proportion of load carried by the piles is considered to be a secondary issue in the design. Unlike the conventional piled foundation design in which the piles are designed to carry the majority of the load, the design of a piled-raft foundation allows the load to be shared between the raft and piles and it is necessary to take the complex soil-structure interaction effects into account. The performance of a piled raft can be influenced by several factors such as the conditions of the supporting soil, relative stiffness between piles and soil, loading conditions, size and length of the piles, and pile arrangement. Therefore, the design has to take account of these factors to achieve the objective of economic construction with satisfactory performance. In the design of foundations for tall buildings, design engineers have to understand the mechanism of load transfer from the raft to the piles and to the soil and then to address the following issues (Poulos, 2009): - Ultimate capacity of the foundation subjected to vertical, horizontal and moment loading combinations. - Influence of the cyclic nature of wind and earthquake on foundation capacity and movements. - Overall settlement of the foundation. - Differential settlements, both within the high-rise footprint and between high-rise and low-rise areas. - Load-sharing between raft and piles and load distributions along the piles. - Possible effects of externally - imposed ground movements on the foundation system, for example movement arising from excavations for pile caps or adjacent facilities or movements arising from ongoing consolidation settlement of soft soils. - Earthquake effects, including the response of the structure-foundation system to earthquake excitation and the possibility of liquefaction in the soil surrounding and/or supporting the foundation. - Dynamic response of the structurefoundation system to wind-induced forces. Design Process Prior to the commencement of a project, it is necessary to
have a well planned design process. The design process should include several phases as follows: - Phase 1 Subsurface exploration - Carry out a desktop study of all the geotechnical engineering data and work available from previous investigations and geotechnical engineering recommendations in the vicinity of the site. - Perform site specific geotechnical investigation to explore the soil strata profiles and groundwater conditions across the site and carry out in-situ and laboratory testing to obtain the properties of each soil strata. - Phase 2 Foundation Design - Develop geotechnical models and parameters based on the available geotechnical information obtained from Phase 1. - Preliminary selection of a foundation system using simplified geotechnical profiles and analysis methods. - Detailed design of a foundation system based on detailed geotechnical models and structural loads provided by the structural engineers to predict the performance of the foundation including the ultimate capacity of the foundation and anticipated settlement of the foundation under loading combinations. - If excavation is required, design the retention system. The design has to consider a system of controlling groundwater inflow during construction and for the completed project. - Assessment of seismicity of the site including changes in soil and rock conditions during earthquakes and possible effects on the foundation system. - Assess the effects of construction on adjacent properties and on other facilities within the site. -Phase 3 Foundation testing and monitoring - Perform a pile load test for the verification of design assumptions in Phase 2. If necessary, refine the foundation design based on the interpreted test results. - Monitor the performance of the foundation and compare the measured performance with the predicted performance. Incheon Tower, Korea Incheon Tower is a super high rise twin tower, where each tower consists of 151 storeys with a height of 601m and is connected by three skybridges as illustrated in Figure 2. The tower is proposed to be constructed on reclaimed land underlain by soft marine clay in Songdo, Korea. Coffey Geotechnics was appointed as the geotechnical designer.
Ground Conditions The Incheon site is located within an area of reclaimed land and as such is subjected to variable ground conditions. Detailed geotechnical aspects of the site are described by Badelow et al (2009). The reclaimed land is comprised of approximately 8m of loose sand and sandy silt which is constructed over approximately 20m of soft to firm marine silty clay (Upper Marine Deposits UMD) underlain by approximately 2m of medium dense to dense silty sand (Lower Marine Deposits UMD), followed by residual soil and a profile of weathered rock. The lithological rock units present under the site comprise granite, granodiorite, gneiss (interpreted as possible roof pendant Fig. 2: 151 Incheon Tower (artists impression) metamorphic rocks) and aplite. The rock materials within about 50m from the surface have been affected by weathering which has reduced their strength to a very weak rock or a soil-like material. This depth increases where the bedrock is intersected by closely spaced joints, and also sheared and crushed zones that are often related to the existence of the roof pendant sedimentary / metamorphic rocks. The geological structures at the site are complex and comprise geological boundaries, sheared and crushed seams - possibly related to faulting movements, and jointing. The inferred contours of the soft-rock surface within the tower foundation footprint were developed based on the available borehole data. It was found there was a variation in level of the top of soft rock of up to 40m across the foundation as presented in Figure 3. To take into consideration the variation of ground conditions, the footprint of the tower was divided into eight zones with the appropriate geotechnical models and parameters developed based on field and laboratory tests and experience of similar soils on adjacent sites. As the performance of the UMD under vertical and horizontal loadings is of great importance in the design of the tower foundation, the selection of parameters for this stratum has to be carefully considered. Table 1 presents the typical parameters adopted for the foundation design. Foundation Layout and Load Combinations The tower foundation consists of a 5.5m thick raft supported by 172 no. bored piles socketed into the soft rock stratum. The pile arrangement and pile sizes were obtained from a
STA Flooring (Sanjay Tekale Associates)
series of trial analyses conducted by the geotechnical and structural engineers. The primary purpose of the piles is to control settlement of the foundation. The pile lengths were determined by the geotechnical designers based on the pile settlement performance as the first priority and pile capacity as the second priority.
provided by the structural engineers. The typical loads of the tower are summarised as follows:
Fig. 4: Pile layout Plan for Tower Foundation
Fig. 3: Inferred Contours of Soft Rock Surface
Stratum
UMD LMD Weathered Soil Weathered Rock Soft Rock (above EL50m) Soft Rock (below EL50m)
Ev (MPa)
7 - 15 30 60 200 300
Eh (MPa)
5 -11 21 42 140 210
fs (kPa)
29 48 50 75 500 750
fb (MPa)
5 12
- Vertical Load (Dead Load + Live Load): Pz(DL+LL) = 6622MN - Horizontal Load (Wind Loads): Px(WL) = 146MN, Py (WL) = 112MN - Horizontal Load (Earthquake Loads): Px(EQ) = 105MN, Py (EQ) = 105MN - Moment due to Wind Loads: Mx(WL) = 12578MNm, My (WL) = 21173MNm - Torsional Moment: Mz(WL) = 1957MNm Foundation Performance The performance of the foundation has been assessed using the following computer programs: - CLAP (Combined Load Analysis of Piles)for the assessment of overall stability under ultimate load combinations - GARP (General Analysis of Rafts with Piles)for the assessment of foundation settlement under vertical and moments loading - PLAXIS 3D for the assessment of the foundation under vertical and horizontal loading Vertical Loading Computer program GARP was used as the main design tool. In the GARP assessment, the piled raft is in contact with the underlying soil but not with the surrounding soil. The predicted maximum settlement for the load combination of dead load + live load was about 67mm with a differential settlement of 34mm. In the analysis, the resistance provided by the soil surrounding the raft has been ignored.
1700
1190
750
12
Ev = Vertical Modulus Eh = Horizontal Modulus
fs = Ultimate shaft friction fb = Ultimate end bearing
Tab.1: Summary of Adopted Geotechnical Parameters
The final design adopted a diameter of 2.5m as the pile diameter with a minimum socket length of two pile diameters into soft rock. The pile lengths vary from 36m to 66m, depending on the depth of the founding soft rock stratum. The raft is embedded into the ground with the base of the raft located at about 14m below the ground surface level. The pile layout of the foundation is presented in Figure 4. Load combinations used for the foundation design were
The commercially available program PLAXIS 3D Foundation was used to provide an independent check of the foundation settlement. Analyses have been carried out for two cases (a) Case 1: Similar to the GARP analysis, the piled raft is in contact with the underlying soil. (b) Case 2: The piled raft is in contact with the underlying soil and the soil surrounding the raft and basement walls is included (the soil above the base of the raft). The finite element mesh used in PLAXIS 3D for case 2 is shown in Figure 5 with basement walls supporting the sides of the excavation. The soil layers are modelled as Mohr-Coulomb materials to allow for non-linear behaviour. Figure 6 presents a plot of percentage of applied load versus vertical displacement at the centre of the raft which shows that the deflection of the foundation is reduced when the resistance provided by the surrounding soil is considered. Horizontal Loading The performance of the foundation under lateral loading is a critical issue in the foundation design for tall buildings. Computer program CLAP was used to assess the lateral stiffness of the pile group (assuming no contact between the raft and underlying soil) and a separate calculation was carried out to assess the lateral stiffness of the raft and basement walls. The predicted lateral deflection of the pile group from CLAP was about 22mm. PLAXIS 3D was used to assess the overall lateral stiffness of the piled raft foundation. Three cases were analysed by PLAXIS which included cases 1 and 2 as above and an additional case 3 that is similar to the CLAP analysis which considers the pile group only.
Fig. 6: Load Deflection Behaviour at Centre of Piled Raft (Vertical Loading)
The lateral displacement predicted by PLAXIS 3D agreed well with the CLAP results. Figure 7 presents a plot of percentage of applied load versus horizontal displacement of the raft which shows that the lateral deflection decreases when the raft is in contact with the underlying soil and decreases further when the surrounding soil resistance is considered. In this case, because of the large number of piles, the effect of the raft burial on lateral deflection is small. The Nakheel Tall Tower Nakheel Tower, one of the multi-billion dollar projects in Dubai, will be one of the centre-pieces of Nakheel Harbour. The tower is proposed to have a height in excess of 1 kilometre with more than 200 floors and will be the tallest structure in the world when completed. Golder Associates have been appointed as the foundation designer and Coffey Geotechnics appointed as the geotechnical peer reviewer. A brief summary of the foundation design is described
Fig. 5: Finite Element Mesh for PLAXIS 3D
Fig. 7: Load Deflection Behaviour at Centre of Piled Raft (Horizontal Loading)
below, detailed analyses have been presented by Haberfield et al (2008) Ground Conditions The geotechnical profile consists of a 20m thick sand layer, underlain by cemented carbonate siltstone (calcisiltite) with gypsum layers up to 2.5m thick occurring at depths in excess of about 75m below ground level. Laboratory and in-situ tests were carried out to estimate the properties of the soil materials. One of the features of the foundation materials was the existence of a bond yield strength which controls the compressibility of the materials. If the imposed stress on the ground is less than the bond yield strength, the soil will behave as a very stiff material, otherwise, the compressibility would increase by an order of magnitude. In the foundation design, it is necessary to limit the stresses on the ground to be below the bond yield strength to avoid excessive settlement. Foundation Layout The foundation system consists of a raft with a thickness that varies up to a maximum of 8m supported by a total of 392 barrettes. The barrettes have sizes of 2.8m x 1.2m and 2.8m x 1.5m and extend to depths of 37m, 42m and 72m below the carbonate cemented siltstone where the base of the raft is to be founded. Figure 8 presents the foundation layout for Nakheel Tower. Geotechnical Peer Review Geotechnical peer review involves the tasks of reviewing the geotechnical designers report and the foundation design method, and then developing independent geotechnical models based on the available geotechnical information and then undertaking independent analyses for the foundation for different loading conditions. The independent geotechnical model adopted for the foundation design was developed based on the available
information and the barrette test results. Computer programs PIGS and CLAP were used to assess the overall stability of the foundation under the ultimate limit state load combinations in which the foundation capacities were reduced by a factor of 0.65. The assessment has shown that the foundation satisfied the ultimate state limit design criterion. Computer program GARP was used to carry out the settlement assessment of the foundation system. Simplified finite element analysis using the commercially available PLAXIS 2D was carried out to check the GARP results. As the pile layout is symmetrical, a quarter of the foundation was modelled in GARP and an asymmetric model was used in PLAXIS 2D. The barrettes were modelled as equivalent circular rings in PLAXIS 2D. From the GARP analysis, the maximum settlement was 95mm which was in good agreement with the computed settlement of 92mm obtained by Golder (designer) using a three-dimensional finite element analysis (PLAXIS 3D). Conclusion In the past few decades, there have been an increasing number of females choosing engineering as their career. Female engineers have been involved in many different aspects of engineering works from academic research to working in industry. They are often given the opportunity to undertake different roles in major projects. This paper outlines two of the super-tall building projects that the two authors have been involved with. Key design issues and design processes have been discussed. Ground conditions should be well understood in the development of geotechnical models and parameters. In the design, the performance of a foundation under lateral loadings is a critical issue, therefore special consideration has to be given in the evaluation of parameters for the assessment of lateral response. For the Incheon Tower where the raft is embedded, it is necessary to consider the resistance provided by the soil beneath and surrounding the raft in the design. References
- Badelow, F., Kim, S., Poulos, H.G. and Abdelrazaq, A. (2009). Foundation design for a tall tower in a reclamation area. Proc. 7th Int. Conf. Tall Buildings, Hong Kong, Ed. F.T.K. Au, Research Publishing, 815-823. Haberfield, C.M., Paul, D. and Ervin. M. (2008). Case History Geotechnical; Design for the Nakheel Tall Tower. ISSMGE Bulletin, Vol. 2, Issue 4, 5-9. Poulos, H.G. (2009) Tall buildings and deep foundations Middle East challenges. Proc. 17th Int. Conf. Soil Mechs. Goet. Eng., Alexandria, (Hamza M, Shahien M, and ElMossalamy Y (eds), IOS Press, Armsterdam, 4: 3173-3205.
-
Fig. 8: Foundation Layout for Nakheel Tower
Universal Construction Machinery
High Rise Foundations
Foundation for High Rise Buildings

MB Bureau
Due to increasing economic development, rapid industrialization and decreasing availability of land for construction in thickly populated countries like India, scope for extending construction in horizontal direction is becoming increasingly lesser resulting in construction of high-rise building with increasing number of floors. In such cases if raft foundations are proposed it is generally observed allowable bearing capacity of such rafts are quite high so that such foundation can withstand the applied loads due to high-rise buildings to a great extent without causing shear failure but the major problem of such foundation is that the total settlement below the foundation at different locations will be very high beyond permissible limits.
n the design of foundations for large buildings on deep deposit of cohesive soils it is generally seen that if raft foundation be chosen the foundation will have sufficient factor of safety against shear failure but corresponding settlement will be very high to permit. In such cases pile foundations are generally selected causing very large cost for such foundations. The settlements are successfully controlled in such foundations. However in the late, it has
been recognized if few number of piles are installed at suitable locations below the raft foundation for such structures, the resultant settlement under such structures will be much smaller and will be within permissible limits compared to that below the raft without provision of piles. Use of raft in conjunction with some piles will be costlier than in case where only raft is used if possible but much less than the case when only piles are used. As a result in
the past decades there has been increasing recognition to use some piles with raft to reduce the total and differential settlement of raft leading to considerable economy without compromising the safety and performance of the foundation structure system. Such a foundation system is called piledraft. One of the most important buildings constructed with such system is for the foundation system of the worlds tallest building the Burj Dubai. Similar foundations are also being adopted in India for twelve storey buildings in Chennai. The adoption of piled-raft foundation for high-rise buildings is also very common in European cities. Thus it seems on the context of increasing construction of buildings of large heights in metropolis in India and other countries, piledraft foundation will be increasingly adopted as a most economic safe foundation system. In this paper an attempt has been made to describe the concept of load transfer mechanism for piled -raft foundation from superstructure to the foundation.
- The safety and stability of nearby buildings and services must not be put at risk => ultimate limit state (ULS) / serviceability limit state (SLS) The three common types of foundation system that are adopted for High-Rise buildings are- Raft Foundation - Pile Foundation - Combined Pile-Raft-Foundation (CPRF) With increasing height of building respectively increasing loads the depicted raft foundation is not suitable to transfer the loads properly into the ground. Therefore a pile foundation is often used. The main function of a pile foundation is to transfer all loads with piles to lower levels of the ground which are capable of sustaining the load with an adequate factor of safety (ULS). The innovative combined pile-raft-foundation (CPRF) is nowadays often used to transfer the loads into the ground. In comparison to a pile foundation, the combined pile-raft foundation both the piles and the raft transfer the loads into ground. The loads are transferred by skin friction and end bearing as well as contact pressures of the raft foundation (bearing pressure) (See in Figure 1).
Piled Raft Foundation: Burj, Dubai
The present paper is on customary foundation systems for high-rise buildings such as raft and pile foundation as well as the innovative foundation system of combined pileraft-foundation. Where piles are primarily used to reduce settlements and where an adequate factor of safety against failure is provided, the innovative combined pile-raft foundation (CPRF) has been put forward in the past. Some case study of few high rise buildings is included for better understanding. Foundation systems Every design will have to satisfy the following conditions- The factor of safety against failure of the foundation and of the supporting soil has to be adequate => ultimate limit state (ULS) - The settlement of the foundation as a whole and in particular differential settlements under working load should not be so large as to affect the serviceability of the structure => serviceability limit state (SLS)
Figure 1: Load Transfer Mechanism in Combined Pile-Raft-Foundation
The piles are used up to their ultimate bearing capacity (load level) which is higher than the permissible design value for a comparable single pile. The combined pile-raft-foundation represents a complex foundation system, which requires a qualified understanding of the soil-structure interactions. The foundations system of the CPRF can lead to the following advantages in comparison to a raft or pile foundation: Reduction of settlements and differential settlements of structures. Reduction of tilt in consideration of eccentric loading or inhomogeneous soil conditions. In case of hybrid foundation it is possible to avoid joints in the raft. Reduction of number of piles and pile length in comparison to a pile foundation.
- Reduction of forces, stresses within the raft in case of an optimal position of the piles. Due to the complexity of this foundation system no valid calculation method has yet been implemented in national or international technical codes and standards. Recommendations exist though for CPRF. Therefore the combined pile-raft-foundation must be monitored by means of the observational method with a monitoring programme. Case studies - Main Tower Frankfurt, Germany The building reaches a height of 200 m. The building is founded on a combined pile-raft foundation. The thickness of the raft within the tower is between 3 to 3.8 m. A total of 112 piles with diameter of 1.5 m were installed. The length of the piles varies from 20 m to 30 m (Figure 2). The ground encountered consists of quaternary sands down to 10 m below the surface where it is underlain by tertiary sediments of the Hydrobien. These sediments (Frankfurt clay) consist of clay interbedded with sands and limestone bands (Figure 2). The ground layers of the Inflaten (Frankfurt limestone) and Certithien (marl) were encountered beneath the Hydrobien. To ensure an economic design of the Main Tower three innovative ideas were put forward: 1. The bored piles of the retaining wall are part of the foundation system (combined pile-raft foundation). They transfer the loads in addition to the 112 foundation piles into the ground. Figure 3 shows the position of the piles of the foundation and of the retaining wall. 2. The building pit and the first floors of the main tower were constructed in top-down-technique to reduce construction time and to provide a pit which observe stability and serviceability of neighboring structure. By using this technique it is possible to construct the basement floors and the upper floors at the same time (Figure 3). 3. Apart from their static function the piles of the foundations and partly of the retaining wall are used for the environmental-friendly heating and cooling of the building. For this, the piles were additionally installed with heat exchanger tubes (Figure 4), so that the piles work as heat exchanging elements to create a closed system. Energy is transferred to the ground from the exterior (outside air) and stored until it is needed (Figure 4). The energy piles can load and unload the seasonal storage. In winter energy can be withdrawn, thus a cooling of the ground arises. In summer the cooled down ground can be used for cooling the building through the ceilings.
Figure 2: Main Tower: Ground model /combined pile-raft foundation
Figure 3: Plan view of the foundation system / top-down technique
SpeedCrafts Ltd
For this, a very low groundwater velocity is essential. The monitoring shows that the foundation piles of the Main Tower carry approx. 37 % of the total load of the building whereas the piles of the retaining wall carry approx. 26 %.
the piles. Beneath the raft a total of 5 earth pressure cells were installed. Additionally 13. The settlements of the building are monitored by geodetical points. The maximum settlement of the building add up to 2.8 cm. The tilting is smaller than 1/2000. These results cause no negative effect on the serviceability of the building. The measured mean value of pile resistance was measured to 15 MN for piles for a centre pile. - QIPCO Tower - Doha, Qatar The QIPCO Tower is situated at the coastline of the West Bay in Doha, Qatar. The building reaches a height of 200 m (Figure 6). A ground investigation is currently in progress, which has been planned by the authors. It consists of drillings, geophysical methods, field and laboratory tests are the basis for a successful planning and construction of such a structure. The combination of different investigation methods makes it possible to detect relevant geological conditions such as the phenomena of cavities. This innovative application of geophysical methods offers the possibility to screen the ground three-dimensionally in the affected zone. This method in combination with drillings can offer savings in both time and costs. The qualified interpretation of all obtained data serves as a basis for the numerical simulations to design an optimised foundation system as well as to evaluate all necessary design parameters for the structural engineer. For the transfer of the loads into the ground, a combined pile-raft foundation for the tower area is in planning.
Figure 4: Seasonal storage of energy with a closed system / energy pile
- Sony Center Berlin, Germany The building reaches a height of 103 m. The building was constructed directly next to an existing railway station. The geometrical position of the high-rise building on the overall area of the raft causes a large eccentricity of the loads (Figure 5). Due to this fact as well as the geological conditions a combined pile-raft foundation was constructed to transfer the loads into the ground. The thickness of the raft within varies between 1.5 and 2.5 m. A total of 44 bored piles with diameter of 1.5 m were installed.
Figure 5: Sony Center: Ground model / aerial view
The ground and groundwater conditions were explored by boreholes. Up to a depth of 4m beneath the surface fillings and organic soils were encountered underlying by loose to medium dense sands of the Pleistocene. Dense sands were encountered in depth beyond 15 m. A layer of boulder clay with a thickness of 5 - 10 m was found. For the verification of the carrying behaviour of the combined pile-raft foundation a monitoring programme was installed. A total of 4 piles are instrumented with measuring devices, such as pressure cells at the top and bottom as well as strain gauges within
Figure 6: Animation picture and ground model without foundation system
- The Commerzbank , Frankfurt Germany(Pile Foundation) The building is founded on a pile foundation. The building was constructed directly next to an existing high-rise building. The existing building reaches a height of 103 m and is founded on a raft. A total of 111 telescopic piles with diameter of 1.8 m within the first 20 m beneath the
Action Construction Equipment Ltd
Where piles are primarily used to reduce settlements and where an adequate factor of safety against failure is provided, the innovative combined pile-raft-foundation (CPRF) has been put forward in the past. The essence of the combined pile-raft-foundation is to employ piles so that settlements are reduced to an acceptable amount. The successful design and construction has been verified by many structures including many high-rise buildings. For an even more efficient use of foundation piles, the use of geothermal energy with help of these piles has been lately carried out. For this, the foundation piles have been additionally equipped with heat exchanger tubes to use the ground as an seasonal storage. Many more applications to use geothermal energy are possible. More effort should be put into this field of geothermal foundation system to provide and improve new possible innovative ideas for an environmental-friendly use of energy. References
- -
Figure 7: Commerzbank in Frankfurt, Germany
Braja, D. (2004): Principal of Foundation Engineering, 6th Edition BS (British Standard) 8004 (1986): Code of practice for foundations BS 5930 (1999): Code of practice for site investigation Bajad, S.P . and Sahu, R.B (2009), Optimum design of piled raft in soft clay A model study. Proce. IGC Conf., Guntuy, page 131-134. Balakumar, V. and Ilamparuthi, K. (2007), Performance monitoring and numerical stimulation of a 12 storey building. Indian Geotechnical Journal 37(2), page 94-115. Conte, G., Mandolini, A. & Randolph, M.F. (2003), Centrifuge Modelling to investigate the performance of piled rafts. Proc. Of the 4th Int. Seminar on Deep Foundations on Bored and Auger Piles, Millipress, Rotterdam, page 359- 366. Cooke, R.W. (1986), Piled raft foundation on stiff clays, a contribution to design philosophy. Geotechnique, 36(2), page 169-203. Poulos, H.(2008), The piled raft foundation for the Burj Dubai design and performance IGS - Ferroco, Terzaghi Oretion 2008,Indore. Randolph, M.F. (1994), Design methods for piled roofs and piled rafts. Proce. 13th Int. Conf. on SMFE, New Delhi, page 61-82. Russo, G., and Viggiani, C. (1998), Factor controlling SoilStructure interaction for piled rafts. Int. Conf. on Soil-Structure Interaction in Urban Civil Engineering, Ed. Katzenback, R. and Arslan, V., Darmstadt. Terzaghi, K., and Peck, R.B.(1967), Soil Mechanics in Engineering practice. 2nd Ed., John Weley and Sons, New York. Innovative foundation systems for high-rise buildings, Prof. Hubert Quick, Simon Meissner, Dr. Joachim Michael, Technische Universitt Darmstadt, Institut fr Werkstoffe und Mechanik im Bauwesen, Darmstadt, Germany (Proceedings of the 1st Intelligent Building Middle East Conference 5-7th, December 2005, Bahrain).
raft, followed by a diameter of 1.5 m were installed. All piles were constructed with a jet grouted shaft as well as jet grouting 10 m underneath the piles in the cavernous limestone. The maximum settlements of the building add up to 2.1 cm. The minimum settlements were encountered with 1.5 cm. This leads to a tilting of smaller than 1/2000. These results cause no negative effect on the serviceability of the building. The monitoring shows that the 111 piles of the Commerzbank carry approx. 96 % of the total load of the building. This indicates that not all loads are transferred by the piles into the ground. Conclusion On the basis of an extensive ground investigation and a detailed description of the ground, the foundation of highrise buildings can be planned in an economic and safe manner. The report shows customary foundation systems for high-rise buildings such as a pile foundation as well as the innovative combined pile-raft-foundation. The choice of the adequate system is often depending on the proof of the serviceability of the high-rise building and / or neighbouring structures. Pile foundations have been constructed to reduce the settlements and to satisfy the ultimate limit state and what is more the serviceability. For the design of a pile foundation it is often required that each pile must individually satisfy an according factor of safety. If a pile foundation is just designed to reduce settlements, the required and known geotechnical proofs are a conservative design approach.
- -
Surie Polex
Highrise Fire Fighting Systems
Keeping it Fire Free:

Latest Fire Fighting Systems for High-rise Safety
Chaitanya Raj Goyal
ndia's pulsating economy is today fuelling a new found demand among modern masses to live at greater heights. This has opened up new business avenues that have changed urban dynamics. With the growing incomes, people's aspirations for comfort and convenience have increased many folds & with 50% of Indian population expected to live in urban areas by 2030, there is a great demand in the residential and commercial space. Therefore, the Indian real-estate industry is now exploring the vertical space to overcome challenges in land acquisition, space and costs. But in the light of the recent fire accidents across the nation in such high rises and the consequent exposure of lack of safety, fire fighting equipments & measures installed in such structures,
the question that has been haunting the masses is whether it's safe to settle down that high above the ground! Why fire safety in high-rises is a growing concern? The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) of USA defines high rise building, as a building greater than 25 m in height whilst as per the National Building Code of India, 2005, all the buildings 15m or above in height shall be considered as high rise buildings. As a building gets taller, the number of occupants increases, and so does the potential fire hazard. It should be remembered that a fire can occur at any time in any structure, irrespective of the past fire free record. To contain a fire, the buildings should have a system capable of fighting it. It is a known fact
that if a fire cannot be extinguished in the initial stages, it would become more and more difficult for the fire fighters to extinguish it as the time advances. The amount of water required for fighting a fire within the initial 3 minutes will increase to about 1000 folds within 10 minutes, which is the normal time for a fire engine to reach the site. Thus, a good fire protection system should not only be installed but also maintained in good working condition so as to meet eventualities at any time. Embracing fire safety at the designers desk: Prevent Fire ignition To mitigate the sources of fire and losses due to it, planning at the architects' table enables us to design a fire safe building. Both active and passive fire defenses provide reasonable safety
120
The Masterbuilder - Novmber 2012 www.masterbuilder.co.in
from the effects of fire. Evaluating a design for building fire safety represents a systematic approach to the fire safety strategy. Hence a well knit plan, its implementation in the design and construction of a high-rise residential building executes a fire safe structure. The first opportunity to achieve fire safety in a building is through fire prevention, which involves separating potential heat sources from potential fuels. Major building fires are started by heat sources and ignitable materials that are brought into the building, not built into it. This means the design of the building, from the architects and builder's standpoint provides limited potential leverage on the building's future fire experience. For design purposes fire prevention is enhanced by careful observance of codes and standards in the design and installation of electrical and lighting system, heating system and any other built in equipments such as for cooking, refrigeration, air conditioning, washing and drying. Protection from lightening and fire exposure affects the external design of the building. Fire in one building creates an external fire hazard to neighboring structure by exposing those structures to heat from radiation and possibly by convention currents, as well as to the danger of flying burning fragments. Passive fire protection: Controlling the spread PFP attempts to contain fires or slow the spread, through use of fire-resistant walls, floors, and doors. These systems do not require power or water to operate in case of fire. The scope of application for Passive Fire Protection is in following areas: 1. Structural fire protection 2. Safe escape routes and refuge for occupants. 3. Compartmentation and containment of fire spread 4. Preserving the function of active fire safety measures. 5. Life safety of fire service personnel.
Fire in high rise buildings is a growing concern
The building fire safety system can be organized around fire growth and its resulting products of combustion i.e. flames, heat, smoke and gases. The ease of generation and movement of these products is influenced by counter measure provided by the building. The effectiveness of the building fire safety system determines the speed, quantity and paths of movement of these products of combustion. Barriers such as walls, partition and floors separate building spaces. These barriers also delay or prevent fire from propagating from one place to another.
Fire rated duct work in a high rise
In addition, barriers are important features in any fire fighting operation because they dictate the size of fire. The effectiveness of a barrier depends upon its inherent fire resistance. Use of flame retardant paints, fire stop barriers, firewalls, fire doors and windows are few methods for controlling the fires by construction in building. Firewalls are not only fire resistant but are also designed to sub-divide buildings such that if collapse occurs on one side, this will not affect the other side. They can also be used to eliminate the need for sprinklers, as a trade-off. Fire-resistant glass using multi-layer intumescent technology or wire mesh embedded within the glass may be used in the fabrication of fire-resistant windows in walls. Occupancy separations are barriers that are intended to segregate parts of buildings, where different uses are on each side; for instance, apartments on one side and stores on the other side. Cable coatings are fire-retardants, which are either endothermic or intumescent, to reduce flame spread and smoke development of combustible cable-jacketing. Spray fire proofing application of endothermic paints, or fibrous or cementitious plasters is done to keep substrates
Passive systems - Steel faced composite panel with a non-combustible mineral fiber core
Fire resistant glass being manufactured
such as structural steel, electrical or mechanical services, valves, liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) vessels, vessel skirts, bulkheads or decks below 140 C for electrical items & 500 C for structural steel elements to maintain operability of the item to be protected. Fireproofing claddings are boards used for the same purpose and in the same applications as spray fireproofing. Materials for such cladding include perlite, vermiculite, calcium silicate, gypsum, intumescent epoxy, Durasteel (cellulose-fibre reinforced concrete and punched sheet-metal bonded composite panels), etc. Enclosures are boxes or wraps made of fireproofing materials, including fireresistive wraps and tapes to protect
specialty valves and other items deemed to require protection against fire and heat (for the provision of circuit integrity measures to keep electrical cables operational during an accidental fire). Active fire protection: Detection & suppression AFP is characterized by items and/ or systems, which require a certain amount of motion and response in order to work, contrary to passive fire protection. Fire detection is needed so that automatic or manual fire suppression will be initiated/ activated and occupants will have time to move to safe locations outside the building. Manual means include the use of a fire extin-
guisher or a Standpipe system while Automatic means can include a fire sprinkler system, a gaseous clean agent, or fire fighting foam system. Whatever type of detection system is chosen, it is important that, for each area of a building, a realistic assessment be made of the implication for response time after the fire is detected and before a lethal condition develops. The fire is detected either by locating the smoke, flame or heat, and an alarm is sounded to enable emergency evacuation as well as to dispatch the local fire department. A detection system on activation can be programmed to carry out other actions also. These include de-energizing magnetic hold open devices on Fire doors and opening servo-actuated vents in stairways. Alarm provision should be designed to tell occupants what they need to do based on where they are and their ability to respond. This would include the use of central annunciation panels and monitors to inform responsible staff. For nearly a century automatic sprinkler has been the single most important system for automatic control of hostile fires in buildings. Among the various advantages of these systems, is the fact that they operate directly over a fire and are not affected by smoke, toxic gases and reduced visibility. Automatic sprinkler systems are usually located at ceiling level and are con-
Service pipes for Automatic Sprinkler System
Automatic fire suppression system
122
Aquarius Technologies Pvt. Ltd
nected to a reliable water source, most commonly city water. The system operates when heat at the site of a fire causes a glass component in the sprinkler head to fail, thereby releasing the water from the sprinkler head. This means that only the sprinkler head at the fire location operates - not all the sprinklers on a floor or in a building. Hypoxic air fire prevention systems, also known as oxygen reduction systems are new automatic fire prevention systems that permanently reduce the oxygen concentration inside the protected volumes so that ignition or fire spreading cannot occur. Inert air, referred to as hypoxic air (reduced oxygen concentration), comprises slightly altered concentrations of components of air. Typically 5-10% of the oxygen content is substituted by nitrogen. Pressurized CO2 injection systems also work on similar principle. Water Mist System forces water through micro nozzles at very high pressure to create a water mist with the most effective fire fighting drop size distribution. The extinguishing effects give optimum protection by cooling, due to heat absorption, and by inerting due to the expansion of water by over 1,700 times when it evaporates. This system minimizes potential water damage, as the majority of the water mist evaporates. Dry Chemical Powder Fire Extinguishing System: When introduced directly to a fire, dry chemical powder extinguishes flames almost immediately. Dry chemical powder is intended for use in extinguishing fires involving bulk chemical agents and liquefied gases. Foam Fire Extinguishing System: Foam used in fire protection is an aggregate of air-filled bubbles formed from aqueous solutions, and is of lower density than the lightest flammable liquids. It is mainly used to form a coherent floating blanket on flammable and combustible liquids to prevent or extinguish fires by excluding air and cooling the fuel. It then prevents re-ignition by suppressing the formation of flammable vapors, and also adheres to surfaces,
Water mist fire suppression
providing a degree of exposure protection from adjacent fires. Foam can be used as a fire prevention, control or extinguishing agent for flammable liquid in tanks or processing areas. Keeping ahead of codes: Safety and economy tradeoff The various systems as described above may not all necessarily be useful or applicable to a high rise building but it depends on the surrounding structures and the various applications that a building might be subjected to. The National Building Code of India (NBC) 2005, lays down a set of minimum pro-
Fire alarms in many buildings do not function
visions designed to protect the safety of the public with regard to structural sufficiency, fire hazards and health aspects of buildings; so long as these basic requirements are met, the choice of materials and methods of design and construction is left to the ingenuity of the building professionals. Despite the existence of these codes, enforcement of these regulations leaves much to be desired. Due to the vested interests and the political pressures, implementations of some of the provisions in the regulations are rendered difficult, and code violations are frequent. Today, the most commonly found fire fighting items in buildings are risers and fire extinguishers but they lack proper maintenance. Escape routes are also blocked in many buildings. In many buildings, the sumps will not have water, the hydrant, hose, fire duct, extinguisher, and alarm would not function. Majority of the residents are also ignorant about the fire fighting installations and their working principles. There is total lack of awareness about the rules and regulations on fire safety & the societies hardly conduct any fire drills. Unauthorized colonies and encroachments are legalized and irregular building plans are passed for vote bank politics & bribery. It is the responsibility of the builder to set up the fire-fighting systems, but later the society has to maintain it. These days, the slum rehabilitation buildings are also high-rises. But are the poor from the slum going to have the funds to maintain the fire safety equipment and systems? Also the central air-conditioning in modern buildings is posing a new challenge to fire authorities since such buildings are more vulnerable as the smoke does not escape. Any change in the fire safety situation in the country can only occur when mind sets change and smart city concepts where deployment of technologies and solutions to make city a better place to live in are implemented. If so, the day is not far when we might see countless high rise buildings stretching across the skyline of Indian metropolitans!
124
Parijatha Machinery Works
People
A Unique Recognition for Shell Structures and R. Sundaram

Bhavani Balakrishna
rinceton University's (America's top ranked university according to Forbes 2012 rating) acceptance of student MeggieJune Betancourt's thesis on the works of R. Sundaram, a practicing architect and consulting engineer from Bengaluru, India, is an ode to structural art achieved by the latter through his several sturdy, elegant and aesthetic thin shell structures scattered across the country. Thin shell structures were quite popular in the years between 1930 and 1970 with the discovery of reinforced concrete and prefabricated elements. These shells structures, undulating and spanning great distances in dramatic cantilevers, clearly expressed strength and elegance in all their various geometric forms. Prolific shell builders of those times, Eduardo Torroja, Pier Luigi Nervi and Flix Candela demonstrated the potential of shell struc-
tures while achieving a balance in all the aspects of structural art efficiency or minimal use of materials, economy, or minimal cost, and elegance, or the conscious aesthetic motivation of the engineer. However, thin shell structures vanished in the 1970s predominantly due to rising labor costs and complex frameworks involved in such an architectural style. Also, with the development of electric arc welding in the 1940s, steel space frames and trusses became easier to fabricate thus leading to the increased usage of open-web steel trusses. Alternative building materials such as tensile membranesalso shot into limelight with the use of the building material in Munich's Olympic Stadium. Shell structures were steadily declining when Sundaram had begun his career in civil engineering. After receiving his Bachelor's degree in Civil Engineering
from Mysore University in the year 1956, Sundaram began teaching at B.M.S. College of Engineering. In 1957, he received USAID to study Masters at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT). Though he attended a course on shell design by Professor Frank Heger at MIT, shell structures were yet to capture this budding architect's imagination. After the completion of his Master's degree, Sundaram returned to India in 1961 to resume teaching at the B.M.S College of Engineering as a full time professor. Sundaram's first association with shell structure began in 1961 when he was asked to design a shell structure for a laboratory in 1961. This kick started a life time commitment towards designing of exemplary yet financially viable shell structures across Bangalore city and other parts of the country. These structures have gone on to become significant land-
126
People
marks of not only the cities but thin shell architecture as well. Today, R. Sundaram can be called as one of the most prolific builders of thin shell structures in the world. He continues to design shell structures as part of his company Sundaram Architects Private Limited. Apart from being the company's Chairman and Managing Director, Sundaram has also been the chief structural designer for over 20 shell structures. While labor costs have always been relatively cheaper in India, it is Sundaram's skillful use of repetitive formwork and intelligent prefabrication that has enabled him to build economical, efficient and elegant shell structures. Sundaram's two works have received special focus in the thesis. One of them is the Kanteerava Indoor Stadium in Bangalore, India. The paper compares this piece of architecture to Jack Christiansen's Sundome. Inspired by Nervi's styleof creating curved concrete shell structures with ribbed patterns, especially the Turin Hall, Sundaram designed the stadium in 1998. With a seating capacity of 5000, the stadium is covered with an elliptical roof using the state of the art technology of precast concrete folded plates. The complex has a long-spanning, column free space 90 meters x 120 meters. The shell structure won the most prestigious international award the Fed-
eration Internationale de la Precontrainte (FIP) namely Award for Outstanding Structures in 1998. Another famous landmark is the Infosys Food Court in Bangalore, India that was also adjudged as the Most Outstanding Concrete Structure in Karnataka for the year 2001 by the Indian Concrete Institute.Thisstructure consists of three identical hyperbolic paraboloid groined roof vaults placed sideby side.Since the shells were identical, the formwork was reusable. The author has likened it to the
Bacard Rum Factory structure located inCuautitlnone, Mexico. Other notable achievements of Sundaram include the International T.A. Pai Auditorium at Mangalore, a unique structure which is in an octagaonal shape and the roof is a hyperbolic paraboloid shell with a bottom diameter of 54 m and top 10 m; the Food Court (shell structure) for MICO-BOSCH, Bangalore, which consists of a series of inverted umbrella concrete shells; a group of 21 concrete groined vaults for the Bangalore City Corpo-
Kanteerava Indoor Stadium
People
KMC Auditorium
Night view of KMC Auditorium
ration; Food Court for ITC at Saharanpur which is a conidial kind of shell structure; unique precast roofing system of concrete folded plates and prestresseed 'Y'Girder for production hangers for MICOBOSCH and ITC including precast wall panels etc;a large elevated viaduct / flyover (2.4 km ong) using precast multicell segmental construction with columns of 30 to 35 m c/c.; a large industrial project for ITC near Delhi; Dental College and Hospital buildings for Annamalai University in Chidambaram; 'Guru Mandir' at Sringeri and Factory Complex for Karnataka Soaps & Detergents Ltd. Factory, Bangalore. While Sundaram originally used hand calculation methods for the design of hypars, cylindrical shells, and folded plates, the firm now uses modern finite
elementmodeling software to analyze thin shells. The International Association for Shell and Spatial Structures (IASS), Madrid recently conferred the famous international Award Eduardo Torroja Medal on R. Sundaram. He is the only Indian to have received this honor at Seoul, South Korea "in recognition of his outstanding and distinguished contributions to design, construction, or research of shell and/or spatial structures" on May 24, 2012 during the IASS-APCS 2012 Symposium. Recently, the Prestressed and Precast Concrete Society, Singapore also conferred on him a Life-Time Honorary Membership of the Society. Sundaram is also serving as the President of Structural Engineers World Congress [SEWC] Inc.for the 2nd consecu-
Inverted Umbrella Shell in Mico-Bosch Bangaloce
tive term (from 2007 to 2011 & from 2011 till 2015]. He is the first Indian to hold this position for two consecutive terms. He is also the President of Structural Engineers World Congress, India. He has been associated with various national and international professional bodies such as American Concrete Institute, USA, and the Indian Concrete Institute. Concrete shell construction is slowing resurging with improvements in technology. Architects can now use 3D computational models to explore rapid formfinding in a shell's early design phase something impossible in the early years. Developments in Finite Element Analysis (FEA) technology help identify the points where the shell will experience the largest deformations, and thus threat of buckling. Developments in concrete technology have rendered several more possibilities with concrete including greater spans and much thinner shell structures. With free form architecture in vogue and architects deviating from rectangular environments, concrete shell construction may just witness a revival. In such a scenario, the acceptance of the author's thesis by America's No: 1 university comes as a timely tribute to the architect who can be considered as one of the most important shell engineer in present day. Sundaram's lifetime dedication towards shell structures and continuous efforts to uphold the three critical aspects of structural art economy, efficiency and elegance - will always serve as an example and interesting study for the civil engineering community irrespective of their interests in shell structures.
128
Bharat Road Development Combines Private Limited
Geogrid Asphalt Reinforcement for Airport Taxiways & Runways

Yzudhamanyue Sarkar, CEO & Director, ENVIRO Group
se of Geogrid for asphalt reinforcement is well established practice for strengthening and reinforcing of asphaltic overlay for achieving controlled performance, as 'Strain Absorbing Membrane Interlayer' (or SAMI). However the application of SAMI needs to address specific application requirement and varies entirely from one another. Various Indian airport runways and Taxiways need improvement due to wearing of the overlay. It is also envisaged that the overlay need reinforcement for a new laying of the asphaltic layer with improved drainage consideration of the underlying flexible pavement. In this context it is pertinent to evaluate that the case in asphaltic pavement is not experiencing any subsidence/ settlement or deformation problem, due to adequate availability of founding sub grade reaction due to rocky substrate. For a wider solution the drainage design to the asphaltic pavement need to consider the absorption and dissipation of rainfall precipitation through specially constructed drainage galleries, particularly the asphaltic overlay, where only the peripheral sub-surface drains alone are not sufficient to ensure the dispersal of the runoff. Any excess rainfall absorbed but undissipated within the overlay (due to poor permeability of the overlay) will reduce the shear strength of the immediate founding layer and would assist the disintegration of asphaltic layer by lubrication of the bond between the aggregate particles. The absorbed water within the underlying stratum will also add to frost related stresses arising from piping of stored pore water rising to the Asphaltic over-
lay. Therefore ensuring the overlay remain free draining is an important criterion for effective performance of the overlay. Geogrid as Stress Absorbing Tensioned Membrane As well established data is available from several application over last two decades in advanced countries that the use of Geosynthetic Tensioned Membrane provide relief to the otherwise unreinforced asphaltic overlay which is relatively poor in handling tension. The induction of stress within the asphaltic overlay can be therefore minimsed and eliminated by using appropriate SAMI layer, by choosing the specific Integrally jointed Geogrid, as well as adhering fabric which provides reinforcement and reservoir of asphalt (as the case may be). Use of Geogrid as SAMI is mainly to provide a tensile inclusion. In such case the possible application of Geogrid in airfield pavement overlay may be classified as mainly three cases: 1. This may be used as Reinforcement to Asphaltic overlay against flexural bending or local subsidence as a basal layer. The loading in this case is transitory or cyclic in vertical direction. However such treatment is not generally done alone and needs additional consideration of pavement condition and may be used over distressed flexible pavement, unless the improvement of the flexible pavement proves to be difficult (such as for operational reason). 2. This may be used as reinforcement to Asphaltic overlay to absorb the horizontal drag from the traffic load such as landing and take off of aircraft. Such loading tends to shear off the
overlay layer due to drag through tensile stresses and as the overlay modulus need improvement to address to the visco-elastic effect involving limiting strain requirement. 3. This may be used to reduce or eliminate fatigue and reflection cracking propagating from distressed founding pavement, whose cracks and fissures propagation due to vertical cyclic loading needs to be stopped using an tension membrane interlayer. The applications in all three states use Integrally jointed Polypropylene Bi-oriented geogrids, selected based on the requirement of design and analysis of boundary conditions. For example: Stress due to Flexural bending: This situation entails a fundamental consideration that the founding layer is semi yielding or prone to deformation (but not unyielding), leading to a flexural stress induced in binary direction in the overlay, which need to be stabilized using Bi-directional Tensile members (Geogrid). In this case the design demand to include a Bi-oriented Geogrid layer of strength that corresponds to stress induced in direct relation to the extent of deformation and it's spread over the application of loading such as Tire pressure of an aircraft). The stress induced by asphaltic aggregate particle interlocking into in the tensioned membrane (Geogrid being Visco-elastic), the extent of load mobilization is directly is dependant on the fabric elongation due to flexural deformation of the overall overlay (and therefore, in tensioned fabric). If the overlay is not subjected to any such deformation, there will be no load transfer and use of Geogrid is superfluous and unnecessary. Normally
130
in such cases depending on the extent of deformation use of two layers of PP Geogrid to the extent of 40kN/mx 40kN/m strength grade may even be necessary. It is pertinent to note that use of two layers of geogrids always provide better shear resistance against drag than one layer of 80kNx80 kN grid. Stress due to Horizontal Drag: This situation arises out of the horizontal tyre drag from the aircraft landing and taking off and tends to shear or peel off the overlay against the frictional force between the overlay and the pavement underneath. This demands use of a reinforcing material to improve the shearing resistance with a provision of a Geogrid layer. But this Geogrid must be selected as compatible to the working deformation rate of the asphalt (typically @ 4-5%); otherwise the two as a composite will not work in unison (Example: Welded Steel mesh will not serve the purpose of reinforcement within an asphalt overlay although it may contribute very high tensile strength). Normally the cyclic deformation in such airfield cases vary between 4-5% for unreinforced asphalt, therefore one should choose a Geogrid to perform with a high modulus at 4-5% range compatible at asphaltic strain level. If the Geogrid, for example a knitted Glass fibre mesh, is not selected to be strain compatible to the Asphalt, the asphalt will have risk and possible tendency to slip over the reinforcement since the Glass grid will resist deformation in greater extent relative to the asphalt overlay. The use of glass fiber Geogrid is thus unsuitable for strain incompatibility for flexural loading as described above, as the glass fiber has low deformation characteristic (maximum elongation is 2.5% at peak load) due to high working range of modulus, although they are suitable for application within overlay due to high sustenance of application temperature of 145-160C. Modern tests conducted in applications in Europe show use of Polypropylene integrally jointed Geogrid provide far superior performance due to strain compatibility over glass fibre
based knitted Geomesh (which can provide very high temperature tolerance up to 180C). The strain compatibility (denoting availability of required modulus at low strain) and not essentially very high modulus of glass fibre, is the key to mobilize adequate reinforcing effect at 4-5% strain range. Also due to integral junction ideally PP geogrid is better suited to address use of SAMI against horizontal drag. It is therefore recommended to use PP geogrids, whose costs are lesser than Glass geomesh. Peak strength of 40x40kN/m is considered sufficient for most airfield resurfacing application. Stress due to propagation of cracks: The fatigue cracks induced in underlying layer is arrested by adoption of a stress absorption membrane interlayer with a layer of Geogrid and asphalt absorbing nonwoven Geotextile.
Drainage Considerations Many airfields, particularly one in coastal belt or in North Eastern states (such as Guwahati, Dibrugarh, Goa etc) experience excessive rainfall intensity over a protracted monsoon season as well as durin a single day, thereby leading to absorption of surface runoff within the cracked pavement overlay. Typically from available rainfall data we assess a maximum rainfall precipitation (for example: 25mm per hour in a single occasion in a day). This rainfall when intensifies, is assumed to lead to absorption of about 50% within the asphalt overlay. Assuming a overland Flow rate of 2.5x10-4 m3/m/Sec at 1:100 surrounding soil gradient, the runway surrounding top soil of say 300mm thickness would need a Hydraulic conductivity of 8.3x10-2 m/sec. This is too high to ensure without a
Transverse perforated drainage pipes dissipation gallery connected to open surface drains 500mm wide Envirodrain strips along the centerline & transverse cross strips @ 3m c/c Open surface drains
Subsurface drains
Runway width
Open surface drains
PP Integral Geogrid New Overlay Tendrain Drainage Composite
Pavement
Cross section along Runway width

Asplatic Overlay a minimum of 120mm thick
Subsurface drains
PP Integrally jointed GEOGRID 40 kN/mx 40 kN/m
Envirodrain Drainage Composite 500mm wide strips under the new overlay laid at 1: 100 gradient, connected to the subsurface drain on both side of the runway: 1. Laid along the center of runway 2. laid@ 5m C/c transversely
Existing pavement with old overlay recycled
DETAIL SECTION
SCEMATIC PROPOSAL FOR RENEWAL OF SRINAR AIRPORT RUNWAY
131
drainage layer. Such situation is dealt by use of a drainage composite of width 500mm, along the center line of the runway below the asphalt reinforcing Geogrid and at 3mm c/c on cross direction along the width to be connected to the geotextile subsurface drains on either side. Cost Consideration PP integral Geogrid -Vs-PET or Glass grid for drag related reinforcement. Cost of following ENVIRO systems are comparably shown above: Use of Drainage Geocomposite: Use Enviro drain ED 750-T2 drainage
TYPICAL SYSTEM DESIGN Reinforcement Properties of Junction strength Biaxial Peak strength Strength at 5% Elongation Cost ` per sqm Single layer Double layer
USING E'STRONG
USING ENVIRO ARTER
USING ENVIRO ARTER
PP INEGRAL GEOGRID >80% 40 x40 kN/m 28 kN/m 132 264
KNITTED PET GEOMESH
KNITTED GLASSFIBRE MESH
<25% 40 x40 kN/m
<25% 50 x50 kN/m
28 kN/m
155 310
Max Elongation 2.5% 145 290
composite strips, Cost of Geocomposite is about ` 260 per sqm. Use of nonwoven geotextile for subsurface drains Use GN A PP 200 UVLS Nonwoven geotextile @ 200 Gsm for subsurface drains. Cost of Nonwoven Geotextile is about 62 per sqm.

Enviro Geosynthetics Pvt. Ltd.
1401- 1410, DLF Galleria, DLF City Ph-IV, Gurgaon-122002. Ph: 0124-5050615-616, Fax: 0124-5050617 E-mail: admin@envirogeo.com Web: www.envirogeo.com
Permanent Deformation Can be Significantly Reduced by Using Geogrid Reinforcement
comprehensive laboratory research program to investigate geogrid reinforcement of granular base layers of flexible pavements was carried out at the University of Waterloo and involved repeated load tests on varying thicknesses of reinforced and unreinforced granular bases. This research paper is available at Transportation Research Board Business Office in Washington, USA. Other controlled variables included reinforcement location and subgrade strength. The purpose of this paper is to explain geogrid reinforcement mechanisms in granular base applications through analysis of stress, strain, and deflection measurements. The results of that research are first compared with fabric reinforcement and failure criteria. For high-deformation systems both fabric and grid
can be effective in tension membrane action, but for lowdeformation systems the interlock and confining action of a grid is required to provide effective reinforcement. The Waterloo work showed that permanent deformation of both types of systems can be significantly reduced by using geogrid reinforcement in the granular base. It is concluded that, for optimum effect, geogrid reinforcement should be placed at the base-subgrade interface of thin base sections and near the midpoint of thicker bases. Moreover, the zone of such placement should not involve elastic tensile strains in the grid that are greater than 0.2 percent. Under these conditions, geogrid reinforcement can be highly effective in reinforcing the granular base material and thereby extend the life of a structure.
132
Spartan Engineering
CE Concrete Placement
Machines for Concrete Placement Through Concrete Pumps

John Kennan, Rahul Sharma
Schwing Stetter
oncrete is one of the most common building materials. Its use in construction applications has expanded in both the equipment and scientific sides of the business with improved mix quality and placement technology. There are two ways of concrete placement concrete dumping and concrete pumping. Concrete is a fantastic building material but its not always the easiest to handle. Dumping of concrete at any construction site is hard and labor-intensive, it is a slow process and reduces the concrete quality. Pumping concrete is probably the best way to improve the construction time, reduced cost, and allow more aggressive engineering projects to be accomplished. The concrete pump placing method also allows for quicker return on investment for companies and for the individuals hiring the concrete work as efficiency is greatly improved. Other benefits associated with pumping include the fact that it keeps the concrete mix from segregating and the aggregate evenly distributed. Getting concrete wherever needed is now simplified with a pumping system. The many cost-saving benefits have made concrete pumping a popular, economical and efficient ways of handling and placing concrete. Concrete pumps are hydraulically operated powered by diesel driven engines or Electric motors. It works on tandem concrete pumping pistons which alternate suction and delivery to create a continuous flow of concrete through the pipeline. Concrete pumps are classified in following ways Trailer-Mounted Concrete pump The first type of concrete pump is placed on a trailer, and it is commonly referred to as a stationary pump or trailermounted concrete pump. These pumps require truck for towing to transport it to any construction sites. These pumps require steel pipes and rubber concrete placing hoses to be manually attached to the outlet of the machine. The hoses are linked together and lead to wherever the concrete needs to be placed. Trailer pumps normally pump concrete at lower volumes than boom pumps.
Trailer-mounted concrete pumps are widely used in RMC and all infrastructure projects. These pumps have two types of output based on applications,A) high pressure
Trailer-Mounted Concrete pump
pumping (Piston Side) for high-rise projects of vertical pumping or longer distance pumping and B) high volume pumping (Rod Side) for projects like dams, Power projects, Airports etc. Truck Mounted Boom Concrete Pump The second type of concrete pump is attached to a truck. It is known as a truck-mounted boom concrete pump because it uses a wireless remote-controlled articulating robotic arm (called a boom) to place concrete with pinpoint accuracy. Boom pumps can be found in various sizes range from (17m to 62m) and are used on most of the larger construction projects such as high rise buildings as they are capable of pumping at very high volumes and because of the labor saving nature of the placing boom. They are a revolutionary alternative to the truck-mounted concrete line pumps. Boom trucks are self-contained units consisting of a truck and frame, and the pump itself. Boom trucks are used for concrete pours for everything from slabs and medium highrise buildings, to large volume commercial and industrial projects. They range from double-axle truck mounted
pumps used for their high maneuverability, suitability for confined areas, and cost/performance value, to huge, sixaxle rigs used for their powerful pumps and long reach on high-rise and other large-scale projects. Booms for these trucks can come in configurations of three and four sections, with a low unfolding height of about 16 feet. This low unfolding height is ideal for placing concrete in confined areas. Longer, five-part booms can reach up or out more than 200 feet. Because of their reach, boom trucks often remain in the same place for an entire pour. This allows ready mix trucks to discharge their loads directly into the pumps hopper at one central location and helps to create a more efficient jobsite traffic flow. Most manufacturers offer a variety of options, from chassis and pump size, to boom configurations, remote control, and outrigger options.
Stationary Placing Boom
systematic method of concrete distribution. Typically, the boom is remounted on a pedestal, which can be located hundreds of feet from the pump and connected with a pipeline. Truck-Mounted Line Concrete Pump The fourth type of concrete machine is mounted on a flatbed truck and known as a truck-mounted line pump. It is used in the same fashion as a trailer-mounted concrete pump. These pumps require steel or rubber concrete placing hoses to be manually attached to the outlet of the machine. Those hoses are linked together and lead to wherever the concrete needs to be placed. Line pumps are mobile compared to trailer pump and it is widely used in projects like Road construction, RMCs project sites where concrete pours are spread at different locations.
Truck Mounted Boom Concrete Pump
Stationary Placing Boom The third type of machine for concrete placing is known as a placing boom and basically has the same type of boom as on the truck-mounted machine. These types of booms are used on jobs where the confines of the construction site will not permit the movements of trucks mounted boom or line pump. Placing booms are usually placed on the jobsite with a large crane or on a mast with a self climbing mechanism. Mostly the placing booms are mounted on the top of multistory building as its being constructed and moving up into the sky. They are generally erected in the middle of the construction site or along the passage for the elevator, which help to provide maximum reach. Stationary Placing booms are the ideal method of choice for placement of concrete during multi-story building projects like high rise buildings. Separate concrete placing booms can be used in situations where the boom truck may not be able to conveniently access the pour site. Combined with the right concrete pump, these placing booms provide a
Truck-Mounted Line Concrete Pump
Skid Mounted Line and Shotcreting Concrete Pump Skid Mounted Line concrete pumps is skid or rail mounted
pumps usually transported and moved around by forklifts or cranes. These pumps are used the same as trailer mounted concrete line pumps. These pumps normally used for smaller volume concrete placing applications such as underground concrete pumping, shotcreting, and grout pumping.
Flat Gate Valve
Skid Mounted Line concrete pumps
These pumps has ability to reach where truck and trailer mounted pumps cannot. These types of pumps perform well in mines and tunnels because of their compact nature. These pumps are uncommon except on specialized jobsites such as mines and tunnels. Over the past century, sprayed concrete has replaced the traditional methods of lining tunnel profiles and has become very important in stabilizing the excavated tunnel section. Modern tunneling without sprayed concrete is inconceivable. Sprayed concrete was used for the first time in 1914 and has been permanently developed and improved over recent decades. Advantages of wet mix sprayed concrete pumps are low re-bond higher output, less wear & tear in pump hoses and nozzles. Valve Technology A concrete pump should be reliable, robust, powerful and
Schwings Rock Valve Technology
with less wear and tear in order to successfully complete the tough operations at any construction site. The pumping characteristics of a concrete pump are essentially determined by the valve system used. It should be able to pump a great variety of material, beginning with plasticized mortar all the way up to construction concrete with large-grain, crushed material and low consistency, with a minimum of wear. There are 3 kinds of concrete valves widely used; - The Flat Gate Valve: Rugged in its ability to handle inconsistent, low grade or big aggregate concrete. However due to its design though operation cost is higher this valves can pump concrete produced by drum mixers also. - The S- valve: Used for regular pumping jobs, however due to its shape there is reduction in size leads to pressure built up & its bearing surface on one side. - The Newest Rock Valve: The SCHWING patented Rock Valve gives best efficiency for pumping concrete today. The Rock valve has sliding action on both sides ensuring minimum wear and due to its conical shape it enable access for hard facing internally.
Shotcreting Concrete Pump
Atul Fasteners Ltd
Diaphragm Wall Systems
Equipment for Diaphragm Wall Construction

J Jeyson Samuel
L&T GeoStructure, Larsen & Toubro limited, Manapakkam, Chennai
Inadequate space in urban settings has set forth a challenging trend to go deeper into the ground and to increase the space required for providing public amenities, parking, housing utilities, industrial mass storage, etc. The space constraints necessitate the deep excavations to have earth retaining systems. One of the important earth support system is Diaphragm wall. This paper is an attempt to increase the awareness on latest Diaphragm wall systems, equipment and technologies available in India.
nderground space creation has gained importance in the Indian cities to help release scarce land resulting from rapid growth in population. Underground space structures are thus becoming common for deep basements of residential buildings and shopping malls; underground Metro Rail Transit Systems for both roads and railways. Further, underground power houses, water curtains below dams are some of the underground structures in the heavy infrastructure facilities. Open excavations for construction of such underground structures quite often becomes impossible due to closely spaced structures in the vicinity of excavation, very high water table conditions, difficult soil conditions, existing underground utilities in close proximity, stringent restrictions to lateral ground movements, etc. Excavation support systems under such conditions become necessary. However, provision of proper excavation support system has always suffered from commercial considerations rather than from a careful techno-commercial consideration. A key factor to careful techno-commercial consideration can be through awareness about the availability and proximity to various methods, technologies and equipment for construction of excavation support systems. Common Types of Earth Support Systems Depending on excavation depth, ground conditions, ground water level, allowable vertical and horizontal displacements of adjacent ground, water tightness requirements of support system, availability of construction know-how, cost factors, subsequent construction methodology, working space limitations, etc., the following types of deep support systems are commonly used.
- - - -
Diaphragm walls Secant / contiguous Pile walls Sheet pile walls Soldier pile with wooden lagging walls
Piled walls (b. to d. above) use rotary piling equipment which are common in India now a days. However, the Diaphragm wall and related equipment are yet to gain popularity and understanding amongst the stack holders. The following sections, construction of diaphragm walls and the related equipment are discussed. Diaphragm Walls Diaphragm wall is an underground wall constructed from the ground level to support excavation sides from lateral earth pressure and water pressure, and to provide water tightness to the underground structure. Diaphragm walls can be temporary if they only support the sides until construction below ground level is completed. They can also be permanent if they form part of the main wall of the underground structure. Diaphragm walls find the following applications: earth and water retention walls for deep excavations, basements, and tunnels; High capacity vertical foundation elements; seepage control walls under dams, etc. These are also used as a permanent basement walls for facilitating Top-down construction method. Typical wall thickness varies between 0.6 to 1.5m. The wall is constructed panel by panel in full depth. Panel width varies from 2.5m to about 6.5m or even more depending on various conditions. Short widths of 2.5m are selected in less stable soils, under very high surcharge or for very deep
walls. Different panel shapes other than the conventional straight section like T, L are possible to form and used for special purposes. Traditionally, panel excavation is carried out using cable supported Grab. Hydraulic grabs with Kelley arrangement have recently been introduced in India on large Infrastructure projects. More recently developed hydraulic cutter type machines have also entered few projects in India. Apart from the Diaphragm wall excavation equipment, other equipment involved are cranes for reinforcement lowering, pumps, tanks, de-sanding equipment, air lifts, mixers etc. Steps involved in the construction of diaphragm wall can be broadly listed as follows: - Guide wall construction along alignment - Trenching by crane operated Grab/ hydraulic grab or trench cutter - Bentonite flushing - Lowering reinforcement cage - Concreting using tremie The sequence of diaphragm wall panel construction is schematically illustrated as below. It must be remembered that Diaphragm walls are constructed as a series of alternating primary and secondary panels. Alternate primary panels are constructed first which are restrained on either side by stop-end pipes. Before the intermediate secondary panel excavation is taken up, the pipes are removed and the panel is cast against two primary panels on either side to maintain continuity. Water stoppers are sometimes used in the construction joints between adjacent panels to prevent seepage of ground water.
Equipment for Trench excavation are of the following type. Reverse mud circulation rig are the first generation equipment used for Diaphragm wall trench excavation. They use a percussion chisel connected to a powerful mud pump to excavate soils and soft rocks. This system is almost obsolete in India. Mechanical clamshell grabs are generally about 10 to 20 MT in weight, 6 to 10m long and suspended on a crane with double winch with free fall arrangement with sufficient line pull. One winch holds the grab body and the other winch operates the grab bucket through sheaves to give closing forces ranging up to 120 MT. The above features help these
Trench Excavation Equipment

Trench Cutter Mech. / Hydraulic grabs Reverse Mud Circulation
Suitability
Soil, rock & Boulders Soil Soil & Rock
Not Suitable for
Productivity*
200 Sqm / Day
Rock & Boulders Boulders
75 Sqm / Day 30 Sqm. / Day
* Very Approximate and depends on various factors
Equipment for Diaphragm Walls Diaphragm wall construction involves heavy construction equipment. These equipment can be grouped based on three major activities viz. trenching, reinforcement lowering, concreting. Trenching activity involves a network of equipment consisting the trench excavation equipment, desander or decanter and slurry handling pumps. A typical network for trench excavation is illustrated in the sketch below.
Reverse Mud Circulation Rig
Mechanical Clamshell Grab
mechanical grabs excavate the panel trench through all types of soils with fairly good verticality control. Hydraulic grabs (Fig below) are generally rope suspended or Kelly guided with sufficient weight and length and mounted on a suitable hydraulic crane or mechanical crane with power pack. The closing forces of 180 MT is quite common. The above features help these mechanical grabs excavate the panel trench through all types of soils and hard formations with good verticality control and higher productivity. Trench cutter (Fig above) which is otherwise called as Hydromill or Hydrofraise is a latest development. The features in this equipment enables trenching through all types of soils and rocks with greater verticality control and speed. The cuttings of the trench excavation is carried by trenching slurry and removed at a desander. The desanded slurry is circulated back in the trench. Verticality of the excavation can be controlled by using hydraulic flaps available in the cutter frame. This way, the trenching is continuous, fast, straight and clean. Prefabricated diaphragm wall reinforcement cage is inserted, once the trenching is completed. This requires one or two cranes for lifting and lowering activities as shown in picture below. Reinforcement cages of lengths varying from 12m up to even 25m with weights ranging between 10T to 25T can be lifted and lowered in single piece. However, depending on the availability of space and crane capacity, reinforcement cages can be lifted and lowered in pieces and lapped during lowering.
(RMC) plants in the closer vicinity and the logistics. A typical concrete pouring operation is shown in the picture below.
Summry & Conclusions: In the foregoing sections, diaphragm wall as earth retaining system of deep excavations was out lined with brief method description and major equipment required for the same. While many of the minute details of diaphragm wall construction are not discussed here, the author would like to bring the attention of the readers the following.
Hydraulic Grab
Trench cutter
Diaphragm wall concreting is done by tremmie method and hence the concrete must have adequate workability to ensure smooth flow from bottom of panel to top of panel, completely replacing the slurry without mixing. Typically, each diaphragm wall panel would require about 50 to 200 cum of concrete in a span of 4 hours. Hence, production of diaphragm wall concrete is a careful decision to be made considering the availability of Ready Mix Concrete
Diaphragm wall structurally resist and protect the life and facilities of underground structures from the soil and water pressures and the leakages. In achieving this, concrete and the method of concreting assumes greatest importance and throws many challenges such as logistics through metros to bring concrete to the tune of about 200cum within 5 hours and without compromising quality. Hence, the author would like to appeal the readers to research better methods of in situ concrete production and placing for Diaphragm wall construction.
Esquire - CMAC Pvt.Ltd
Non-Destructive Testing
Equipment for Evaluation, Testing and Maintenance of Concrete Structures
Dr. R Nagendra
Technical Director, Civil-Aid Technoclinic Pvt. Ltd.
t is often necessary to test the concrete structure after the concrete has hardened to determine whether the structure is suitable for its designed use. It is important to carryout tests without damaging the concrete. The tests available for testing of concrete range from the completely non-destructive, where there is no damage to the concrete, through those where the concrete surface is slightly damaged, to partially destructive tests, such as core tests and pullout and pull off tests, where the surface has to be repaired after the test. Another purely non-destructive way of estimating the in-situ strength of concrete is by Maturity method. The maturity method is a technique that allows the in-place concrete strength to be estimated using the time and temperature history of freshly placed concrete. The range of properties that can be assessed using nondestructive tests and partially destructive tests is quite large and includes such fundamental parameters such as density, elastic modulus and strength as well as surface hardness and surface absorption, and reinforcement location, size and distance from the surface. In some cases it is also possible to check the quality of workmanship and structural integrity by the ability to detect voids, cracking and delamination. Non-destructive testing can be applied to both old and new structures. For new structures, the principal applications are likely to be for quality control or the resolution of doubts about the quality of materials or construction. The testing of existing structures is usually related to an assessment of structural integrity or adequacy. In either case, if partially destructive testing alone is used, for instance, by removing cores for compression testing, the cost of coring and testing may only allow a relatively small number of tests to be carried out on a large structure which may be misleading. Non-destructive testing can be used in those situations as a preliminary to subsequent coring. Typical situations where non-destructive testing may be useful are, as follows:
- Quality control of pre-cast units or construction in situ - Removing uncertainties about the acceptability of the material supplied owing to apparent non-compliance with specification - Confirming or negating doubt concerning the workmanship involved in batching, mixing, placing, compacting or curing of concrete - Monitoring of strength development in relation to formwork removal, cessation of curing, prestressing, load application or similar purpose - Location and determination of the extent of cracks, voids, honeycombing and similar defects within a concrete structure - Determining the concrete uniformity, possibly preliminary to core cutting, load testing or other more expensive or disruptive tests - Determining the position, quantity or condition of reinforcement - Increasing the confidence level of a smaller number of partially destructive tests - Determining the extent of concrete variability in order to help in the selection of sample locations representative of the quality to be assessed - Confirming or locating suspected deterioration of concrete resulting from such factors as overloading, fatigue, external or internal chemical attack or change, fire, explosion, environmental effects - Assessing the potential durability of the concrete - Monitoring long term changes in concrete properties - Providing information for any proposed change of use of a structure for insurance or for change of ownership NDT Equipments A wide range of Non-Destructive Testing (NDT) equipments are available for testing of concrete structures. They are classified as follows:
- - - - - - - - - - -
Concrete rebound hammers Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity testers Profometers or Cover meters Corrosion analyser Permeability apparatus Impact echo testers Semi/partial destructive testing- Core extraction Pullout tester, Pull-off tester Devices for Non-destructive testing of piles Concrete Maturity meter Penetration resistance testing- Windsor probe Instrumentation of structures
The equipment consists of a pair of transducers (probes) of same frequencies, electrical pulse generator, electrical timing device and cables. Cover meters Cover meter is used for assessing the cover and mapping of rebars. It can also be used for estimating the size / diameter of rebars most popular equipment used is profometers from M/s. Proceq, Switzerland. The equipment works on electromagnetic principles. The equipment consists of a display unit coupled with universal probe Technical reference: BS :1881 (part 204)
Concrete Rebound Hammer Rebound hammer test is a quick method for assessing the quality of concrete based on surface hardness indicated by the rebound number. A higher rebound value indicates higher strength / surface hardness of concrete. Technical Reference IS 13311-(part-II)-1992-(reaffirmed in 2004), ASTM C 805
Profometer-5 (Cover Meter)
Profometer-5+ (Cover Meter)
a) Original Schmidt b) Digi-Schmdt Hammer Concrete Rebound Test Hammer
c) Schmdt Rebound Hammer P , L, L9 Types
Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity testers Ultrasonic pulse velocity test method is extensively used to assess the quality and strength of in-situ concrete in members. This test is generally used to check the compaction, uniformity of concrete, determination of cracks, presence of honeycombs, and also strength estimation (qualitatively). Most popular equipment used for ultrasonic pulse velocity test is PUNDIT (portable ultrasonic non-destructive digital indicating tester) from U.K, ust (ultrasonic tester) from U.K and TICO meter from Switzerland.
Profoscope
Ferroscan
Corrosion analyser Corrosion of embedded steel is the major cause of deterioration of concrete structures. This may lead to structural weakening due to loss of steel cross-section, surface staining and cracking or spalling. Half-cell potential measurement test the half-cell potential measurement test essentially consists of measurement of absolute potential at the concrete surface with a reference electrode. The measured absolute potential is considered to be the best criterion for assessing the corrosion status of the embedded rebars.
Photos of Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity Tester
The most popular equipment used for the above test is
CANIN corrosion analyser from Proceq, Switzerland. The equipment consists of digital mili - voltmeter and copper - copper sulphate half-cell.
Photos of Corrosion Analyser
Permeability Tester In-situ permeability test is conducted on the concrete surface. Gas / water under pressure is allowed to diffuse into the concrete media. The reduction in pressure with time is an indication of porosity in concrete. Based on the rate of reduction in pressure permeability can be calculated. This serves as a measure to evaluate concrete quality.
Torrent: Permeability Tester
Photos of Initial Surface Absorption Test Photos of Water Permeability Test Set-Up
Initial Surface Absorption Test Initial surface absorption is defined as the rate of flow of water into concrete per unit area at a stated interval from the start of the test at a constant applied head and temperature. Results will be expressed as ml/ml2/s at a stated time from the start of test. This method is detailed in BS 1881: Part 5 (207) Impact Echo Tester Impact-Echo is a method for nondestructive evaluation of concrete and masonry, based on the use of impactgenerated stress (sound) waves that propagate through the structure and are reflected by internal flaws and external surfaces. Impact-Echo can be used to make accurate, nondestructive, measurements of thickness in concrete slabs and plates, following an ASTM C 1383-98a Standard.
Impact-Echo can also be used to determine the location and extent of flaws such as cracks, delaminations, voids, honeycombing and debonding in plain, reinforced and post-tensioned concrete structures. It can locate voids in the subgrade directly beneath slabs and pavements, measure the depth of surface-opening cracks, and determine thickness or locate cracks, voids and other defects in masonry structures where the brick or block units are bonded together with mortar. Impact-echo is not adversely affected by the presence of steel reinforcing bars. Semi / Partial Destructive Test: The most common semi / partial destructive testing methods adopted to evaluate structural members are: a.Extraction of cores & carrying out compressive strength test. - Pull out test (lok test).
STP Ltd
- Capo test. - Pull-off test - Load test on structures.
the strength and homogenity of in-situ concrete. Most popular equipments used for core extraction are HILTI from Germany, ELE from U.K., Bosch from Germany. The equipment consists of diamond tipped core barrels fitted to the electrically driven motor with water as a coolant.
Echo Impact Tester
Photo of Core Cutting Machine
Pull out test Pull out test is also known as lok test. A specially shaped steel insert with enlarged end will be cast while concreting at the proposed test location. The extended end of the steel insert above concrete is pulled through a pulling device and insert is pulled out with a cone of concrete. The force required to pull the insert is measured. Pull out tests fall into two basic categories; those which involve an insert which is cast into the concrete, and those which offer the greater flexibility of an insert fixed into a hole drilled into the hardened concrete. Cast-in methods must be preplanned and will thus be of value only in testing for specification compliance, whereas drilled hole methods will be more appropriate for field surveys of mature concrete. In both cases, the value of the test depends upon the ability to relate pull-out forces to concrete strengths. Although the results will relate to the surface zone only, the approach offers the advantage of providing a more direct measure of strength and at a greater depth than surface hardness testing by rebound methods, but still requires only one exposed surface. An appropriate calibration chart shall be established in the laboratory to correlate the pull out force with estimated compressive strength of concrete. Most popular equipment used for the above test is pull out tester from German equipments. The equipment consists of specially designed inserts, pulling device with a load indicator.
Pistol Grip Transducer
Intrument Components
a.Extraction of cores & carrying out compressive strength test. Core test is one of the most appropriate method to assess
to the concrete surface with an epoxy resin and jacked off to measure the force necessary to pull a piece of concrete away from the surface.
Lok Test Apparatus
Capo Test Capo test is an improved version of pull out test. At the test location, special inserts are introduced in the driven hole and pulled out. The required force to pull the inserts along with concrete is measured and co-related with the calibration chart developed for the above test in the laboratory.
Load Testing of Structures Load test is conducted on the identified members to check the behaviour of members under design loads. Dial gauges / deflectometers are placed under the member to measure the deflection & deflection recovery during load test. If the measured deflection and deflection recovery are within the permissible limits then the tested members can be accepted. Technical reference IS 456-2000
Pull-off Test This approach has been developed to measure the in-situ tensile strength of concrete by applying a direct tensile force. The method may also be useful for measuring bonding of surface repairs and a wide selection of equipment is commercially available with disk diameters typically 50 mm or 75 mm. Procedures are covered by BS 1881: Part 207 and it should be noted that the fracture surface will be below the concrete surface and will thus leave some surface damage that must be made good A disk is glued
Devices for Non-Destructive Testing of Piles The quality of pile can be tested using low strain Pile Integrity Tester (PIT). The equipment comprising of hammer, accelerometer and data collector. This equipment is used to find out change in cross section of pile (bulging or necking), quality of concrete and length of pile.
The ACT uses Ultrasonic Echo Technology. It electronically generates a broadband pulse that includes all frequencies required to accurately determine the thickness of the structure. Measuring thickness with the ACT consists of placing two small probes on the structure to be tested and touching the ACT screen. A telescoping pole helps test hard to reach structures. As the structure responds to its natural frequency, its thickness is displayed on the high visibility ACT screen. The ACT also calculates the wave speed of structures of unknown thickness. The ACT eliminates coring or excavation, and easily self calibrates the concrete wave speed prior to the test. It only takes seconds to measure the thickness of the concrete. Concrete Maturity systems The Maturity Method of estimating in-place concrete strength has been studied for more than 50 years, and as a result, the science of concrete curing is well understood. Since 1987, it has been an ASTM Standard Practice (C1074). When concrete hardens, it gives off heat proportional to its curing rate. By learning how much heat is released, an accurate estimate of the strength can be determined. Generally, concrete in a structure cures at a much faster rate than concrete in a test cube. This is due to the much larger mass of the structure, and better hydration which aids curing. When determining the early-age strength of cast-in-place concrete, reliance on test cubes can lead to problems. For example, if test cubes are cured at a lower temperature than the structure, the cubes would underestimate the strength of the slab, which means that critical construction operations are delayed unnecessarily. Or conversely, if the deck is cooler than the cubes, the cubes would overestimate the strength, a clear safety concern. Maturity testing monitors the curing of the structure and compares it to the cube, to more accurately track strength gain in the structure, improving both safety and construction operations.
Photo of Pile driving Analyzer
Photo of Sensors for Pile driving analyzer
High strain equipment: This consists of heavy hammer, strain gauges, accelerometers and data collector. This equipment is meant for arriving at load carrying capacity of pile, settlement of pile and integrity of pile. Accoustics Concrete Tester The Acoustic Concrete Tester (ACT) is a concrete thickness gauge that measures the concrete thickness of pavements, slabs, retaining walls, foundation footings and tunnel linings. This nondestructive testing instrument also identifies flaws such as delaminations, voids, and spalls. The ACT is precise, light, battery operated and rugged for field use in all weather conditions. It works for concrete structures from 75 to 900 mm thick.
Allows you live access to your data from any computer, 24hrs a day
Penetration Resistance Testing The technique of firing steel nails or bolts into a concrete surface to provide fixings is well established, and it is known that the depth of penetration is influenced by the
Photo of Accoustic Concrete Tester
RD Mining Equipments Pvt.Ltd
strength of the concrete. A strength determination method based on this approach, using a specially designed bolt and standardized explosive cartridge, was developed in the USA during the mid 1960s and is known as the Windsor probe test. It has gained popularity in the USA and Canada, especially for monitoring strength development on site, and is the subject of ASTM C803. Although it is difficult to relate theoretically the depth of penetration of the bolt to the concrete strength, consistent empirical relationships can be found that are virtually unaffected by operator technique. The method is a form of hardness testing and the measurements will relate only to the quality of concrete near the surface, but it is claimed that it is the zone between approximately 25 and 75 mm below the surface which influences the penetration. The depth is considerably greater than for rebound or any other established surface zone tests. Instrumentation of structures for stresses and strains: Strain Gauges for Steel: Weldable strain gauges measure strain in steel. Typical applications include:
- Monitoring stresses in structural members of buildings, bridges, tunnel linings and supports during and after construction. - Monitoring the performance of wall anchors and other post-tensioned support systems. - Monitoring loads in strutting systems for deep excavations. - Measuring strain in tunnel linings and supports. - Monitoring areas of concentrated stress in pipelines. - Monitoring distribution of load in pile tests.
Strain Gauges for Concrete: Embedment strain gauges measure strain in concrete. Typical applications include: - Measuring strains in reinforced concrete and mass concrete. - Measuring curing strains. - Monitoring for changes in load. - Measuring strain in tunnel linings and supports. Conclusion It can be said that wide range of NDT equipments are available for testing, evaluation and analysis of concrete structures. It is the expertise available to interpret the test results plays a very important role in deciding acceptance or otherwise of a structural member from the point of view of quality control or in resolving a dispute. References
- Bungey J.H., Millard S.G., Testing of Concrete in Structures, Third Edition, 1996, Blackie Academic & Professional, an imprint of Chapman & Hall, ACI 228.1R-03, In-Place Methods to Estimate Concrete Strength
Photo of Windsor HP Probe - ASTM C-803
-
Testing Being Conducted
MC-SUNFILLA
C-Sunfilla is a non shrink, chloride free, expansion filler for cracks and cavities in plaster, masonary, bricks and wood. Cracks occur in the concrete despite the fact that quality is controlled. Cracks are on of the signs that give the indication of damaged or distressed structure. However all cracks have to be repaired for two reason viz. for structural purposes
and for durability purpose. MC-Sunfilla is suitable for non moving internal cracks, to be sealed for durability and aesthetic purposes. MC-Sunfilla can also be used externally. MC-Sunfilla is ideal for preparing plaster, cement bound surfaces, wood and other building material prior to painting or application of wall papers. Expert material technology of MCSunfilla provides the optimum product for end use. MC-Sunfilla can be easily and quickly applied. The walls which cannot be painted because of the cracks, can be filled with MC-Sunfilla to produce an ultra smooth finish. MC-Sunfilla can also be used in corners of walls which
are chipped while moving furniture etc. MC-Sunfilla is an ideal filler suitable for inside plaster that is to be painted. MCSunfilla can be poured on non-absorbent boards and water should be added to form a stiff paste. Available in 30kg sacks and smaller packing, the approximate consumption of MCSunfilla is 1.5 kg/m2/mm.

MC Bauchemie (India) Pvt. Ltd.
411, Arenja Corner, Sector 17, Vashi, Navi Mumbai - 400703, Ph:+91-22-27892856/27880803, Fax:+91-22-27893870, E-mail: Info.india@mc-bauchemie.com Web: www.mc-bauchemieindia.com
Size Diversity in Cement Nanoparticles Optimizes Packing Density to Give Concrete its Strength
oncrete may be one of the most familiar building materials on Earth, but its underlying structure remains a bit of a mystery. Materials scientists and concrete engineers still don't fully understand exactly how the cement paste that works as glue in concrete hardens during the first hours after water and cement powder are mixed. New technologies are making it possible for researchers in MIT's Concrete Sustainability Hub to make steady progress toward solving this mystery. First they determined that cement paste is a granular material, where the particles or basic nanoscale units pack together most densely when arranged orderly. A few years later they discovered that the calcium-silicate-hydrate (C-S-H) molecules that make up the basic nanoscale unit of cement have a disorderly geometric arrangement, rather than the orderly crystalline structure scientists had long assumed. In new work, researchers found that the size of
This figure illustrates how the size diversity of cement nanoparticles allows them to pack together tightly, increasing the strength of the cement. Image: Enrico Masoero
C-S-H particles themselves is also somewhat disorderly: The particles form at random sizes, not in homogenous spheres, and this diversity in the size of the nanoscale units leads to a
denser, disorderly packing of the particles, which corresponds to stronger cement paste. The researchers hope this understanding will allow materials scientists and concrete engineers to alter the C-S-H particles at the molecular level to develop stronger, more durable concrete that will have a reduced environmental footprint. If concrete is stronger, less of it is needed. And if it's more durable, structures made from it will last longer. Physical Review Letters recently published a paper about this work by Enrico Masoero, postdoctoral associate in the Department of Civil and Environmental Engineering (CEE); Professor Emanuela Del Gado of the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology; Roland J.-M. Pellenq, CEE senior research scientist; FranzJosef Ulm, the George Macomber Professor in CEE; and Professor Emeritus Sidney Yip of the Department of Nuclear Science and Engineering and the Department of Materials Science and Engineering.
Source: MIT News
151
Kumkang Kind Co.Ltd
Kumkang Kind Co.Ltd
Concrete Batching Plants
Concrete Batching Plants Some Cost and Quality Issues
S A Reddi
Former MD, Gammon India Ltd.
In The Last Decades, India witnessed quantum jump in mechanization of concrete construction, thanks to National Development and Construction Exports. Organizations of all shades have been involved in supply and operation of construction equipment. The writer has been witness to the selection, installation and operation of concrete construction equipment in India and elsewhere. The Paper attempts to detail some of the quality issues being experienced in the process
Preamble Indian Standard Plain and Reinforced Concrete- Code of Practice (Fourth Revision) IS 456: 2000 incorporated number of changes. A Clause on Quality Assurance Measures has been incorporated to give due emphasis to good practices of Concreting. Proper limits have been introduced on the accuracy of measuring equipments to ensure accurate batching of concrete. Design Mix Concrete Has been made obligatory for grades M25 and above. The accuracy of the measuring equipment shall be within +/2% of the quantity of cement being measured and within +/- 3% for other materials. These can be realized only by proper batching and mixing Plants. Many Organizations have made it obligatory to use batching plants. Thousands of batch plants are in operation in India. However, their supply, installation and operation in practice raises some cost and quality issues, these are also examined in the paper Type of batching plant A wide variety of configurations are available to suit space restrictions particularly in urban locations. Star type aggregate bins with scraper boom are common in India. They require large space, not always available in Cities. Bin-Fed batching plants are transportable, fully automated, have their own hydraulic off-loading legs and are capable of producing outputs of up to 40m3 per hour. These batch plants can be custom made to suit construction industry specifications, with accessories added such as: ad-mixture plants, low-level or upright cement silos, aggregate feeders and water chillers.
Tower Batching Plant The concrete batching plant Tower-type, in addition to having the integrated features of the horizontal type plants, has the added benefit of larger storage capacities and the benefit of gravity batching Considerable reduction of mechanical elements used in the batching process results in considerable power savings and the simplification of the system. Decreases the cycle timings for the production due to the absence of conveyor belts or skip for aggregates movements. Besides, the vertical disposition of the aggregate storage allows big volumes on a small base surface. All parts of mixing tower are connected by bolts and nuts structure. It is easy and fast to install and dis-install the whole plant, and it saves the time and cost to install and test the plant greatly; The tower, with compact structure, is made of
Fig 1 Modular Batch Plant
Fig 2 Tower Batch Plant
external closed steel plates, which are anti-noise, antidust, and heat preserved; Has maintenance and repair platforms and stairs with comfortable space; Washing system has high-pressure pumps, with automatic control and manual control; Closed structure design, closed aggregates conveyor, and external 360lighting allow allweather operation. Aggregates Batcher The batcher, with 3-5 aggregate hoppers, can be assembled as per individual requirements. There are independent weighing hoppers and belt conveyor under the aggregate hoppers that could be designed as steel structure type, underground and half-underground types. The aggregates can be fed into the aggregate hoppers by loader or belt conveyor. The hopper discharging gates and discharging speed are controlled by computer via cylinder. After aggregates scaling, the aggregates will be conveyed into the transitional hopper. . Each and every aggregate is weighed individually or accumulatively, and the weighing accuracy is guaranteed. The accuracy of aggregates proportional ratio is realized through computer control system, which automatically re-feeds the aggregates if there is shortage of weight, warns if there is overweight. Location Of Batch Plant: Location should be such that minimum time elapses between mixing and placing concrete It should preferably be close to pour point. For construction of 23 bridges in Nepal. In the Nineties, the author had mounted a batch plant on a Trailer which was hauled by a tractor to wherever concreting was planned. In contrast, for a project in Orissa, space for batch plant was allotted kilometers away, beyond security gate manned by CISF, involving delays of hours! Concrete Quality suffered. For a cooling Tower Project, Batching Plant was located at the foot of the tower, discharging concrete into the pump directly, minimizing travel time. With longer time interval in moving concrete, quality suffers.
Fig 3 Star Bin Aggregate Storage
Fig 4 Tower Batch Plant
Batch Plant Components Quality Assured concrete requires the following minimum batch plant components in addition to the mixer: - - - - - Weighing system periodically calibrated Moisture Probe for fine aggregates Program Logic Control for all quality requirements Silos for cement, mineral admixtures Aggregate handling system
- Bulk/Bagged Cement Feeding System - Water Weighing System However, purchase dept of the user delete some items on grounds of economy! Most common omissions include Moisture Probes, Slump Meter, inadequate PLC, adequate number of Silos, Inadequate Calibration arrangements etc. Majority of Batch Plants in India are not fitted with moisture probes. Fitted at the entry point of fine aggregates into batch hopper, the probe monitors moisture content, quantifies the value and via the PLC automatically adjusts water content in each batch, ensures the designed water content in each mix. Even many RMC Plants in India are not fitted with moisture probes!
Fig 6 Moisture Probe
water as the material flows over the probe, a method that ensures consistent slump predictability in high specification concrete and concrete product manufacturing. The probe can be installed and calibrated in a matter of hours. Moisture Probe continuously adjusts the load water as the material flows over the probe; method ensures consistent slump in concrete. Probe is accurate to within 0.3%; achieves this consistency through self adjusting circuitry that detects and corrects changes caused by time, housed in a onepiece stainless steel casing. Mounted directly above the feed gate, the probe collar makes it unnecessary to drain the bin when installing, the probe can be installed and calibrated to the material in a matter of hours Mixer Water Dosing System: There are two ways to add water to concrete. The first is to meter the water volumetrically, based on the mix design. This method neglects the error in batched weights, adding the same amount of water regardless of the weight of cement or aggregates in the batch. Variations in slump are the result .The second is to monitor the moisture of the mix and add the quantity of water required to produce the correct slump or water/ cement ratio. We need this to eliminate the variations and produce consistent product
Fig 5 Automatic cement bag feeding Machine
In the absence of moisture probes, the moisture content in sand is checked once or twice a day by using stove or oven; neither method monitors moisture continuously, results in variation of water content in the mix, and concrete quality. The mix design assumes aggregates, cement and water are present in the correct proportions, according to the dry material weights. If sand contains 10% moisture, when you weigh out 1000 kg, only 900kg is sand; the rest is water. You can allow for this by estimating or measuring the moisture of the sand and increasing the amount that you weigh in proportion. If your sand moisture decreases by 2% without being noticed, however, the batching system will weigh out 2% more sand than you require and will add appreciably less water than needed, making a dry batch. Moisture Content varies thro the Day. Traditional methods of using frying pan to assess moisture once or twice daily are not good enough. Batch Plants should be fitted with Moisture Probes at the sand feed point. Probe is connected to the computer, which will continuously adjust the mix water accordingly. The aggregate moisture sensor ensures that the batch is proportioned according to the DRY WEIGHT MIX DESIGN. Moisture probe is unique; it can continuously adjust the load
Fig 7 Precision water control system
What is a slump meter? The water content is controlled by monitoring the effort required to turn the mixer. As water is added to the dry ingredients, the effort increases. Any further increase in water results in a drop in the effort as the mix starts to liquefy. This drop is very rapid and is a sensitive measure of the slump . This is measured with a wattmeter in the motors electrical circuit. Slump metering
Yash Enterprises
gives good results when the same mix design and batch size are used for long periods. Batch Plant Accessories Required For Quality Concrete - - - - - - - - - - - - - Program Logic Control Vibrator for sand compartment Compressor, Screw conveyor support pipe Control cabin with locking arrangements Additional feed line for cement screw repair Cement silo filter controls Radial scrapper with distribution box (specify jib length, bucket cap) Earth leakage control All connecting cables Complete wire of units, limit switches and valves Terminal box, Block connections between parts to terminal box Lighting for machine platform, traveling path Tropicalization of electric parts to resist temp: 50o C, relative humidity: 90%
Batch Plant utilization in India Case: 30 cum Plant Rated output: : 30 cum per Hour Realizable output : 20-22 do Actual output : 10-12 do Average Reasons: The Mixer is not loaded to capacity, Batch Plant mixed concrete waiting for Truck Mixers, low placement rate, finishing delayed, condition of access road, inadequate no of truck mixers, cement feed delay, aggregate feed delay etc. Low output affects the quality of concrete Batching Plant Location & Layout Location should be as near to the center of gravity of Job to minimize haulage cost and product quality variations due to variations in haul distances. Aggregate stock pile floor should be in concrete, with drainage slopes. Control cabin should be in a commending position so that the operator can observe the return of empty trucks and positioning. Concrete laboratory should be located on the exit route. Location of Ready Mix Plants: In India Most of the RMC Plants are located outside the city, resulting in long travel up to 3 hours or more due to city traffic congestion. Large space is required for on-site installation due to type of plant Chosen. RMC Plants in Europe are located within the two hour limit of travel. In Case of space constraint, Tower type plants are chosen. The author had visited an RMC plant in Scotland with Tower type unit. There was no space earmarked at ground level for materials. The Tower unit had vertical radial storage above ground for materials. Continuous stream of trucks feed the tower via below ground hopper and vertical bucket conveyor. Land used for the batch plant was hardly about 600 sqm. Elsewhere the RMC supplier strictly follows the two hour maximum time between mixing and delivery of concrete, a quality requirement. Access to Truck Mixers Layout of road should allow unidirectional truck mixer movement for loading, dispatch. Provide paved access road, drainage and ensure fast movement of loaded truck mixers. Avoid Steep Grade in access road. Cleaning Truck Mixers after every load is discharged, and provide for disposal of dirty water During construction of JNPT terminal in the eighties, Concreting operation as mechanized, but no attention was paid to proper maintenance of access roads. Concreting was frequently interrupted due to truck mixers bogged down in poor service road; many truck mixer loads were rejected due to delayed delivery. Truck tyre consumption was very high. In retrospect, it was concluded that it would have been cheaper to provide concrete paved service road!!!
What is Program Logic Control (PLC)? PLC programs run in an endless loop like a wheel turning, repeating hundreds of times every second. Every time around, they check all the inputs, make decisions based on the program in the loop and set all the outputs. It is possible for a programmer to make a mistake in the program, but no mistake can halt the operation of the PLC; it keeps on running. Because it cannot freeze, it performs reliably throughout its long life, requiring little if any maintenance Batch Plant Erection Time: Case -Tripoli West Thermal Power Station, Libya : Batch Plant was ordered from ELBA Germany. Contracting Companys Engineer was exposed for one week in the German plant, before delivery. The supplier had committed to erect & commission the Batch Plant in 24 Hours. Foundation for the batch plant was ready before its receipt at site. Batch Plant was delivered in two modules. Tools and tackle were kept ready. The batch plant was actually commissioned in one day!!! This was in 1976. Today in India it takes two to four weeks to erect and commission a batch plant by the contractor. Supplier is in a position to erect and commission faster. Mobile batching plants are now manufactured in India. In Some cases, the plant has actually been commissioned in four hours Diesel Generating Sets: Due to uncertain electricity supply from the Power Utilities, provision of diesel Gensets is common in India. However the capacity provided is far in excess of requirements. When the author started operations in Libya in 1976, the German supplier had recommended 35kW standby Gensets, worked successfully. Thirty years later Indian equipment suppliers recommend up to 125kW, being provided by contractors as standby for 30 cum batch plant.
Roljack Industries
Concreting starting time, working hours, night work, impact on quality During a Korean Visit, it was observed that concreting activities are restricted to daylight working hours, primarily as a quality assurance measure. Workers were unwilling to work at night as it affected their social life. In India, concreting on major projects generally start late evening due to variety of reasons : attraction of overtime, delayed pour card clearance, unplanned operations etc. The main casualty has been quality. Senior supervision is difficult to ensure at night. Lighting can never match daylight. Most accidents happen at night, interrupting concrete pour, cold joints etc. Work at night is more expensive. Quality Assurance is poor during night. There is less output during night. Recently in Bangalore, concreting an RC flat slab of large span was started at 0100 hours in the night and continued for 30 hours. It is difficult to control quality in such cases. It would have been preferable to start such major pour in the morning. The author was involved in management of precast yard for Delhi Metro contract. Initially, activities were carried round the clock for certain monthly output. Work during night required huge expenses towards running diesel generators, besides indifferent quality. Work was reorganized so that concreting was done during the day only. The productivity was same, though the work period was reduced by half, but of improved quality. Qualified / Trained Operators: Irrespective of the level of sophistication of the batch plant, it is necessary to employ
trained operators with elementary knowledge of concrete quality. The author had visited RMC plants in Germany extensively. Every RMC operator is required to undergo one week course dealing with quality requirements prior to employment. There are institutions offering such courses. We do not have such institutionalized system in India. Some Batch Plant manufacturers do offer training facilities, but not very popular as there is no compulsion to get trained. Majority of batch plants in India are operated by persons promoted from helper category! There are exceptions: some expatriate Companies had employed diploma holders as operators. Quality is not free. Quality is like buying oats. If you want nice, fresh, clean oats, you must pay a fair price. However, if you can be satisfied with oats that have already been through the horse ..... that comes a little cheaper! It is unwise to pay too much, but it is worse to pay too little. When you pay too much, you lose a little money ..... that is all. When you pay too little you sometimes lose everything, because the thing that you bought was incapable of doing the things it was bought to do. The common law of business balance prohibits paying a little and getting a lot .... it cannot be done. If you deal with the lowest bidder, it is well to add something for the risk that you run. And if you do that you will have enough to pay for the something better John Ruskin (1819 - 1900) John Ruskins Dictum applies equally to buying batch plants. In India, a typical 30 cum batch plant cost ranges from ` 25 to ` 50 lakhs depending on quality parameters and range of accecories. Buyer Beware!!!
Reliance Industries Ltd
CE 2012 Roll Out
TOP CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT

M.K. Prabhakar, Associate Editor
ROLLOUT IN 2012:
A RECAP
he last decade has seen India emerging as a key destination for construction equipment. While it has still got a long way to go before it catches up with its northern neighbour, China, there is no doubting it's potential. The importance of India as a top destination for construction equipment can be gauged from the fact that almost every global major in the field today has a pres-
ence in the country, either through their manufacturing units or through tie-ups with domestic players. The XII Five Year Plan period (201217) is expected to be one of the turning points for the construction equipment industry. A period of growth is expected, as far as the construction equipment industry is concerned, after the lull experienced during 2011. The signals are al-
ready evident in the form of the consistent rate of new product and technology launches witnessed in the recent past. It points out to the positive sentiments that leading players in the fray have of the Indian market. In this article we will take you through some of the important product launches and the latest technologies that have hit the Indian market over the last one year.
164
CE 2012 Roll Out
Fuel Efficiency and Emission Control In an industry where emission control norms are getting stringent by the day, it is not surprising to find that manufacturers, whether global or domestic, have been placing increased emphasis on technology that enables machines to consume less fuel and emit low levels of harmful gases. Fuel efficiency along with emission control has, just as in the case with commercial vehicles, become the buzzwords in the Indian construction equipment market. A good example is available in the form of global crushing and screening equipment major, Powerscreen which bought out latest automation and control systems, simplifying the interaction between operator and machine, while also focusing on fuel efficiency and compliance with latest emission legislation. The latest advancement within Powerscreen crushing and screening equipment is in automation and control systems, simplifying the interaction bet-ween operator and machine. Speaking about the focus areas of the company, Mr.Rajen Khoda, Director-Sales, Power-screen India, said that 'from fully integrated control systems which drive more intuitive operator interfaces, to implementing control system based fuel saving innovations and
The SRM Duracone onsite
energy efficient direct drive transmission strategies, the company's equipment is at the forefront of the latest industry advancements. He pointed out that the crusher range allows for complete interplant linking, ensuring more effective material flow through the entire process. The instinctive operator systems in our latest machine releases ensure that operator training can be carried out in a shorter period of time. This improves the ability of the operator to understand the process control and to manipulate the operating characteristics of the plant for
differing applications and machine throughput. When this is combined with innovative diagnostics and operator information, it ensures plant productivity is maximized.Initially launched in 2011, Powerscreen began implementing a wide ranging upgrade to its plant control system to coincide with the redesign of its machines to be compliant with Tier 4i/Stage IIIB emissions legislation. The upgrade transformed the user interface into a more streamlined and integrated solution. In earlier iterations within the mobile cone crusher range, the system
From fully integrated control systems which drive more intuitive operator interfaces, to implementing control system based fuel saving innovations and energy efficient direct drive transmission strategies, the company's equip-ment is at the forefront of the latest industry advancements
Rajen Khoda
Setting new standards- the VOGELE PowerFeeder MT 3000-2 Offset model
Director- Sales , Powerscreen India
CE 2012 Roll Out
The Cat 770G in action
had a multiple controller setup with different interfaces for engine, cone setting, choke control and machine power. With the latest generation system, all engine and machine functions are controlled and operated on a single, intuitive and graphically driven Human Machine Interface (HMI) colour display. Another major player in the field of crushers which made news with a new launch was Nawa Engineers with its 'Duracone SRM'. The company announced earlier in the year that it has acquired the technical knowhow and global manufacturing rights of Duracone SRM crushers, which is a path breaking innovation of Mr.Louis Johnson, known globally for the invention and development of the first all-roller bearing cone. The latest generation crusher features several innovative, design, construction and operational attributes that are exclusive. The Duracone SRM models are extremely user -friendly with a top shell that can be removed or reinstalled in 20 minutes or less, whenever a liner change or other maintenance that call for top shell removal is required , according to the company. Its superior performance in secondary, tertiary and quaternary crushing applications means that the machine scores high on the popularity charity. With the inclusion of this model now Nawa has the full range of high performance cone
crushers to process either hard stone or mineral ores up to 700 TPB crushing capacity. Product Innovation Product innovation has become the name of the game in the increasingly competitive Indian construction equipment market these days. Manufacturers are focusing on bringing in products featuring latest features that enable greater productivity while also being compliant
with the latest emission control norms. A good example can be found in the form of the VOGELE PowerFeeder MT 3000-2 Offset model with pivoting conveyor from Wirtgen India. The innovative 1.1 wide conveyor can be pivoted to the left or right by 55 degrees and inclined upwards by 23 degrees, opening up a whole variety of potential application areas. The latest generation feeder is ideally suited for supplying pavers with mix from the side, backfilling trenches or filling the spaces between safety barriers during highway construction. It is also ideally suited for roadworks on hard shoulders. With the pivoting conveyor not only asphalt can be fed, it can also handle other material such as gravel, water-bound base course mix, recycling material or top soil too with aplomb. The uninterrupted and non-contacting supply of mix to pavers, achieved by the feeder, is a decisive factor for a perfect paving quality. The Offhighway Truck Revolution Manufacturers have also kept a close watch on the happenings on the mining front when launching new products for the Indian market. With the government expected to announce a series of steps that is expected to open up the mining industry in the near future, equipment that is tailored to the use of mining, along with dual usage capability with the construction industry is an area that is fast picking up. Global major, Caterpillar for instance launched its 770 G and 772G off-highway trucks for tapping into this segment. The off-highway truck models feature smart systems that enable them to take on tough working conditions with relative ease. Highlighting the VIMS system incorporated in the company's off-highway trucks, Mr.Sam M.Vedhakumar, Sales & Support Manager, Caterpillar India explained, VIMS is the Cat Vital Information Management System. This information management system is integrated into the engine, chassis and all other electronic controllers to deliver valuable information on machine health and productivity. This powerful tool for machine management provides service personnel and equipment manager's information on a wide
Cat Vital Information Management System ( VIMS) generates information necessary to maximize component life, reduce catastrophic failures, minimize unscheduled downtime, and improve asset management
Sam M.Vedhakumar
Sales & Support Manager, Caterpillar India
166
Toshniwal Powder Transfer System

oshniwal's Powder Transfer System enables the dust free transfer of dry materials without human touch. The principle of vacuum transfer is a proven and better alternative way to move many types of materials. The technology exists for moving virtually and material that can be pulled through a hose or tube. The system consists of vacuum pump, receiver with filter and hose pipe etc.
Powder Transfer System
Material Dumping Port
Mixer
Vacuum conveying system is specifically designed for the direct charge loading of mixers, sifter, milling reactor vessels and packing machine etc. The system is used in building material such as fly ash, white cement dolomite, minerals, ceramics powders besides chemical such as pesticide carriers, powder coating, EPS beads, leather chemicals, welding flux, scouring powder, plastic beads and powder. Further details from: M/s. Toshniwal Systems & Instruments Pvt. Ltd., 267, Kilpauk Garden Road, Chennai - 600 010, India Phone No: 91-44-26445626 / 26448983 Email: mixer@toshniwal.net / Web : www.toshniwal.net
167
CE 2012 Roll Out
range of vital, machine functions. VIMS generates information necessary to maximize component life, reduce catastrophic failures, minimize unscheduled downtime, and improve asset management. He further added that event records provide maintenance personnel with vital information that allows a machine's repair needs to be reviewed prior to scheduled preventative maintenance, reducing downtime significantly. By analyzing trends and identifying problems before failure, maintenance personnel can more accurately plan machine maintenance and resources. VIMS offers maintenance managers greater control over fleet management, improving overall machine availability and productivity. VIMS reports can also identify areas for improvement in repair planning, operator training, site planning, machine health and personnel performance. By studying payload data, utilization, machine availability and fuel data, a production manager can determine equipment usage, future machine requirements, personnel performance and productivity levels. The models feature efficient Cat C15 ACERT engines that are designed to deliver high production and low cost per tonne of material hauled. Moving Heaven and Earth As expected the earthmoving equipment segment is where the competition has been the stiffest among all. From backhoes to skid steers and excavators, this is not segment where there has been no dearth of action. A good case in point is that of Case New Holland Construction Equipment India Pvt Ltd, popularly referred to as Case India. An industry leader with successful backhoe loader
Case skid steer loaders boast best-in-class bucket breakout forces, increasing productivity and allowing the use of a wide range of attachments, facilitated by the standard proportional auxiliary hydraulics
Arun Javali
Head- Sales Development, Case India
and compaction equipment models, the company introduced its SR skid steer range in the form of two aggressive models the Case SR130 and SR150. Listing out some of the key features of the skid steer models, Mr.Arun Javali, Head- Sales Development of the company's loader backhoe division said, Case skid steer loaders offer unmatched power to
weight ratio. With 46hp of engine output and operating capacity of 590kg, the SR130 has an operating weight of 2,270kg. The SR150, with 52hp and operating capacity of 680kg, tips the scales at 2,400kg operating weight. Both skid steer loaders boast best-in-class bucket breakout forces, increasing productivity and allowing the use of a wide range of attachments, facilitated by the standard proportional auxiliary hydraulics. The new loaders feature the Case Power Stance chassis, which rides on a 21% longer wheelbase for maximum stability and increased lifting forces. Front/rear weight distribution is split 30/70, allowing the machines to dig and carry more material. These mean machines have been in fact been recently named in the US magazine Construction Equipment's Top 100 awards too. The company has been known for products which score high on fuel efficiency and top notch performance. A good example is the Case 851 backhoe loader model introduced in 2001 in the 96 hp category has been a runaway success with its latest technology making it ideally suited for taking on tough working conditions and at the same time offering superior fuel efficiency. A good example for a top feature is the dual
Case India Consolidating its position with a wide range of products
168
CE 2012 Roll Out
stage pump with load sensing system for higher productivity and fuel efficiency. Pointing out the specialty of the pump, Mr.Arun Javali explained, During backhoe operations, considering the requirement of simultaneous operation to facilitate higher productivity this machine is designed with Close Centre Load Sensing System (CLSS) and combined flow of 151LPM @2200rpm by tandem hydraulic pump. However during loader operation the flow requirement is less as the functional attachments are only two i.e. loader arm & loader bucket, hence for optimal and fuel efficient performance; the hydraulic system utilizes only one pump flow. This mode selection results in higher fuel efficiency. Case 851 backhoe loader with 4 wheel drive version is very popular in hilly terrain of north east and are also exported in good quantities to Nepal because of high wheel torque. Apart from this, the backhoe loader model comes loaded with a host of other features for enabling higher productivity. With the government making its intention of giving top priority to highway projects, it didn't come as a surprise that several players were focusing on motor grader launches. Liugong India with its launch of CLG 414 BSIII model added to its array of products. The motor grader offers a new, powerful, water cooled BSIII Cummins engine rated at 112 kW with two power options that allows the operator to select settings, higher power for exceptionally tough jobs or fuel effi-
The Hyundai '9' Series excavators on display
ciency for simple long-distance grading. The engine's electronically controlled technology automatically increases power and brute torque under load, thus improving efficiency and also contributing to low emissions. The fully enclosed air-conditioned cab offers an adjustable control console. Liugong India also announced its new 'D Series of hydraulic excavators which according to the company have been completely redesigned and meet Tier 2/Stage II interim emission standards. Dwelling on the specialties of Liugong excavators, Mr.Rohit Punjabi, General ManagerStrategy Development Department of the company observed, The Liugong excavator provides the highest productivity in its class due to effortless hydraulic controls, and spacious cabin. Liugong lays lot of emphasis on operator comfort in order to increase operator's efficiency. The
machine operates at a higher pressure and hydraulic flow which results in better breakout force, faster cycle time, which further leads to better fuel efficiency. Our efforts have always been to make most fuel efficient machines for our customers which also mean our machines are environment friendly. The equipment also comes up with more digging depth, longer machine life, superior technology and service backup facilities. The CLG920D from the series is an example of the company's thrust towards offering speedier, efficiency and cost-effective solutions. The compact excavator fea-
Our efforts have always been to make most fuel efficient machines for our customers which also mean our machines are environment friendly
Rohit Punjabi,
Liugong India continued to expand its range General Manager Strategy Development Department, Liugong India
CE 2012 Roll Out
tures 360 degree swing allowing it to work even in confined spaces and has been designed for the urban, as well as the rural utility applications segment. Hyundai Construction Equipment India Pvt Ltd (HCEIPL) , a subsidiary of Hyundai Heavy Industries , launched its technologically advanced '9' Series excavator series in the country. The company launched the models 'Robex220' and 'Robex140' under the series. According to the company the 9 Series excavators provides stability, greater digging and crowd force along with advanced hydraulics for improved controllability and smoother operation in arduous conditions like quarries and mines. One of the unique features of the 9 Series excavator is the Data Download that enables customers to monitor progress of the excavator at site. Other features of the new series include wider visibility through ergonomically laid interiors, air conditioning system, LCD screen, wide cluster for one point operation and control, improved sensor based monitoring and optional rear view camera. Compact Excavators in Demand Another company that has entered the fray in the increasingly competitive compact excavator segment in recent times is Doosan Infracore. The company introduced the Bobcat MX 418 model in India, a compact excavator that has an
operating weight of 1,167 kg and a dig depth of 1.83 metres. The excavator is ideally suited for working in cramped urban confines, next to buildings or other property and areas where it is difficult to transport equipment. The machine features zero tail swing (ZTS) with tracks extended. Another additional feature of the control system is operator comfort. An exclusive twoposition joystick consoles means that there is more operating room in the machine. The operator can position the joystick control console in an outward position for greater comfort and can lock the console in an inboard position for easier transport of the excavator through gates and doorways in cramped urban environs, so typical of India. One more major player joined the fray, so far as the compact excavator segment is concerned with its latest model. Telcon, came out with its Tata
The Bobcat MX 418 ideally suited to work in cramped environs
Hitachi Zaxis 50, a 50 ton class tracked hydraulic excavator model. The excavator model is powered by the noiseless, compact and efficient 35.5 HP Kubota V2203 engine. The 05 Series engines are vertical, water cooled 4 Cycle diesel engines. They incorporate Kubota's foremost technologies, with E-TVCS (Three Vortex Combustion System), well known Bosch MD type injection pump & well balanced designs, thereby giving greater power, low fuel consumption, low vibration & quieter operation. The machine has been designed for working in various applications such as sand loading, land development, rural roads, river bed excavation, formation, rural roads, minor excavation, drip irrigation channels, etc, to mention only some. Expect More Launches in 2013 With the powers that be giving clear indications that infrastructure development is going to be the major area of focus, there is no doubting the fact that India would continue to be market to watch out for at least another five years or so. While 2012 has been eventful for the Indian construction equipment industry, further exciting times are lined up for 2013. It is an year where two major construction equipment trade shows are also lined up- bC India 2013 and Excon 2013. It won't come as a surprise if a record number of new products, technologies and companies make their appearance in the country in 2013.
The Tata Hitachi Zaxis 50 from Telcon
170
ROTHO - Robert Thomas Metall- and Elektrowerke GmbH & Co. KG
Sicoma Mixers India Pvt.Ltd
Equipment Focus
PUSHING THE LIMITS:
BACKHOE LOADER INDUSTRY IN INDIA

Chaitanya Raj Goyal
hat do you say - when you pass a construction site and the kids want to know if that big bright yellow beast with a trunk and a tail is 'Scoop' from 'Bob the builder'? Most of us have an answer for that in terms of how we recognize it; be it a digger, loader or some other personal argot. If you know that we are discussing a backhoe loader here, you undoubtedly belong to our industry! Exploring the Roots: Brief history of 'Diggers' in India There was a time when the domestic requirements of construction equipment
were entirely met by imports in India. However this trend was put to an end by Bharat Earth Movers Ltd. (BEML) in 1964 with the beginning of domestic production of earthmoving equipment in India. In private sector, the Hindustan Motors' Earthmoving Equipment Division was established in 1969 at Thiruvallur near Chennai. This factory was later taken over by Caterpillar in 2001 for their Indian operations. A new production facility in the same region inaugurated in April, 2012 is now used by CAT for Backhoe loader production. JCB launched the first backhoe loader in India in 1981 through its then
joint venture with Escorts but was taken over by JC Bamford Excavators Ltd. (UK) in 2003 and is now called JCB India Ltd. with its stronghold located at Ballabhgarh, Haryana. Similarly, CASE India operates a production facility in Pithampur, Madhya Pradesh which was started in 1989 when CASE had a technological joint venture with L&T. It made complete acquisition of the ownership of the joint venture last year. Similarly, Terex Corporation started manufacturing backhoe loaders in 2004 at Greater Noida. Thus, owing to the rapidly developing infrastructure of the nation, most of the global pioneers of equipment technology are today present in India as joint venture companies, or have set up their own manufacturing facilities/ marketing firms. Three major
172
Equipment Focus
recent entrants in the market are M&M, Escorts and Leyland Deere (Ashok Leyland and John Deere). Other manufacturers of backhoe loaders in India include Case Holland, Telcon, Bull India, and Liugong. Enduring Demand: Still the Messiah of the Equipment industry This particular machine has been the superstar of construction equipment industry time and again despite repeated attempts by other large and small robots to force retirement upon it! Its sales have been rising consistently in the past few years thanks to the construction boom in the country. Projection of the Indian economy to grow at more than 7% during the 12th plan period and 1$ trillion ambitious investment plans of the government, seem to make the Indian CE market in general and backhoe loaders market in particular, lucrative. India is the largest Backhoe Market in the world and Backhoe loaders contribute approximately 50% of the total EM sector here. With record sales exceeding 33,000 units in 2011, production forecast for 2013 is placed around 43000 units with an astounding CAGR of 40%. The market is thus witnessing entry of new players whereas the existing manufacturers are ramping up their production capacities. Ever thought what makes the backhoe loader so popular? Versatility! In an era when equipment manufacturers are designing machines to do as many jobs as possible or trying to follow the 'Swissarmy-knife' approach, the design of the backhoe-loader has long stood as a model. The machine is at once a dedicated trenching unit, as well as a frontend-loading tool. It's true, of course, that a comparably sized hydraulic excavator may 'outtrench' a backhoe and that a wheel loader may 'out-load' it; but no other machine combines these two basic earthmoving functions as efficiently as a backhoe-loader, while offering excellent maneuverability and ease of transport. And, everything considered, the backhoe-loader is also one of the most affordable earthmovers around. The existing and new entrants in backhoe
loaders manufacturing in India are thus rethinking product offering strategies to suit the emerging demand order. Also, the government is now picking up again on awarding new infra projects and clearing the stuck up processes in order to put proposed green field power projects on fast track, and to meet the emerging urban and rural infra demands from remote areas, tier-I and tier-II cities, which will assure manufacturers that the demand for the versatile equipment will remain quite firm and wide. Technological Developments The construction equipment sector in India has evolved over the years and is at present in an intermediate stage of development. The industry is trying to bring in international levels of technology as demand and the scale of operation increases. The users are now not looking at only the initial cost of the equipment, but focusing on total costing, or cost per ton of usage. Demand in value is a natural phenomenon in any maturing market, which needs to be addressed by manufacturers through their products - backed by necessary improvements in production line, allowing both sides to reap, honest benefits on their investment. One of the major factors that add to the versatility of a backhoe loader is the development in number of applications it can work in with the help of attachments. Buckets at both the loader end and backhoe end can be replaced with a host of attachments like pallet forks, rock breaker, jib crane, sweeper collector, auger, six-in-one clam shovel bucket, ripper tooth, jaw bucket, ditch cleaning bucket, taper ditching bucket, bucket mounted fork lift etc. Hence, a construction and earthmoving machine can be used in several other applications like solid waste management and material handling. However, the percentage of sales budgeted for R&D is meager - ranging from 0.5 to 3% of sales. Although many of the manufacturers have established full-fledged R&D units to update their products/technologies, the industry in India does not invest adequately in R&D activities compared to world leaders like
Volvo or Komatsu, as the existing market cannot absorb the development costs. However, we may see more R&D work by world majors in India, taking advantage of low R&D manpower costs. A Bright Future Construction in India is fast approaching international standards. The profile of Indian demand is characterized by cost consciousness more than value consciousness. Contractors want sophisticated equipments at Indian prices and they want to use them roughly (in-fact abuse them). Also, there is higher awareness about the utility of this machine in rural markets and more farmers-cumentrepreneurs are starting to own them. Backhoe loaders will remain the most popular type of equipment sold in the country for some time to come, though already a change in the structure of demand can be seen. Its sales have been growing rapidly since 1998 (except for a dip during 2008-2009). While it will continue to remain the most popular equipment type amongst plant hirers and small contractors on account of its versatility and mobility, it is expected to be increasingly replaced by more efficient and productive - specialized construction machines, such as crawler excavators and wheeled loaders, particularly on large infrastructure projects. Therefore, the future growth rate of the backhoe loader industry may decline; then again, it may well see increasing applications in rural areas which will sustain its strong market presence. Sneak Peek: Top manufacturers of Backhoe Loaders in India Entry of new players is well likely to expand the market. Proper product positioning will help the new entrants create a stand in this highly competitive industry. However, viewed from the long-term prospective, existing brands with wide market base will continue to connect their names with product support, an initiative which they will now be making stronger than before for higher brand recall. Shown below are some of the most popular models of this versatile machine (with specifications) - manufactured by prominent market players in the country.
Equipment Focus
Case Holland Equipment Pvt. Ltd

Product: Case-Holland 770 Loader Backhoe
Engine: Power 76 hp engine Hydraulic System: Low operating cost and low hourly diesel consumption Backhoe Bucket: 0.243 cu.m Loader Bucket: 1.00 cu.m Equipment weight: 7.1 T s Four-wheel drive (4x4 traction) s Rock-breaker s Lifting arrangement s Extending type dipper s Bbottom dump bucket s Rripper tooth s Black fill blade s Heavy duty tyres-14 x 25 -2.0 PR s Dozer blade s Lime stone scrape
Caterpillar India
Product: 424B Backhoe Loader
Engine: Power - Net 67 hp, Engine Model KOEL /4R - 1040 T Turbo Charged, Engine Displacement 244.09 in3 Hydraulic System: The Cat 424B is fitted with unique technology, Variable Displacement Piston Pump, which is an efficient system and has longer life. Operator Station: Spacious and comfortable operator station. Power Train: More reliable and durable power train. Backhoe: Efficient backhoe performance. Serviceability: Ease of maintenance and service. Work Tools: Cat Work Tools for backhoe loaders extend the versatility of the machine. Built for performance and durability, these tools deliver high productivity, long service and excellent value. Electrical System: More reliable electrical system.
174
CIVIL-AID Technoclinic Private Limited
Equipment Focus
Escorts India
Product: Backhoe Loader Digmax
Engine: 76 HP Dig Depth: 4.8 m Loader Dump Height: 3.00m Loader Bucket: 1.2 Cu.m Backhoe Bucket: 0.26 Options: 4x4 option available, Choice of Bucket: 6 in 1 Trenching of buckets of 0.12 Cu to 0.18 Cu.m Rock Breaker Circuit: Ripper tooth, 90 HP engine
JCB
Product: 3DX
Engine: 92 hp, Turbo Charged, water cooled JCB engine ecoMAX for better performance in hot and dusty working conditions. Four Wheel Transmissions: The JCB synchroshuttle transmission is designed to provide high traction forces and long life for continuous loading duties. Excellent Loader Performance: Versatile 6-in-I front shovel with high breakout forces give extraordinary loader productivity. Excellent visibility, improved front reach, lower turning radius and high tractive and breakout forces give 'best-in-class' loader performance. Improved Excavator Performance: Increased diesel tank capacity, protection on excavator end hoses and improved excavator valve block features ensure even better excavation economics. Quick Inter-site: Movement High road speed of 36kph enables quick inter-site movement. IP 69 Electrics: For increased reliability. Best-in-class Cabin: Spacious cabin with ergonomic operator environment, with instrument console on the operator's side results in long hours of fatigue free operation. Unmatched Style: Powder coated, curved exteriors in black and yellow color scheme give the machine a very smart look.
176
Equipment Focus
Leyland Deere
Product: 435 Backhoe Loader
s Over all length 5867 mm s Dump height 2735 mm s Max dig depth 4569 mm s Weight: 7697 Kg s Generously-spaced cabin 'H'-Series platform s Power shift transmission s Higher breakout forces s Greater dig depths s Innovative customer care package s Strong and rugged s Service capacity s Controlled Speed Transmission s Hydraulic Oil 37.9 Lt s Engine Oil 8.5 Lt s Rear Axle Oil 18 Lt s Transmission Oil 18 Lt s Engine coolant 20.2 Lt s Diesel 151 Lt s Hydraulics s Pump flow 106 lpm s System relief pressure 250 bar.
Mahindra Construction Equipment

Product: Earthmaster Backhoe Loader
Engine: Compact 3.3 liter DITEC Engine Power: 83 HP Highly Fuel Efficient: Turbo Charger and Intercooler USA Tier III Emission Norms Two Years Unlimited Hours Warranty Extensive Service Network
Equipment Focus
Telcon
Product: Tata 315-E
Engine: Tata 497 TC IC Horsepower: 76 Ps @ 2200 RPM Max. Travel Speed: 36 KMPH (F), 13 KMPH (R) Operating Weight: 7350 kgs Bucket capacity: Backhoe 0.25 M3 Loader: 1.0 M3 Type: Turbo Charged, Intercooled 4 Cylinder Diesel Engine
Product: Tata 315 - V

Engine: TATA 497 TC IC Horsepower: 86 PS @ 2200 rpm Max. Travel Speed: 36 kmph (F), 21 kmph (R) Operating Weight: 7500 Kgs Configuration Backhoe Loader s Bucket Capacity 0.30 cum - 1.00 cum Available Attachments s Rock Breaker s Heavy-duty Bucket s Bottom Dump (6 in 1) Loader Bucket s Single Point Ripper s V-shape Trenching Bucket s Square Hole Cutting Bucket s General Purpose Bucket s Ditch Cleaning Bucket s Fork Lift Attachment s Crane Attachment
178
Taisei International
Venus Equipments & Tools Pvt.Ltd
Equipment Focus
Volvo
Product: BL 70
Engine: Volvo D5D Max Power: SAE J1995 Gross*: 94 hp (70 kW) Net Power*, hp (KW): 90 hp (68 kW)
Max Torque SAE J1995 Gross**: 273 lbf-ft (370 Nm) Maximum Speed: 21.2 mph (34 km/h) Bucket Breakout Force (LDR): 12,445 lbf (55.4 kN) Lifting Capacity (LDR): 6,953 lb (3,154 kg) SAE Digging Depth***: 14'9" - 18'3" (4,496 - 5,562 mm) Bucket Digging Force: 13,296 lbf (59.1 kN) Operating Weight (Min-Max): 17,248 lb - 21,727 lb (7,824 kg - 9,810 kg)
Product: BL61 Plus

Engine: Volvo D5D Net Power: 68 kW (91 hp) Max power SAE J1995 gross: 70 kW (94 hp) Max torque SAE J1995 gross: 400 Nm Maximum Speed: 36,7 km/h Bucket Breakout Force: 47,9 kN Lifting Capacity: 2922 kg SAE Digging Depth: 4258 - 5321 mm Bucket Digging Force: 52,8 kN Operating Weight: 8168 kg
180
Maco Coporation India Pvt.Ltd
Venus Equipments & Tools Pvt.Ltd
Infrastructure GIS-BIM
Application of GIS-BIM Integration for Mega Project Construction Equipment Management

MB Bureau Report
ith the advances in the field of information technologies, construction industry has started taking advantages some of these developments. GIS & BIM are the tools used to manage construction projects and can improve the construction planning and design efficiency by integrating locational and thematic information in a single environment. There is huge potentials of using 3DGIS and BIM by integrating together.in managing construction project activities. All mega construction equipments can be optimally used and controlled using integrated GIS-BIM technology. About GIS and 3D GIS& BIM Geographic Information Systems (GIS) is an appropriate technology for managing construction projects and can
improve the construction planning and design efficiency by integrating locational and thematic information in a single environment. It provides capabilities to solve problems, involving creation and management of data, integration of information, visualization and cost estimation to which most of the construction management software is lacking. In construction management, GIS leads to the improvement in collective decision-making among planners, designers and contractors. A large number of data involve in planning and design phases of construction projects are usually stored in various forms such as drawings, tables, and charts. These data need to be sorted out properly to ensure it can be retrieved and manipulated by related parties when needed. Database in GIS environment can provide a wide range of information to construction industry with a mechanism for
rapid retrieval and manipulation capabilities. Integration of schedule and design information makes it easier for the project manager to monitor and control the construction progress. Several tools for construction industry using GIS as suggested in many literatures and their applicability has been demonstrated with suitable case study. However, the practical usefulness of these developed tools in construction industry is still doubtful and the implementation on real world project in the industry is rare. Further, most of the reported works uses different software in combination with GIS software. Although, CAD technologies provide visualization capabilities, but three dimensional (3D) GIS technologies could not only provide advance visualization techniques (e.g. fly-through with query on-demand and way-finding) but also stores geometrys topological information and being able to perform true 3D analysis, which is not yet possible in CAD technologies. Whereas, Building Information Modeling (BIM) represents the process of development and use of a computer generated model to simulate the planning, design, construction and operation of a facility. The resulting model, a Building Information Model, is a data-rich, object-oriented, intelligent and parametric digital representation of the facility, from which views and data appropriate to various users needs can be extracted and analyzed to generate information that can be used to make decisions and to improve the process of delivering the facility. Refer Figure 1 for BIM modeling.
(a) 3D Architectural Model
(b) Integrated Sturcutral and MEP Model
been gradually utilized in many disciplines. 3D-GIS provide several benefits to the construction industry, in which most of the construction management software are lacking. It may improve the construction planning and design efficiency by the integration of 3D spatial and attribute information in single environment. In general, managing construction is quite demanding and needs rapid spatial information on the spot even using the conventional 2D GIS. It would be great if a construction project is managed by decision makers using 3D-GIS where the required information is in the form of 3D display of a dynamic 3D spatial query and analysis. Geographic information systems (GIS) facilitate the analysis of large amounts of spatial data used in the process of location optimization for various construction equipments such as tower cranes. In addition, integrating analysis results from GIS with 3D visual models enables managers to visualize the potential conflicts with all such mega equipments in great detail. Building Information Modeling (BIM) helps managers to visualize buildings before implementation takes place through a digitally constructed virtual model. Hence, the integrated GIS-BIM model starts with the identification of feasible locations for defined mega construction equipments. The method presented is based on previous works using geometric closeness and coverage of all demand and supply points as key criteria for locating a group of mega equipments. Once the geometry of the construction site is generated by the BIM tool, the model determines the proper combination of tower cranes in order to optimize location. The output of the GIS model includes one or more feasible areas that cover all demand and supply points, which is then linked to the BIM tool and generates 3D models to visualize the optimum location of all the mega construction equipments. As a result, potential conflicts are detected in different 3D views in order to identify optimal location. Use of GIS and BIM technology in managing Tower CraneA mega construction equipment Tower cranes are considered as the centerpiece of construction equipment in building projects. They play a key role in transporting a variety of materials vertically and horizontally. The efficiency of tower cranes largely depends on their type, number and location. As the number of work tasks and the demand for tower cranes increase, planners may experience difficulties in making an appropriate decision about the optimum layout of tower cranes. A poor decision, however, is likely to have significant negative effects, which will lead to additional costs and possible delays. On typical construction projects, the selection of the appropriate crane can have a significant influence on the cost, time and safety of construction operations. Due to this role, many models have been developed over the past 20 years for solving tower crane problems, generally
(c) Site Logistic Planning Model
(d) Quantiy Estimates
Figure 1: Different Components of a Building Information Model
Why 3d-Gis Management
and
BIM
integrationin
Construction
To-date, two dimensional (2D) GIS is still being utilized in various engineering projects especially in managing construction industry but its complete potential to expand into another dimension, the 3D-GIS for better data manipulation, analysis and visualization using 3D data sets has not been realized yet. 3D-GIS, known as an ideal tool for representing 3D geometry, semantic as well as topology, has
related to financial and operational efficiency. Some of the literature addresses safety issues associated with tower cranes, whereas others rely on improving the crane operation, or involve cost forecasting models. Most crane location-related studies relied on the use of mathematical programming formulations. Some of these methods were designed to minimize the total crane transportation cost. Researchers have also developed mathematical models in an attempt to decrease total crane transportation time. The location and type of tower cranes are closely related to the shape, position and spatial characteristics of the loads and obstacles. This spatial data is mainly used in the process of location optimization for tower crane(s), which is possible to be analyzed in large amounts by geographic information systems (GIS). The optimal number of tower cranes is a function of their locations and the geometric layout of loads. On the other hand, GIS support the wide range of spatial data that can be used to support location problems. The advantage of GIS-based methods is that they directly use spatial aspects of the construction site and display output in a suitable form to the user. For these reasons, GIS is found to be useful for such purposes. In addition, visualization techniques can be used to further enhance the functionality and integrity of GIS models. However, due to the limitation of GIS tools in automated drafting and lack of semantic information about buil-ding elements, one can utilize different visualization tools. Regarding the distance between the cranes cab and load location, finding an optimal place for the tower crane plays an important role in improving operators view. To respond to this need, it is appropriate to model the operators viewpoint through the use of Building Information Modeling (BIM). Furthermore, visual representation can be extended to monitor the cranes movements and to prevent the collision of tower cranes operating in a shared work zone. In reality, the number of structural elements (obstacles) increases with construction progress. Cranes must not only avoid collisions with these elements that have previously been installed but also need a collision-free path for each
GIS
Modeling Environment
subsequent element to be installed. The snapshots generated by BIM are capable of appropriately representing the changing construction environment. Integration Of GIS And BIM While BIM systems focused on developing objects with the maximum level of detail in geometry, GIS are applied to analyze the objects, which already exist around us, in most abstract way. Therefore, to visualize existing topography and a new facility to be developed together we need more research on integrating the data models of BIM and GIS. Several studies have been conducted to explore the application of GIS technology in BIM environments and BIM models in the geospatial domain. For instance, some researchers investigated the application of BIM in a geospatial context in order to improve the transfer and representation of information between these two domains. Another research established a prototype system to demonstrate the feasibility of BIM models to support indoor GIS applications. Researchers on the other hand, recognized the need to integrate different IT technologies, such as GIS, RFID and digital building information, in one reliable platform for emergency response management. However, aforementioned research efforts have focused on either BIM or GIS. Real integration of BIM and GIS is achieved by using the strengths from both the BIM and GIS world in the context of the other, which has been recently proposed. Before integration approach is developed, the advantages and differences between BIM and GIS should be considered. To develop a BIM-GIS model, it is essential to bring the benefits of both technologies together into a single comprehensive model. GIS builds upon existing information and objects; so, BIM should be used to create the building information. On the other hand, the lack of spatial analysis capabilities in BIM underlines the need for utilizing GIS. The major incompatibilities that exist between the technologies have been provided in Figure 2. Integrating these two technologies depends on the assumption that there are applications from both domains, which can maximize the value of both.
BIM
Focused mainly on indoor environment. Outdoors applications are limitd to the outside of buildings. 3D modeling of site untilities and terrain modeling are also available in BIM. BIM objects have their own local corrdinate system, for example at the left comer of the building. Drafting capabilities of BIM are utilized to develop large scales with higher level of details. BIM is rooted in the building and its attributes. BIM is unique in its ability to work in full 3D environment. BIM has a rich set of spatial features and attributes.
Mainly focus on outdoor environment. An outdoor activity may need to be positioned in GIS. Geopatial data is always georeferenced. Objects are defined in a physical world with global coordinate systems or map projections. GIS builds upon existing information and objects. It covers a large area with less detail and in smaller scales. GIS is focused on urban and city areas. GIS capabilities are limited to simple 2D shapes, Experimentation with 3D in GIS is in an early stsge.
Referance System Details of Drafting Application Area 3D Modeling
Figure 2: Incompatibilities between BIM and GIS
J.B.Engineering & Industrial Co.,
Relyon Facility Services
Figure 3: Flowchart of GIS-BIM optimization location model
Enabling interoperability at the semantic level is an important issue for the link between BIM and GIS. The key to conducting interoperability at the semantic level is to make sure that the relationship between two different disciplines is maintained during data transfer. To solve this problem, one researcher suggested a mechanism that automatically transforms the relationship from one discipline to the other. Efforts to enhance interoperability within the AEC industry and GISs have been made during the last two decades. Among the most prominent of these models are the Geographic Markup Language, GML, and the Industry Foundation Classes, IFC. The Open Geospatial Consortium (OGC) introduced the GML for data interoperability in the geospatial commu-nity. GML allows complete data transfer between different databases and application software, which results in application scheme. An Approach for Optimised GIS-BIM Model- A Case Study The methodology outlined above was employed to determine the needed tower cranes and their optimal locations for a commercial building project. The project is a commercial complex located in Tehran, Iran, consisting of 6-story shopping mall, entertainment complex, underground parking, and recreational facilities with a site area of 8 acres (32000 m2) and a total gross floor area of 128,200 m2. The location in an urban area with limited workspace and its proximity to congested throughways are factors that require the contractor to utilize tower cranes. In order to demonstrate the models capabilities, three different types of tower cranes are taken into account when identifying the optimal locations. Although the cranes prices are not included in the table, the model is capable of considering different combinations of tower cranes to minimize the total cost. In this case, after grouping the tasks based on different types of cranes, the process starts with assigning a tower crane to a task group and generates the remaining task groups based on different types of cranes. The process is repeated for all tower cranes, until the best crane combination that has the minimal cost is reached. Figure 3 shows the flow chart for the model and Figure 4 shows the optimal location of tower cranes achieved through integration of GIS-BIM concept vis a vis with the proposed one. It can be seen that how application of this technology
helped in efficient management of the mega construction equipments in this case it is tower cranes. Figure 5 gives a general view of the case study project under construction.
Figure 5: General view of the case study project under construction
Conclusion This article shows the new approach for integrating GIS and BIM that enables managers to visualize the 3D model of tower cranes and other mega construction equipments in their optimal locations. Identifying minimal number and optimal location of such mega equipments, especially when they operate with overlapping work zones, can create a challenge for managers. This process comprises a variety of spatial data that can be presented in the 3D visualization model. Thus, there is a need for a new tool with spatial analysis and visualization capabilities within a single environment. Integrating GIS with BIM seems to be an appropriate approach to solve such problems. The implementation of the proposed model reveals the feasibility and practicality of using GIS for managers who have access to a BIM model with the full range of material information. This model can be applied as part of a site layout process and, using scheduling functionality provided by many BIM tools, allowing visualization of the sequential construction of the building. The practical application of the model will become even more useful in the future, as software applications support data standards and various information exchange efforts such as IFC. Integration of GIS and BIM, however, still comes with some limitations. The developed method suffers from a certain lack of interoperability between GIS and BIM. Although the use of commercially available tools in the model enables the user to exchange data between the BIM and GIS domains, it still requires him or her to have knowledge about both systems and their functionalities. In order to fully integrate GIS and BIM, future work should focus on providing more interoperability at the semantic level. The employment of mobile computing technologies is another potential area for future studies. This will extend the applicability of the model to real projects.
Figure 4: Comparison of actual and optimal locations for tower cranes
Reference
- Al-Hussein, M., AtharNiaz, M., Yu, H., and Kim, H. 2006. Integrating 3D visualization and simulation for tower crane operations on construction sites, Automation in Construction, 15(5), 554-562. Alkass, S., Alhussein, M., and Moselhi, O. 1997. Computerized crane selection for construction projects, Proc. 13th Annual ARCOM Conference, Association of Researchers in Construction Management, 427-436. Andr, M., and Sawhney, A. 2001.IntelliCranes: an integrated crane type and model selection system, Construction Management & Economics, 19(2), 227-237. Bansal, V. K. 2011.Use of GIS and Topology in the Identification and Resolution of Space Conflicts, Journal of Computing in Civil Engineering, 25(2), 159-171. Bansal, V. K., and Pal, M. 2009.Construction schedule review in GIS with a navigable 3D animation of project activities, International Journal of Project Management, 27(5), 532-542. Bishr, Y. 1998. Overcoming the semantic and other barriers to GIS interoperability, Int. Journal of Geographi-cal Information Science, 12(4), 299-314. Choi, J. W., Kim, S. A., Lertlakkhanakul, J., and Yeom, J. H. 2008.Developing Ubiquitous Space Information Model for Indoor GIS Service in Ubicomp Environment, Proc., 4th Int. Conference on Networking Computing and Advanced Information Management, IEEE, 381-388. Eastman, C., Teicholz, P ., Sacks, R., and Liston, K. 2011. BIM Handbook: A Guide to Building Information Modeling for Owners, Managers, Designers, Engineers and Contractors, John Wiley & Sons.
Elbeltagi, E., and Dawood, M. 2011. Integrated visualized time control system for repetitive construction pro-jects, Automation in Construction, 20(7), 940-953. Farrell, C. W., and Hover, K. C. 1989. Computerized crane selection and placement for the construction site, Proc. 4th Int. Conf. on Civ. and Struct. Engrg. Computing, CIVIL-COMP Press, 91-94. Froese, T. 2003. Future directions for IFC-based interoperability, Journal of Information Technology in Const-ruction (ITcon), Special Issue IFC Product Models for the AEC Arena, 8/2003, 231-246. Furusaka, S., and Gray, C. 1984.A model for the selection of the optimum crane for construction sites, Construction Management and Economics, 2(2), 157-176. Halfawy, M. R. 2008. Integration of municipal infrastructure asset management processes: Challenges and solu-tions, Journal of Computing in Civil Engineering, 22(3), 216-229. Isikdag, U., Underwood, J. , and Aouad, G. 2008. An investigation into the applicability of building information models in geospatial environment in support of site selection and fire response management processes, Advanced Engineering Informatics, 22(4), 504-519. Ju, F., and Choo, Y. S. 2005. Dynamic analysis of tower cranes, Journal of engineering mechanics, 131(1), 88-96. Jung, Y. C., Lee, S. H., Koo, K. J. , and Hyun, C. T. 2006. A Forecasting Model for Rental Prices of Tower Cranes, Proc. Architectural Engineering National Conference, ASCE, 1-15. Kang, S. C., and Miranda, E. 2008.Computational Methods for Coordinating Multiple Construction Cranes, Journal of Computing in Civil Engineering, 22(4), 252-263.
- -
Conference on Infrastructure Development Deliverables & Imperatives (ICEMA)
Roads
Next-Gen
Bhavani Balakrishna
Smart and Sustainable Highways
abelled as the 'Route 66 of the Future', the Smart Highway designed by Designer and innovator DaanRoosegaarde and Heijmans Infrastructure incorporates several innovative technologies such as 'Glow-inthe-Dark Road', 'Dynamic Paint', 'Interactive Light', 'Induction Priority Lane' and 'Wind Light'. The aim is to make roads that are more sustainable and interactive by using light, energy and road signs that automatically adapt to the traffic situation. The Glow-in-the dark element involves treating pathways of roads with special foto-luminising powder which when charged in sunlight can illuminate roads at night for up to 10 hours, thus leading to huge amounts of energy savings. Dynamic Paint - Paint that becomes visible in response to temperature fluctuations when added to road surfaces, can effectively communicate relevant and adequate traffic information directly to drivers. For instance, Roosegaarde's prototype uses shapes of snowflakes
on the road to intuitively tell drivers that the roads are cold and slippery. Other plans include creating Induction Priority Lanes, special lanes that will allow drivers of electric cars to recharge their vehicles as they travel along them via a series of induction coils embedded under the asphalt, Interactive Lights, power-saving lights which will gradually brighten as vehicles approach then switch themselves off after they passand Wind Light, which uses the air from cars passing to charge small ground-level streetlights. While Dynamic Paint and Glowin-the-dark will be implemented in Netherlands in mid-2013, the rest of the elements will be gradually introduced in the next five years. Awarded with a Best Future Concept by the Dutch Design Awards 2012, the first pieces of the 'Smart Highway' are open for the public during the Dutch Design Week in Eindhoven, the Netherlands. Several of the above concepts such as the Induction Lanes have already been put into test in different parts of
190
Roads
the world. For electrical vehicles, Stanford researchers already arrived at the concept of charge-as-you-drive network which utilizes copper coils that will be embedded in highway roads and under the belly of the EVs. The coils will be tuned to the same natural frequency and as the car moves, a process called
magnetic resonance coupling occurs, meaning when the road coils that are connected to an electric current power up, they send electricity to the receiving coil in the car and thus charging the EV's battery. However, researchers are still ensuring that the process will not harm drivers, passengers and their
electronic gadgets, or affect the computer systems that control steering, navigation, and air conditioning. In the year 2008, Innowattech, a green energy company based in Ra'anana, Israel, proposed a new revolutionary type of road, one that would use the vibrations and stress that it receives from passing vehicles and convert it to usable energy for the grid. To achieve the needed results, the plan called for the installation and embedding of their specially developed IPEG (InnowattechPiezo-Electric Generator) devices throughout the road structure. After the concept's success in Israel, other similar successful experiments have been conducted in California and Netherlands. The Smart Highway concept is all about providing a complete safe driving experience and allowing greater interactivity between the road and the driver while simultaneously making the road self-sustainable through energy efficient methods.
Implementation Challenges & Way Forward for Construction & Infrastructure Sector during 12th 5 year plan (2012 - 17) (CIDC)
Implementation Challenges & Way Forward for Construction & Infrastructure Sector during 12th 5 year plan (2012 - 17) (CIDC)
Roads PMA
Polymer Modified Asphalt A Solution to Many Asphalt Problems

Sonjoy Deb, B.Tech,Civil
Associate Editor
Today, many problems are arising due to the increased aging of our current asphalt. This aging process causes major structural deteriorations on our roadways. In order to fix this major problem, civil engineers have to find a solution, the answer to this burning problem is polymer modified asphalts (PMA)
n the past, unmodified asphalts were able to cope with the traffic volumes and loads exerted on them. Nowadays, the burden placed upon road system has reached a critical stage in many developed and developing countries where the increased volume in heavy vehicles coupled with an appreciable increase in allowable axle weights for these vehicles has lead to a dramatic increase in level of stresses exerted on asphalt surface. Due to the sharp increased of stresses exerted on asphalt surface, most of the road system experience distress and deteriorate before it can achieve the design service life. The use of polymer modified
asphalt offer a promising way to improve pavement performance hence it can prolong the service life of the road system even though the road experience unexpected increasing number of traffic volume. Polymer modified asphalt pavement exhibits greater resistance to rutting and thermal cracking and decreased fatigue damage, stripping and temperature susceptibility. Typically, polymer modified asphalt are more viscous compare to unmodified asphalt and tend to show improved adhesive bonding to aggregate particles. Asphalt emulsion consists of small asphalt droplets suspended in water. It can be produced by mixing
Roads PMA
hot asphalt with water containing emulsifying agent in a colloid mill. Asphalt emulsion that normally used for cold application has several advantages compared to normal asphalt or asphalt cutback such as eco-friendly, easy to handle at ambient temperature and energy saving material because it does not need any heating process in its use. Currently, polymer modified technology is used in asphalt emulsions to improve its physical properties, performance, and durability. Polymer modified asphalt emulsions offers improvements in mitigation of pavement distress and reduced life cycle costs when compared to unmodified asphalt emulsions. In addition, polymer modified asphalt emulsions also exhibit reduction in rutting and thermal cracking related problem and increased resistance to many forms of traffic-induced stress. Basics of PMA: PMA has two materials viz. (a) polymer and (b) asphalt emulsions leading to what is called (c) polymer modified asphalt (PMA). So a brief basics about all these three is discussed below:(a) Polymer - Either natural or synthetic, polymer consists of a small, simple, and repeating chains of organic compounds called monomers. Compound jointing of two or more different monomers is called copolymer. Refer Figure 1.
The polymers enhance the asphalt properties by forming a continuous network within the binders. There must be compatibility between polymers and binders in order to create a uniform connected network. In the incompatible case, the polymers will group themselves and are not connected. Refer Figure 3. Types of Polymer Modifier The polymer modifiers are firstly classified into two general groups based on their characteristics at low temperature.
Figure 2: Type of emulsions
1. Elastomeric polymers - having very highly yield property. 2. Plastomeric polymers - having very highly strength property. Both are again separated into two another classes by their temperature-rearranged structural characteristics. 1. Thermoset polymers - linked network cannot be reversed upon reheating. 2. Thermoplastic polymers linked network can be reversed upon reheating.
Figure 1: Example of Copolymers
(b) Asphalt Emulsions - Asphalt emulsions are produced by a mixing of asphalt and emulsifying agent (surfactant) creating micro-asphalt droplets dispersed in water. Asphalt emulsions are classified by the types of surfactants which can be anionic, cationic, and nonionic. (c) The Polymer Modified Asphalt (PMA) - Polymer modifiers make changes in the structure of asphalt binders resulting in the modification of key physical properties which are: - - - - - - Elasticity Tensile strength High temperature susceptibility Low temperature susceptibility Viscosity Adhesion and cohesion
Compatible
Incompatible
Types of Commonly Available Polymer There are six types of polymer available in the market which includes the following: - Natural rubber and latex is an elastomeric hydrocarbon polymer found in many plants. - Synthetic rubber and latex is a thermoset elastomeric polymer whose particles are dissipated in water. - Block copolymers are styrene polymers polymerized with small molecules.
Roads PMA
- Reclaimed rubber is a used scrap tire rubber. - Plastics are typically thermoplastic plastomers consisting of polyolefins or copolymers of ethylene. - Polymer blends are polymers created by blending of different polymer additives. Summary of all types of commonly available polymers with their market product name is listed down in the Figure 4.
Polymer Type
Natural Rubber (Homopolymers) Synthetic Latex / Rubber (Random Copolymers)
commonly used for asphalt binder modification. These are as discussed below- Preblending - The polymer modifier is added to the binder before the emulsification process. - Soap Pre-batching - The polymer modifier is added to the soap solution (water and emulsifier) before the emulsification process. - Co-milling - The polymer modifier is added to the colloid mill during the emulsification process. - Post-Modification - The polymer modifier is added to the final asphalt emulsion (at the plant or in the field). From the study, Forbes et al found that, pre-blending method produce a monophase emulsion where a single phase of polymer modified asphalt droplets can be seen. The other methods produce bi-phase emulsions which are a combination of two phases of asphalt droplets and polymer droplets. However, in bi-phase emulsion manufacture, the polymer is not exposed to temperatures above 85 - 90 C while in monophase emulsions the pre-blended asphalt and polymer is processed at temperatures up to 180C to allow adequate dispersion of the polymer in the asphalt. At high temperatures approaching 200C there is an increased risk of both polymer and asphalt degradation occurring. This may cause an adverse effect upon the quality of the polymer modified asphalt residue and presents a major advantage with bi-phase emulsions. Figure 5 below shows a typical Asphalt modification process in the form of a flow diagram.
Examples
Natural Rubber (NR), Polyisoprene (PI), Natural Rubber Latex (NRL) Styrene-Butadiene (SBR) Polychloroprene Latex (Neoprene) Polybutadiene (PB, BR) Styrene-Butadiene-Styrene (SBS) Styrene-Isoprene-Styrene (SIS) Styrene-Butadiene Diblock (SB)
Classification
Thermoset Elastomers
Thermoset Elastomers Thermoset Elastomers Thermoset Elastomers Thermoplastic Elastomers Thermoplastic Elastomers Thermoplastic Elastomers Thermoset Elastomers Thermoplastic Plastomers Thermoplastic Plastomers / Elastomers Thermoplastic Elastomers Varies
Block Copolymers
Reclaimed Rubber Plastics
Crumb Rubber Modifiers Low/High Density Polyethylene (LDPE/HDPE), Other polyolefins Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Ethylene-Propylene-DieneMonomer (EPDM)
Combinations
Blends of Above
Figure 4: Type and Classification of Polymer Modifiers
Various Polymer Modification Method Polymer modified asphalt emulsion is a product made from asphalt emulsion that has been modified with polymer emulsion or a product made by means of emulsifying asphalt that has been modified by polymer. Several techniques can be used to produce polymer modified asphalt emulsion. The polymers or modifiers may be added into hot asphalt before emulsification process take place, added to the finished emulsion product or co-milled at the colloid mill with the various component streams during production. The blending method to add polymer has important influence on polymer network distribution and will affect the performance of polymer modified asphalt emulsions. Forbes et al studied the effect of polymer modification techniques on asphalt binder microstructure at high temperatures: Four general techniques are
Figure 5: Typical Emulsion Modification Process
Polymer Dosage Rates The dosage rates of polymer vary but are generally one to five percent polymer by weight asphalt, two to three percent is the most common dosage rates for chip seal and slurry seal application. Johnston and Gayle stated that the range of polymer content dosing recommended for most applications generally varies between about 2 percent and 10 percent by weight of the residual asphalt content with most research, standard, and manufacturer specifications calling for a polymer concentration of approximately 3
Roads PMA
percent to 5 percent. The optimal percent depends upon the specific polymer, specific asphalt and their interaction. Study conducted by Anderson et al shows that the addition of polymer between 2.8% - 3.0% had little effect on the stress-strain response of the emulsion residue at low temperatures and had moderate increases in stiffness of the emulsion at temperatures above 25 C. Takamura use 3.0-3.5 percent of SBR latex for microsurfacing formulation that consist of 100 parts of aggregates, 8-15 parts of water and 0.5-2 parts of Portland cement Increased Durability with PMA A study was completed for the Affiliate Committee of the Asphalt Institute on the use of PMA for reducing distress in asphalt. The results from this study found that the use of certain PMA mixes reduced deformation and increased the life of asphalt by 2 to 10 years. This is very promising for PMA for it to be used on a more massive scale; however 2 to 10 years is a wide range. The cost of a modified binder can be anywhere from 50 to 100% larger per ton than that of conventional asphalt cement. Obviously PMA, if implemented properly can improve on standard asphalt in terms of sustainability as shown in figure 1. A typical application of PMA is shown in Figure 6, where in it is justified that PMA offers durable roads than conventional asphalt based roads.
will increase every nations reliance on foreign oil. However, with Polymer-Modified Asphalt, it can be manufactured from current asphalt that is fatigued, damaged, rutting, or cracking and is incapable of performing on roads to a reasonable standard. By doing this it will use fewer resources to make new asphalt that is stronger and better suited for our roadways. Recycling of old asphalt can be easily done. The process can be completed on site by heating and melting the asphalt to its liquid state, and then adding the additives to the asphalt. Since PMA involves polymer additives such as styrene-butadiene-rubber and complex polymers previously mentioned which contain rubber element engineers can recycle old tires. Tires are usually improperly disposed of by being burnt to ashes which pollutes the air even more or they are placed in garbage dumps which clearly is not desired. However, if engineers recycle these resources and utilize them properly, it will allow production of new generations of asphalt. This new generation will use even less natural resources, which will not be as abundant in the future. Since PMA can be created using mostly recycled elements, which can reduce costs of asphalt, it could also potentially become cheaper to manufacture than creating new asphalt from petroleum. Creating new asphalt requires a lot of different process, which also costs a lot of money. Obtaining and distilling petroleum is a very long and dirty process that can cost millions, not to mention the additional costs to actually lay it down on the roads. With the rise in oil prices every year, eventually it will become too costly to create asphalt. This is why with PMA, using recycled materials it will be sustainable on its own without the need of massive amounts of nonrenewable resources. Sustainability must be a factor in all engineering products in the future. With the realization that our resources we depended upon for two centuries are becoming scarce it must be a priority for every new technology and project today. Polymer-Modified asphalt already is a technology engineers can easily make sustainable all we must do is be willing to try it. Conclusion Overall, the use of polymer modified technology has been proven that it can improve the physical properties, performance, and durability of asphalt emulsion. For example, the used of polymer can improve the temperature susceptibility and rutting performance of cold mix. Certain polymer can be added at higher dosage level in asphalt emulsion compared to hot modified asphalt which means the improvement of polymer modified asphalt emulsion is better than hot polymer modified asphalt. The method to add polymer is depends on the physical properties of the polymer. The cost of the polymer modified emulsion is around thirty percent higher than unmodified emulsion, however the total cost (materials, construction, traffic control,
Figure 6: A residential road in Bradford County where polymer modified asphalt was used (left) and Conventional asphalt was used (right)
Sustainability the Striking Adavantage Achived through Polymer Addtion to Asphalt Sustainability, when it come roadway engineering mostly deals with the environmental and economic impact of asphalt production, implementation, and lifespan. Since asphalt is the main material used for roads, PolymerModified Asphalts will have to improve upon our current roadway durability and environmental impact. PMAs ability to improve on the durability of asphalt is just one part of sustainability as a whole. As knows to all, one of the main problems with asphalt production is that it is made from petroleum which is obviously, not a renewable resource and
Roads PMA
and user delay) is only slightly increased or even the same. This happens because the higher initial cost is offset by the longer in service life. Also quick drying aspect of PMA though tend to provide difficulty yet it is countered by the benefits that it brings to the road it would be applied on. In order for PMA to be more widely utilized, more research must be conducted to find ways to bring down costs, and counter its quick cooling characteristics to still be further advanced than the existing asphalt. Reference
- J. Johnston and K. Gayle, Polymer Modified Asphalt Emulsions: Composition, Uses and Specifications for Surface Treatments, FHWA Publication No.FHWA-CFL/TD-08-00x, April 2009. A. Forbes, R. G. Haverkamp, T. Robertson, J. Bryant and S. Bearsley, Studies of the microstructure of polymermodified bitumen emulsions using confocal laser scanning microscopy, Journal of Microscopy, Vol. 204(3), pp. 252-257, 2001. R. Zhang and Y. He, An Asphalt Emulsion Modified by
Compound of Epoxy Resin and Styrene-Butadiene Rubber Emulsion, International Journal of Mathematical Models And Methods In Applied Sciences, Vol. 1(4), pp. 232-238, 2007. - Anderson, D. A., Christensen, D. W., Roque, R., and Robyak, R. A. Rheological Properties of Polymer- Modified Emulsion Residue American Society for Testing and Materials, ASTM, Philadelphia, 1992 FHWA (2009). Field guide for polymer modified asphalt emulsions. K. Takamura, SBR Synthetic Latex in Paving Applications, presented at the Bitumen Asia 2000, Singapore, 2000. Brown, Daniel C. Asphalt Producer: Working with Polymer Modifiers. Better Roads June 2004: 78-81. Black Lidge Emulsitions. Web. 20 Feb. 2011. <http://www. blacklidgeemulsions.com/images/ap06-04polymer.pdf>. Mallela, Jagannath, and Quintus L Von Harold. REDUCING FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT DISTRESS IN COLORADO THROUGH THE USE OF PMA MIXTURES. Rep. no. 16729.1/1. Round Rock: Applied Research Associates Incorporated, 2005. Web. 14 Feb. 2011. <http://www.co-asphalt.com/documents/ Asphalt-FinalReport_PMAinColorado.doc>.
- - -
BC India (A Bauma Conexpo Show)
Concrete Highways
Cracks Repair in Pavement Quality Concrete

Anil Tiwari
Manager, UltraTech Cement Ltd
s we have experienced a tremendous growth in Infra-structure of India and National Highways specifically, the construction of pavement quality concrete highway has been the preferred option compared to the bituminous highway due to its low maintenance and long life. However there are various types of cracks which PQC pavements develop post construction and during the service life. This article has highlighted the repairs of two types of cracks which are most common and develop either post construction and during the service life. The structural defects are highlighted in the form of various types of cracks in the slab. The settlement at joints may also occur and if the remedial action is not taken it may also lead to development of cracks. The structural cracks are classified according to their severity which is defined in terms of width of the cracks. Different types of cracks 1. Narrow Cracks If the width of crack is 0.5mm it is considered as narrow crack. It is assumed that there is full aggregates interlock and full load transfer is taking place within the slab at the crack. 2. Medium Crack - If the width of crack is 0.5 -1.5mm it is considered as medium crack. It is assumed that there is partial aggregates interlock and partial load transfer is taking place within the slab at the crack. These types of cracks permit ingress of water. 3. Wide Crack If the width of the crack is greater than 1.5 mm it is considered as wide crack. It is assumed that there is no aggregates interlock and no load transfer is taking place within the slab at the crack. These types of cracks permit ingress of water and fine detritus. Transverse and Longitudinal Cracks Transverse Crack Narrow transverse cracks are a normal feature of all slabs.
They are considered to be structurally insignificant. They are not expected to deteriorate further and consequently are not likely to require any remedial treatment. Medium Transverse crack may be because of following reasons a. Excessive bay length b. Dowel bar restraint c. Late sawing of Joint grooves The remedy for the above is to form a groove and seal with elastomeric sealant. Wide transverse cracks which will be greater than 1.5mm and generally approximately half to full depth of slab and may attain full depth if not treated in time. The wide transverse crack will be due to following reasons: a. Inadequate reinforcement lap b. Sub base restraint (Lack of separation layer or excessive irregularity of sub base) The remedy is stitching. Longitudinal Cracks The longitudinal cracks are not expected and may well deteriorate and develop further unless some remedial action is taken. Reasons for longitudinal Cracks a. Excessively wide bays b. Compression failure c. Settlement Narrow and medium cracks in unreinforced slab are to be remedied by means of stitched crack repair. Stitching There are two methods of stitching the cracks of concrete i.e. Cross bar stitching and Staple pin stitching. This type of stitching is limited within a panel only and not between the
Concrete Highways
two panels as both the panels are made independent by saw cutting and are to kept independent from adjacent panels for free horizontal and vertical movements. If the crack continues beyond the saw cut groove then the stitching of the extended crack is to be done independently. Cross Bar Stitching Cross Bar Stitching is used for repairing the Transverse cracks. - The Depth of the crack is ascertained before the treatment and the marking is done with black paint. - Drilling points are marked at a distance from the crack equivalent to the depth of slab at 600mm intervals along the crack with alternate points on opposite side of cracks. - Drill holes (min 16mm dia) at approx 26- 30 degrees to the surface of the slab to a depth which allows 50mm cover at the bottom of the slab. - These slots are cleaned out by compressed air/water jet. The slots should be completely dry before further treatment. - Cartridges of epoxy resin type adhesive are placed in the holes and are inserted through the cartridges. - The tie bars are rotated for about one minute to ensure that adhesive is well mixed. - The tie bars are pre-cut before insertion so that the end is approx. 50mm below the surface. - Alternatively, the length of the tie bars may be predetermined by measuring down the hole and notching the bars at a point 50 mm below the surface. - After the bars have been driven in, and mortar has set the surplus can be broken off by twisting. - Any bars which continue to twist after the mortar should
have set shall be deemed to be unbounded. They shall be withdrawn and the holes redrilled. Plug the remainder of the hole with epoxy resin mortar. The road may be opened to traffic as soon as the mortar in the holes has set. (Refer figures of Cross Bar Stitching)
Minimum 16mm diameter holes drilled at approx 26- 30 degrees to the surface of the slab at 600 mm c/c
Closer view of the drilled hole at the Transverse Joints
Typical Transverse Crack
12mm diameter deformed tie bars placed inside the drilled holes
Concrete Highways
Staple pin Stitching Staple Pin Stitching is used for repairing the longitudinal cracks. - The longitudinal joint is marked with black paint and slots are chased out 25-30mm wide by 470mm long at 600mm c/c at right angles to the line of the crack. - The depth of slots shall be such as to ensure that when bedded the tie bars lie between 1/3 to the depth of the slab below the surface. - Holes are drilled 25-30mm diameter by 50mm deep at each end of the slots. These slots are cleaned out by compressed air/water jet. - The slots should be completely dry before further treatment. When in dry state the slots are primed and the staple tie bars of 16 mm dia. are placed into the beds of epoxy resin mortar and cover to a minimum depth of 30 mm with the same material. - The rest of the slot is filled with thoroughly compacted
Staple tie bars of 16 mm dia. are placed into the beds of epoxy resin mortar and cover to a minimum depth of 30 mm with the same material.
resin mortar/micro concrete. - A groove is sawn along the line of the crack and sealed with elastomeric sealant only after the micro concrete is cured. The road may be opened to traffic as soon as the sealant in the groove has set (After 48 hours). (Refer figure of Staple Pin Stitching) Conclusion These types of repairs are carried out within the panel. If the crack wider than 1.5 mm is experienced within 1 -1.5 metre at the transverse or longitudinal joint it is always necessary to carry out full depth repair i.e. to cut the panel to the full depth and redo the concreting after removing the old concrete.
Typical Longitudinal cracks
Staple pin and cross bar stitching helps in arresting the cracks and avoid further deterioration of the panel and the sub-base. The reason for carrying out stitched crack repair is to convert the crack into a tied warping joint which will allow the slab to hinge at that point whilst preventing the crack from becoming wide thereby enhancing the life of slab. Acknowledgement Author acknowledges the experiences shared by Mr S. B. Kulkarni AVP Technical Services, Ultratech Cement Ltd, Mumbai and Mr. Anil Trivedi, Proprietor, M/s Efftech Marketing Services, Thane (Mumbai). References
- - - Specifications for Highway Works- Department of U.K. IRC-15 Specifications of Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MORTH)
Slots are chased out 25-30mm wide by 470mm long at 600mm c/c at right angles to the line of the crack
Excellence in Construction Project Execution & Cost Controls (Marcus Evans)
Volvo Rolls Out Heavy Duty D-Series Excavators

olvo Construction Equipment (Volvo CE) is offering Indian customers two heavyweight production machines, ranging in weight classes between 38 - 48tons. These powerful and reliable EC380D and EC480D excel in heavy digging and lifting duties, offering superior cycle times and greater fuel efficiency. The D-Series offers more powerful D13 Volvo engines, delivering lower emissions and exemplary fuel efficiency. These engines work in harmony with intelligent, advanced hydraulics and feature a more rugged undercarriage. But that is only half the story. Cleaner, Leaner, Stronger, Faster Built for heavy production duties such as quarrying and mining apart from trenching, loading, moving rocks or general construction, the EC380D and EC480D deliver dependable power with high torque, along with lower emissions, fuel consumption and noise. Engine: At the heart of these
Model Engine Max. power at 1,700 r/min, net Max. lifting capacity along undercarriage at 1.5m/6.0m Max. digging reach Max. digging depth Max. Breakout force bucket (Normal / Power boost) Operating weight
D-Series model specifications
EC380D Volvo D13 279 hp (208 kW) 15,430 kg 11.72 m (6.45 m boom / 3.9 m stick) (6.45 m boom / 3.9 m stick) 243 / 265.4 kN 38 39.4 t
EC480D Volvo D13 343 hp (256 kW) 18,080 kg 13.26 m) (7 m boom / 4.8 m stick) 9.17 m ( (7 m boom / 4.8 m stick) 285 / 310.6 kN 47.9 50.7 t
machines is a turbocharged high pressure direct injection Volvo diesel engine that offers maximum power of 279 hp (208 kW) (/EC380D), and 343 hp (256 kW) (EC480D) respectively. Both machines feature an automatic
idling system that reduces engine speed when the levers and pedals are not activated aiding fuel efficiency and lowering external noise. Hydraulics: When only a single function is being used, the two pump hydraulics system combines the flow of both pumps for quick cycle times and greater productivity. It can also prioritize flow according to the work being done e.g. to the boom for faster raising when loading or in deep excavations, or to the arm during leveling duties. Undercarriage: 'Heavy duty' is the best way to sum up the EC380D and EC480D, with thick gauge metal plates, track guards and bolt-head protection offering durability in tough working conditions. The undercarriage is made from high strength tensile steel, the sprocket and top rollers are made from forged steel and deep hardened for long term durability. Bottom rollers feature extreme pressure (EP) oil, reducing the
204
oil temperature and ensuring consistent viscosity, even under heavy loads. Improved performance over difficult or steep terrain is possible thanks to increased tractive force. The larger EC480D features mechanical variable width tracks, which extend the width by 6 inches (150 mm) and raise clearance by 8 inches (196 mm), aiding stability and protection. Boom & Arm: Heavy duty booms are standard on these machines, and high strength tensile steel arms provide durability in severe applications. Wear strips welded to the inside of the arm give added protection and the linkage yoke features a support bar for additional strength. The optional Boom Float function lowers the boom using gravity only, freeing up hydraulic flow for other duties. Operation: The operator can select the work mode, settings and attachment requirements all from inside the cab. Four working modes (Idle, Fine, General and Heavy) allow operators to quickly select the best mode for the job at hand. This automatically tailors the performance and ensures the best fuel efficiency. Up to 18 different attachments can also be managed, tailoring hydraulic flow and (as an option) pressure according to the specific
EC380DL Excavators
requirements of the tool being used. Add to this the new and unique `Eco-mode' system the default function (operator de-selectable) offers added fuel efficiency dimensions with unnoticeable power difference. Using the latest version of Volvo's ROPS-protected Care Cab, operators sit in a roomy, low fatigue, air condi-
EC480DL Excavators
tioned working environment, with clear visibility and controls that are easy to handle. A large, clear color monitor gives operators all the important machine information, while a service mode allows technicians to perform diagnostic checks. The monitor can also display the view from the rear facing camera. Maintenance: The EC380D and EC480D all feature easy maintenance. Accessed via wide opening compartment doors, grouped, ground level filters and service points makes it simpler and safer to access. Checks are done quicker, further improving uptime, while a reversible cooling fan is operated from the cab and helps prevent radiator clogging and overheating problems. Support: These machines come fitted as standard with CareTrack, Volvo CE's telematic system. Accessed remotely, CareTrack provides machine information such as fuel consumption and service reminders that allow improved planning and operation. A comprehensive range of service plans are also available from Volvo's dedica-ted dealer network, ranging from routine wear inspections to full service agreements and Eco operator training.
205
Volvo EC 240: Digging in Deep to Deliver

ts daybreak at Shirpur towards the end of summer and the first rays of the sun cut through a solitary cloud across the blue sky. While the city sleeps, workers of Shirpur Construction are up and about. The team is getting ready for another day of activity at the world-class Rainwater Harvesting Project - a pioneering initiative of local MLC Amrishbhai Patel - on the far outskirts of Shirpur. Joining the team on the journey today is Rajendra Deore, Director, Shirpur Construction. This is a dream project. Not just for our company but for all the people living in the area, says a beaming Deore. I think it could even become the gamechanger in our countrys water conservation policies. Can you imagine? All of us here in the area will have enough water for the next 25 years! All credit to our visionary leader Amrish bhai. And of course, our Volvos. When the Tough Get Going For close to an year now, the Volvo EC 240 Excavators have been at work at the project. They have been about their job cutting through acres of hard rock and digging deep into the parched earth. The idea being to create 50-metre deep ponds every 500 metres so that rainwater is trapped and stored and not wasted away flowing into the sea. Work is moving at an astonishing pace and the entire team at Shirpur Construction is clearly excited at the progress. Says Deore, I tell you, these Volvo machines are simply amazing. They can just go on and on and on... without any problem! Shirpur Construction started the work with two Volvo EC 240s and has since added two more machines to its fleet. Down the line, there are plans to bring in more Volvos as scope of work expands into new territories across the
surrounding areas. Apart from the Rainwater Harvesting project, the Company is actively involved in road construction, earthmoving, industry-building and school projects. Digging in Deep to Deliver Deore reckons his Company has saved big time by using Volvo equipment. I can tell you this. Our savings in fuel consumption today adds up to more than 75% of our bank loan interest, he says. Now, if you calculate productivity gains and virtually zero-breakdowns, well, its quite a steal! Take my word, making an investment in Volvo equipment makes real good economic sense. Deore is also upbeat about the personalized service and attention. These guys go to great lengths to give you complete peace of mind, he says, sorting out service problems in no time, giving operators tips on how to get more, save more... they count, you know. For now, the Rainwater Harvesting Project is the focus of attention at Shirpur Construction. Its a project the entire team is proud to be associated with. For sheer scale of operations, the benefits that will accrue to the larger community, this project stands alone. By Gods Grace, we are doing very well, says a visibly proud Deore. In fact, officials supervising our progressare quite stunned. People ask, How could you achieve so much so fast? Its impossible! I smile at them. Nothings
Shirpur Construction along with Volvo EC240 excavators are working wonders for the city - to ensure sufficient water for everyone
impossible, when theyre around, I say, pointing to the Volvo Excavators. Deore believes this is only the beginning of exciting times for his Company. At hand are a host of challenging projects that will test the mettle of the team and Volvo Equipment. No prizes for guessing who will win. Of course, we will! The boss thunders, as he ties on his bootlaces to join his team on the journey to a bold, new future.
Rajendra Deore
Director, Shirpur Construction
People ask, How could you achieve so much so fast? Its impossible! I smile at them. Nothings impossible, when theyre around, I say, pointing to the Volvo Excavators.
Volvo India Pvt. Ltd.
Yelachahally, Tavarekere Post, Hoskote, Bangalore - 562122. Tollfree: 18001086586 Email: Function.volvoce.india@volvo.com Web: www.volvoce.com
When a Volvo EC240 excavator gets down to work - it shows!
206
Vibrant Future Cities 2012
Waterproof Coatings to Keep Your Walls Immune to Water and Worries

ne can only depend on the best in the business when it comes to construction chemicals, which go a long way in deciding the strength of the building. Among the leading manufacturers and distributors of construction chemicals in India is Chembond, and K-Fix Construction Chemicals is a retail brand from this production house. Various products are available under the K-Fix brand which have application at different stages of construction and repair. Products from K-Fix are used across segments housing, commercial and industrial and are specially engineered to perform in Indian conditions. It is available for distribution channels and for professional applicators. From waterproofing to repairs, and from sealing to grouting and tiling, KFix provides solution for all your construction chemical needs. It offers high quality standardized products produced using the latest technology enabling quality construction and ease of application, without affecting any other properties. At a recently held exhibition in Mumbai, K-Fix launched two new products, KEM PROOF 86 and KEM PROOF 87, elastomeric waterproof exterior coatings aimed at external walls and roof protection respectively. Due to environmental and toxicology concerns and regulations, water-borne acrylic copolymers are taking over the solvent-borne binders. These systems have now become popular choices of waterproofing material, due to their advantages in application and storage. Acrylic co-polymers are aqueous emulsion based polymers, which are used as a binder to bind pigments,
KEM Proof 86 & KEM Proof 87
extenders and special fillers together. These are made by polymerizing acrylic monomers, forming long-chain polymers, with high molecular weights. The acrylic co-polymer emulsions used in waterproofing coating have good UV and weathering resistance, flexibility, breathability, and water proofing properties. Coating thickness and uniformity plays a critical role in achieving final film properties. Elastomeric properties are highly influenced by the thickness of the coating. About KEM PROOF 86 In KEM PROOF 86, you have a high quality acrylic emulsion based coating. It is elastomeric in nature and good resistance to weather & sunlight. Product Features Capable of resisting movements in
structures and has good crack bridging and water proofing properties due to its good film thickness. Excellent elasticity (<100% at 100 125 microns DFT). At the same time, it is tough enough to withstand heavy rains. Has longer service life due to excellent UV resistance. Good resistance to fungus and algal growth. Good breathability and permeability to water vapour. Non-toxic coating. Low dirt pick up due to low tack-free time. Ready to use and easy to apply using brush roller and spray. Ensures desired thickness as there is no need for additional water for dilution.
208
Buildmat 2013
Areas of Application As waterproofing and protective coating for exterior walls of buildings. Typical substrate includes masonry, concrete; cement and waste plaster as well as cement boards. Standards This product, KEM PROOF 86, complies to ASTM C 1202 - 97, BS EN 12390, ASTM D 412 - 02, ASTM C 836:1995 Coverage: 3 - 4.5 m2/Litre for 2 coats Note: Coverage may vary depending upon the texture, porosity and condition of the surface. Packaging: 5L & 20L. About KEM PROOF 87 A contemporary construction solution product, KEM PROOF 87 is an elastomeric coating based on selected acrylic co-polymers. When applied, it cures to form a durable, protective,
waterproof membrane. It is applied by a brush or roller. It can be applied on concrete, cement board, wood, brick, stone and tiles. It is a singlecomponent emulsion containing inert pigments and has a consistency that makes it perfect for application with brushes. Product Features Good resistance to UV and atmospheric gases and salts ensure excellent durability. Good tensile strength and elongation ensure crack bridging and movement accommodation. Highly resistant to water.
Areas of Application Used for coating roofs, it protects concrete structures against carbonation and chloride ingress. - Typical surfaces include concrete, cement good, woods, bricks, tiles. - It can also be used in damp and sunken areas such as under terrazzo or tile floors,shower pans, kitchen, laundry and bathroom floors. Coverage: 2 - 2.5 m2/Litre Note: Coverage may vary depending upon the texture, porosity and condition of the surface. Packaging: 5L & 20L. -
Standards This product, KEM PROOF 87 complies ASTM D 2240:2002, ASTM E 96:2000, ASTM D 412-02, ASTM C 1202-97, ASTM C 836:1995, BS EN 12390 Part 8:2000

Chembond Distribution Limited
Chembond Centre, EL-71, Mahape MIDC, Navi Mumbai - 400 705. Ph:022- 39213000, Fax: 022-39213100 E-mail: feedback@buildsys.co.in Web: www.chembondconschem.com
Manufactured Fine Aggregate Provide Maximum Strength and Minimum Crack
atural fine aggregate is one of the major challenges faced by the construction industry today. With ban on excavation of fine aggregate from river the industry now focus on artificial fine aggregate. Vinayak Ravindra Supekar of National Institute Of Construction Management And Research Center, (Nicmar) has presented a paper on the study of crack pattern of concrete slab, each size is (500*300*50) mm and replacement of natural fine aggregate with artificial fine aggregate by 20%, 40% 60% 100% and also finding the compressive Strength of that concrete cube at 32 c. The result shows that the replacement of natural sand by artificial sand up to 60% gives best result that is maximum strength and minimum area of crack. This will be an alternative material for fly ash slag, lime stone and siliceous stones powder that are used in concrete mixtures as a partial replacement of natural sand. The test was carried out on the concrete at 28 days to determine rate of gain of strength. Replacement of natural sand by artifical fine aggregate improves the cube compressive strength and workability of the matrix.
210
Roof India 2013
The Cure for Concrete

or decades, the only approach to protect the concrete floors has been to coat with a film or membrane. However, coatings are only a temporary solution, they are subject to chipping and wearing, eventually they have to be replaced. So the maintenance costs are high. The Ashford Formula created an entirely new industry based on the chemical process known as concrete densification, gives a permanent results by means of a propriety inorganic chemistry that grows new crystals within the concrete surface. The chemical reaction also locks in the calcium hydroxide which normally causes dusting; with no coating on the floor there is nothing to scratch, peel or wear away. Every Liquid in the market is not densifier, it is only Ashford Formula and Retroplate system which has all the
quality of Densifying Concrete. We have done 80 million square feet in India and still counting. Product Overview Ashford Formula is a colorless, transparent, chemically reactive, waterbased liquid that penetrates concrete, protecting, preserving and strengthening them. It does this by effectively penetrating the surface & solidifying the components of the concrete into one solid mass. The effect is to increase density and toughen, harden and resist moisture for the life of the concrete. Benefits: Seals - The ASHFORD FORMULA seals the concrete floor internally through a process of densification occurs as a result of an internal chemical reaction within the concrete, which locks the
pores from within. During the sealing process, any spills may penetrate the concrete surface. Therefore, regular water/detergent cleaning of the floor is recommended to accelerate the sealing process. Hardening - ASHFORD FORMULA solidifies the component parts of the concrete into one solid mass, increasing the density, toughness and hardness and substantially increasing the abrasion resistance and durability of the concrete surface. Abrasion Resistance - The Ashford Formula makes concrete abrasion resistance ASTM C 779 and increase with 32.7% in abrasion resistance. Dust Proofs - Concrete naturally creates dust from efflorescence, which then settles on finished goods, racks and equipment. The Ashford Formula combines with the salts in concrete to
Image of 9 years old Ashford treated floor at Delhi Metro First Phase station
212
become an integral part of the concrete, thus completely dust proofing the surface. This substantially reduces maintenance cost. Warranty A 10 years warranty shall be provided for the work done against dustproofing, hardening and abrasion resistance to the floor owner. Application Areas Warehouses Distribution Centers Manufacturing Plants Stadiums Facility Buildings Concrete Blocks Car Parking areas & Driveways Automobile and auto ancillary industries Pharmaceutical Industries & Hospitals Packaging & Printing Industries etc. brooms/brush and keep the surface wet for a minimum of 40 to 60 minutes. STEP THREE: Agitate the floor with a broom to aid penetration of the Ashford Formula until it forms like a gel. Lightly mist the surface with water. Agitation of the Ashford Formula again for it to penetrate until it forms like a gel for the second time.
STEP FIVE: Finally floor buffing to be done with Power driven machine to remove excess salts and to get the initial smooth surface for initial shine. The surface will be hard and ready for movements and traffics.
Application Procedure STEP ONE: surface preparation by grinding and cleaning for removal of all dirt and loose debris with a suitable grit depend on the floor condition. Maintenance Floors: We strongly recommend CreteClean Plus with Scar Guard above any other detergent. Wash or wet mop with a high pH detergent, such as the highly recommended CreteClean Plus with Scar Guard, which has been specifically formulated to strengthen and help maintain the sheen of Ashford Formula, densified concrete surfaces. Conclusion The Ashford Formula doesn't stop with sealing, hardening and dustproofing. It eliminates the need for repeated applications like other coatings. It is one time application for a permanent solution. The longer these floors are subjected to cleaning and traffic, the better they look.
STEP FOUR: Flush the surface with water. During the flushing process, the floor should be agitated with brooms to help loosen and remove excess Ashford formula from the surface. Thoroughly squeeze the slab by pushing the water ahead, till the slab edge. At this point the floor shall look like a bare concrete.
STEP TWO: Application of Ashford Formula all over the concrete surface (grinded & Clean) evenly by a spray pump at approx. 40sqft/liter. The Ashford Formula may also be applied by pouring it directly on the surface and spreading it evenly with a soft bristled

JBA Concrete Solutions Pvt. Ltd.
Ph: 011-41553830 Email: info@jbaindia.com, jbaindia@rediffmail.com Web: www.jbaindia.com
213
Preserve and Enhance Life of Concrete Structures: Think Beyond Waterproofing

ndia is currently going through an economic transformation phase. It is continuously strengthening its economy and transforming itself in to a developed nation. In the past few years, we have seen landmark projects coming up in India. Infrastructure projects such as the Mumbai-Pune expressway and the Bandra-Worli Sea Link in Mumbai are a proof of our engineering capabilities. Having a solid infrastructure in terms of a world class network of roads and long lasting buildings are very important for a countrys development and progress. Just as it is important to undertake projects which increase the pace of our development, it is also important to maintain them and to ensure that they last long. Constructing these structures is a very expensive affair and maintaining them can be even more expensive, if proper care is not taken about the technology and materials used to build and maintain them. Considering the huge population in India, we need houses that are affordable and low on maintenance. Unfortunately, in most cases we feel waterproofing is enough to protect our infrastructure (roads, bridges, buildings, etc). We seldom think beyond waterproofing. There are many factors that affect the concrete structures on a day to day basis, and care should be taken to protect concrete structures from these elements to which they are subjected to on a daily basis. One such product/technology, such as our product Evercrete Deep Penetrating Sealer (DPS) preserves and protects concrete structures from various elements which deteriorate concrete over a period of time. Evercrete DPS is a time tested technology, which has been used globally since 1942, in various infrastructure and building projects,
across various continents and climatic conditions. Evercrete DPS is a clear non-toxic, non-flammable, ready to use, water based liquid that strengthens, hardens, waterproofs and dust proofs concrete surfaces. The multiple advantages of Evercrete DPS not only preserve concrete, but also waterproofs them for a longer time. Features of Evercrete DPS Penetrates the concrete up to a depth of 20-30 mm: Most of the concrete treatments are surface coatings, which are prone to damage due to various factors. When Evercrete DPS is sprayed on the concrete surface it chemically reacts with free lime in the concrete or calcium and potassium molecules in the concrete and penetrates up to a depth of 20-30 mm and becomes a permanent part of the concrete. Hence recoating of the material is not required. This helps to reduce future maintenance costs.
Layer of Evercrete DPS penetrated the concrete surface Natural moisture that helps in consistent curing of concrete.
2-3 CM
Penetration of DPS
Consistent Curing: Consistent curing is one of the most tedious construction activities. Inconsistent curing leads to shrinkage cracks in concrete, which are a cause of worry. Curing of vertical surfaces and sloping roofs is all the more difficult. Conventionally we have been accustomed to cure concrete surfaces by ponding water in the vatas, and vertical surfaces are cured using damp gunny bags, etc. To achieve consistent curing it is required to have
all the vatas filled with water, all the time. This however may be difficult to do. When Evercrete DPS is applied on concrete after 7 days of pouring, it helps to consistently cure concrete. As Evercrete DPS penetrates the concrete, it entraps the moisture in the concrete, which helps to consistently cure concrete. Thus conventional method of curing the concrete up to 14 or 28 days can be avoided. Thus cost of water, labour and various admixtures used for curing can be avoided. Permanent Anti-Carbonation Treatment: Carbon Di-Oxide (CO)2 and Carbon Mono Oxide (CO) react with concrete on a daily basis and erode the concrete, to reach up to the steel enforcement bars. The Carbon DiOxide from the atmosphere enters the concrete through its pores and reacts with the Ca (OH)2 to form water inside the concrete. The water formed reacts with the reinforcement and erodes it. This is called the carbonation process. It is extremely important to protect our concrete structures, especially infrastructure projects like metros, bridges, roads, etc from the process of carbonation, to ensure that they last for a longer period of time. Conventional anti-carbonation treatments are surface coatings, which have a limited life. They
214
Structura -13
Carbonation Process
Structural Damage
require recoating every few years which add to the maintenance costs. Evercrete DPS is a one-time permanent penetrating type anti-carbonation treatment. Also Evercrete DPS has multiple advantages which makes it extremely cost effective. Waterproofing: The layer of Ever-
crete DPS inside the concrete due to penetration, seals the pores and capillaries, and completely waterproofs the concrete surface. The product can be used to waterproof any concrete surface. It can be used on old as well and on new concrete surfaces and can completely replace the conventional Brick Bat Coba (BBC), where it is used for waterproofing. BBC is very expensive and it also adds load on the structure. Evercrete DPS can also replace conventional waterproofing coatings, membranes, admixtures, etc. Evercrete DPS have many other
advantages such as increase in compressive strength of concrete, ability to seal hairline cracks, resistance to chloride ion ingress, etc. Evercrete DPS has been used globally since 1942 in various landmark projects. Evercrete DPS has also been used by prominent real estate companies such as Kalpataru, Raheja, Pride Group, etc ,infrastructure companies such as GMR, MPWD, BDS India, etc and industries such as Hindalco, The Aditya Birla Group, GNFC, etc. The product has been approved /accredited by the Indian Roads Congress (IRC), Delhi Metro Rail Corporation (DMRC), NHAI, etc.

Poly Flex
E-mail: polyflex@polyflex.co.in Web: www.polyflex.co.in
New Mercury City Skyscraper is the Tallest Building in Europe

New Mercury City skyscraper in Moscow under construction is at present the tallest building in Europe. Designed by Mikhail Posokhin and Frank Williams the tower broke 339 meters in height this September and had overshadowed Renzo Piano's Shard Skyscraper in London by 29 meters. The 40 storyed building will house offices and luxury apartments. The tower is planned for inauguration in 2013. The tallest building in the world is currently SOM's Burj Khalifa in Dubai at 828 meters about 500 meters higher than Mercury City. This is a part of large-scale construction project for one of Moscow's emerging.
216
4th International Seminar on Forensic Geotechnical Engineering
MACH 1: Time to Grab the Change
Fully Automatic Concrete Pipe Machines from Pakona Engineers
ith the release of fourth revision to IS: 458 published in 2003, the BIS have recognized this technology which is set to revolutionize the concrete pipe industry in India. Considering the massive infrastructure projects planned by the state and the Central Government shall generate huge demands for the pipes which shall be difficult to meet with conventional process. The early investors in the technology shall, therefore, be handsomely benefited. IS 458:2003 - The bureau of Indian Standards has recognized world class vibration casting technology and has published fourth revision to IS 458 containing the schedules on the same. Fourth revision to IS 458- Note following major changes implemented through this amendment. Approval of world class pipe manufacturing technique Vibration Casting.
without compromising the strength requirements. Flexible socket and spigot rubber ring joint made mandatory for many applications. High quality socket and spigot joint conforming to International standards available with Pipes made by Vibration casting. Low dirt pick up due to low tack-free time. Stringent test for determining the quality of Pipes introduced.
Placing of Reinforcement
Inclusion of details for NP3 and NP4 class of pipes to be manufactured by Vibration casting. Acceptance for use of the un-reinforced pipes made by vibration casting
Vibration casting uses a high grade, low water cement ratio concrete giving a high strength to the end product. The concrete in the mould is compacted under the external surface is formed by moulds thereby totally eliminating the human element and giving a high quality pipes. The concrete pipes cast by vibration therefore offer following distinct advantages:
Placing the Base Ring on the Frame
Cage Set on Machine
Assembling the inner & Outer Mould
218
The smooth inner surface results in smoother flow of sewage due to reduction in the frictional losses and thereby increases the output. The technology offers the possibility to produce un-Reinforced pipes without compromising the strength requirements. Possibility to produce pipes with different shapes and for variety of applications like Jacking pipes, Pre bedded pipes, Non-circular pipes etc. Environmental friendly processProblems associated with slurry disposal get eliminated. Savings in Cement.
chine Mach1 in Vadodara, India, under License from Mario Croci & Figli, Italy. The pipe machine Mach 1 allows the production of reinforced or unreinforced pipes, round, pre-bed, eggshaped, box culvert, special items such as cones, rings, manholes, etc. with maximum length 2500 mm and many types of joints according to different International Standards. The pipe machine Mach 1 allows the single production of pipes from diameter 300 to 1200 mm, assuring short production cycles between 3 and 6 minutes according to the diameter. The production cycle is fully automatic; one operator appointed to carry away green pipes from the machine to the curing area. Equipment change is easy and fast being moulds and cores assembled on supporting plates which do not need any adjustment. The pipe machine Mach 1 is supplied complete with plates to cover foundation hole, safety guarding and devices.
Concrete Pouring
Pakona Engineers Pvt. Ltd are leading manufacturer of machinery for making Precast Concrete Pipes using the Vibration Technology. Concrete is consolidated by means of Vibration and Hydraulic pressure. It is the best and most efficient casting method for dry cast pipe. Mario Croci & Figli, Italy are world class manufacturer of Concrete Pipe Machines since last 75 years. Pakona Engineers (India) Pvt. Ltd. manufactures Fully Automatic Pipe Ma-
In short, a user of concrete pipes shall derive lot of benefits in case he
Hydraulic Pressing
It Conform to IS 458 for NP3 and NP4 class concrete pipe. From 300mm to 1800mm diameter pipe can be produce. Length up to 2500mm. The precisely controlled socket and spigot joints totally eliminate the possibility of leakage joints. Pipes have a very high strength increasing its durability and avoiding the breakage in the transit. The faster rate of production helps in reducing the project completion time.
Demoulding
219
changes over to the pipes made by this technology and insist for the same. We are sure that a forward looking pipe manufacturer will be able to understand the changing scenario and would be eager to a quick decision to adopt this technology and we are there to assist you in such effort. You are most welcome to get in touch with us for further details.

Pakona Engineers (India) Pvt. Ltd 1, Rahimtoola House, 7, Homji Street, Fort, Mumbai - 400001 Ph: +91-22-67434330 / 67434331 Fax: +91-22-67434332 E-mail: sales@colpak.in Web: www.columbia-pakona.com
Parametric Design and Energy Autonomy Integrated into Future Homes

tudents from China's Tongji University created an interesting prototype for a prefab house that combines both passive and active energy strategies for the European Solar Decathalon, held in Madrid. The Para Eco House designed by team of Qian Lie, Yu Zhongqi, Jin Dong, Jia Dongfang, Wu Xiaofan, Luo Guofu, Zhao Shijia, Cao Hanxiao, Cao Ke, Lei Yong approached the project by layering a series of spaces defined by materials and use to create a structure based on concepts of balance and autonomy from Taoist philosophy and French
thinker Michel Foucault. At the front a frame of bamboo and timber delineates a semi-open space that's shielded from the sun and regulates ventilation, while the western side is outfitted with thin film solar cells and a vertical garden. There's even a wetland-mimicking, greywater recovery system under the deck here.The enclosed space comprises 55.8 square meters (600 square feet) and uses an more open concept of arrangement so that all the spaces flow together, visually and programatically. The inner courtyard, an integral element in traditional Chinese architecture, balances the inside and outside spaces. It hosts the active parts of the design like the electric room/equipment, while also serving as a source of natural light, bringing nature into the interior spaces of the house.ArchDaily describes three intertwining skins which are set up in the design. There's the energy skin which consists of a parametrically designed lattice frame for shading, greenery, wind cooling and irrigation and the energygenerating, dynamic solar roof that is controlled by algorithms to maximize performance.For the living space, the thermally controlled skin uses VIP (vacuum insulated panel) thermal insulation and XPS thermal insulation board and newspaper remnants to boost energy efficiency. Last but not least, the courtyard skin uses an enclosure of smart boxes so that oversight of all electronic control functions are in one place. Designed to be flexible but easily replicated on a larger scale the house was built in two weeks.
220
Exhibition -cumSeminar on "Emerging Fast Track Technologies for Mass Housing"
Innovation: A Hallmark at Macons
acons is a leading manufacturer of construction equipments in India which has been developing and elevating in accordance with the market demands and trends from time to time. In addition to serving the infrastructure sector, it also handles several allied industries such as hydropower, metro rail, RCC Hume pipe, etc. As a result of its continual toil and exertion it has now attained its three state of the art facilities at Vatva, Changodar & Matoda. Mr. Dharmesh Surelia is the Managing Director cum Chairman of Macons, leading the operation of the entire sector. Further to its presence in the industry for more than a decade, it has versatile product range like: MAC-Series Compact Batching plants, MASM series- Semi Mobile Batching plants, MST-Self Lo-
ading Transit Mixers, Dumpers, Concrete Pavers & Horizontal Silos for Cement and Fly Ash. Macons has always believed in innovation and so it has been able to design equipment's as per the requirement of the customers. Macons specially emphasize on delivering quality pro-ducts to customers which are long lasting. The company has gained undisputable leadership in quality control as it has a well-equipped in-house R & D facility boasting of all the latest features enabling the player to carry out periodic and optimum designing of its products regularly to suit to the customers' requirement. Its R & D facility has been equipped with sophisticated and sensitive testing equipment that inspects the products for its quality and reliability under the supervision of proficient engineers and technicians.
Because of its consistent performance, competitive price line and prompt after-sale services Macons has always moved in a positively skewed graph with its major developments in product range. Self Loading Transit Mixers An Ideal Equipment for Various Projects Amongst these equipments are the Self loading transit mixers which are designed to be ideal for usage at Road, Canal, and Remote site projects. Macons in collaboration with Dumec s.r.l, Italy manufactures this versatile and compact mixer. A lot of features are being incorporated in this equipment which includes: Slewing arrangement for drum which facilitates the concrete discharge in a 2400 radius, latest print out facilities, four wheel drives, individual weighing of aggregates, etc. Sailent Features of MST: Available in 1/ 1.2 / 2 / 2.5 / 3.5/ 4m3/hr. capacity. User Friendly Operation. Components & Design Standardize to give less Wear & Tear, Better Productivity & Higher Economy. 4 Wheel Drive & 4 Wheel Steering. 1800 Reversible Driving Post. Electronic Weigh Batching Unit. 35% Gradeability. Efficient and Reliable after Sale Service, Round the clock.

Macons Equipments Pvt. Ltd.
Ph: +91-79-65438746 E-mail: info@macons.co.in Web: www.macons.co.in
222
International Seminar on Transport Infrastructure 2025
Zipper Proves It's Mettle Once Again
he Asphalt Zipper which is manufactured in the state of art facility with the latest laser welding and robotics at the only plant in the state of Utah (USA) making it a fully American machine. The first Asphalt Zipper model was launched in India at the EXCON 2011 show in Benagaluru. This equipment has since then proved over at least at four successful operations and trials over a period of six months the very purpose it was meant to perform. A simple, rugged and highly reliable equipment capable of performing multiple tasks as that of pothole patch repairs, milling off bituminous layers for RAP recycling. Pavement dismantling for (F.D.R) Full Depth Reclamation as well Soil Stabilization for asphalt pavement projects are effectively done at 300 mm depths in a single pass. The Zipper is available in covering 0.2 mtr (8) to 2.4 mtr(94) sizes such that the host vehicle can be as compact as a skid steer, while there are
Zipper performing soil stabilisationat Bangalore University campus for depth of 225mm
models to suit the commonly available like JCB 3DX ( Backhoe Loaders ) for such works. Not only does the Zipper
Zipper performing depth of 300mm (F.D.R) Full Depth Reclamation -Pavement dismantling offering excellent Opportunity to recycle aggregates & tremendous cost saving
offer a very high return on investments as a milling machine but also the application of FDR and Soil Stabilization makes it a sure winner when compared to conventional and even higher end machines. The results from the Zipper have been consistent churning the additives, new aggregates, fines etc; at desired pace and depth with full control by the Hostvehicle operator or the wireless remote making the job more easier. The result is a thoroughly mixed (homogenous) mix best suited for easy grading and roller compacted later. Application of the Zipper is not restricted to these but reach more avenues of mining being launched shortly for coal and limestone. The major advantage is the easy mobilization, which happens in a matter of minutes without any cranes or trailers. The controls are simple and easy. Minimal crew requirement also makes the operations cost
224
Zipper performing accurate milling aggregate recycling at Leh Airport runways in sept2012
effective. Cummins and John Deer powered diesel engines options are offered on models with customization of cutting drums and varieties available to suit standard, fine Milling and Z-Mag for stubborn asphalt ensure that most applications are accommodated. Field trials at at least two locations in the city of Bengaluru have resulted in excellent stability of the newly constructed pavement with reduced thickness of BC layers while withstanding traffic abuse without any signs of distress over the past several months. Very recently the Zipper was put to a rigourous test at the Leh Airport at Ladakh. At an altitude where the hardships compound exponentially the Zipper was an absolute success. The MES who are in charge of the Airport required the milling of the runway and an overlay after three years ! The Zipper was selected and the
MES were excited with the pace and accuracy of the work. The Zipper has also performed soil stabilization with renowned admixture manufacturers and for trials and work execution too. This was the second application that the Zipper proved its mantle and worth every paise. Recently at the 2012 Australian mining exhibit the Zip-Miner was launched and saw the most rapid sales of 4 units in less than a month. The order book has never stopped. In India what remains to be done is the demonstration of application on Lime-Stone Surface Mining and Coal Mining & similar applications of gypsum, laterite, salt etc at BRDC we welcome offers to conduct such trials for aspiring enterprise house that put an request. More applications in the near future for National Highway are in the pipeline
which would then ensure that the Zipper is recognized as a vital equip-ment for Indian contractors. As for con-sultants they would look more closely as options best suited for their clients projects covering aspects of mobilization, internal site travel and ease of opera-tion with ownership costs at a fraction of that spent on larger machines with almost similar output. Additional details of this equipment and application videos are available on the company website www.asphaltzipper.com and in India the Asphalt Zipper is represented by BRDC at www.brdc.co
Distributors for Indian Sub Continent: Bharat Road Development Combines Pvt. Ltd. Ph: +91-9619075522
225
Endeavors and Accomplishments of Parijatha

are known for their exceptional after sales service. The team at Parijatha is capable of installing and commissioning the machineries. Since its inception, the company is aimed at delivering quality products to its clients across the globe. Efficacious Harvests of Parijatha Any tile manufacture plant can rely on Parijatha to obtain all needy machineries to set up the entire plant. The success story of Parijatha made its initiative with the introduction of Automatic Terrazzo Tile machinery which contained two station press, polishing line, mixers and other related equipments. Sure-footed engineering talents are utilized to the fullest in framing all the below machineries: Automatic Press Small factories aiming to produce 200sq. mt in 8 hours shift can make use of Automatic Two station Press APM 216HD. This is highly versatile with its remarkable feature enabling the manufacturer to make use of the machine for cement as well as Terrazzo tiles just by changing the moulds. The entire machine structure is so sturdy such that it eliminates complicated replacements and repairs. Automatic Polishing Machine Low power consumption and masterly functioning are the highlights of this Automatic polishing machine. The Silicon Carbide Grinding wheel helps in polishing tiles at very low grinding cost and it produces exceptional output. The machine ensures evenness in the output and excellent finish with sharp edges and corner points. Parijatha Three Station Wet Press APM 316 WP Parijatha has introduced the advanAutomatic Three Station Wet Press - APM - 316 PW
Jayaram Ramesh, MD, Sri Parijatha Machinery Works Pvt. Ltd.
arijatha Machinery has a rich experience of about 40 years in manufacturing Terrazzo Tile and Concrete Block machineries in India. The company was begun by Mr. Ramesh J. and has gained the reputation of being the most pioneering thinkers in the market. Mr. Ramesh J. graduated from Bangalore University and went for training in Germany. Parijatha manufacturing units are well equipped with all needy contemporary equipments. Highly trained and qualified professionals complement the sophisticated infrastructure. The organization is backed up with the best talents. Parijatha has reached great heights due to its dedication to provide the best to the industry. Being technological leaders in Automatic Terrazzo Tile machinery, the company manufactures the machines which match the International Quality standards. The company is known to provide products like automatic block making machines, planetary mixers, conveyors and batching systems for tile and block plants. The company is capable of designing custom and tailor made machineries according to the clients' requirements. No matter what your machinery needs may be, the team at Parijatha can cater to all the types of needs. They
ced and latest technology in Terrazzo/ Cement tile, the Wet press system. This technique is helpful in obtaining very thin Tiles/slabs possessing high transverse and comprehensive strength, low water absorption and abrasion resistance. This system makes use of a special vacuum dewatering system for draining the water at the time of pressing. Tiles of 10mm to 20mm thickness and up to 60mm of thickness in slabs can be attained using this Wet press APM 316 WP . The manufacture process involves only the face mix procedure which is variant from the conventional methods. Automatic Press APM 316 The Press APM 316 is specially designed for manufacture of very high strength Interlock pavers, Slabs, Tiles and related products. Also, the most important fact is that this machine can be also used to manufacture Heavy duty Wet pressed products which can produce very high strength products which cannot be achieved by any other process. The production capacity of this machine is around 400 sq. mt. per 8 hour shift. Parijatha has the in-house design and manufacturing capability to produce any kind of Moulds as per customer's specific requirements. Automatic Paving Block Press Parijatha has taken a mountainous step in introducing its new machine, Parijatha Automatic press APM 216 HD which is the advanced version of the popular version called Press model
226
The Masterbuilder Subscription Form
APM 216. Low water absorption and very high comprehensive strength are the unique qualities of blocks manufactured from this press. The reason behind is the application of high pressure for vibration and pressing functions. This latest version is also capable of producing interlock paving blocks. Screw Mixer Parijatha Screw Mixer PSM -1 is the latest technology from Parijatha for the even mixing of Cement and stone dust / sand. Loading of cement and stone dust / sand is done with the help of two hoppers. The main screw conveyer performs agitating action in order to make a thorough mix. Opening at the discharge terminal is coated with a superhard material so as to attain prolonged life. Pan Roller Parijatha pan roller helps in obtaining a homogeneous mixture of cement and marble powder / Dolomite powder. The mixing is done by two timer controlled rollers which are present within a drum. The heavy rollers crush all lumps and coarse material thereby producing a uniform end product. Block Machine PBM 06 & Automatic Block Machine Plus: After a thorough analysis and understanding of the requirements of block
Parijatha Block Plant
manufactures, Parijatha is now ready with its Block Machine PBM 06 and Automatic Block Machine Plus. Interlocking paving block, building blocks, kerb stones and various other products needed for construction industries could be manufactured using these special machines. The machine is very simple to be handled such that even a even a semi skilled person can operate it. Uniform mixing of the content is enabled through the special feeding system with leveling devices. Minimum lubrication, complete interlocking system for total protection, fully automated functioning and unique machine structures are its additional features.
Planetary Mixer Among the latest products of Parijatha is the Parijatha Planetary Mixer PM 300. Mixing blades of this planetary mixer functions with a planetary mixing action thereby mixing the aggregates meticulously. The entire function is controlled with a timer and hence functions faster. Safety is ensured by the hydraulically operated door mechanism. Planetary Mixer PM 150 The planetary mixer PM 150 is a multi-purpose machine which serves the need for wet as well as dry mixing of elements. First layer of tiles, Backing layer of tiles, Top wet mix and Semi dry mix for wet cast rubber moulds and face mix for vibro-compacted pavers can make use of this special mixer. This is comparatively better in performance than all the other kinds of mixers.

Sri Parijatha Machinery Works Pvt. Ltd.
26/3, Indl. Suburub, Rajajinagar, Bangelore-55 Ph:+91-80-23572332, Fax:+91-80-28392894 E-mail: parijatha@sify.com, sales@parijatha.com Web: www.parijatha.com
Automatic Block Machine PBM Plus
228
Infrastructure
"Manufacturing Growth" Stagnancy:
NIMZs 'A Game Changer?'

Sadagopan Seshadri
Chief - Content Development, CE - Infrastructure - Environment
The Backdrop The National Manufacturing Policy's serious concern about the stagnant and low share of the manufacturing sector in India's GDP necessitated a dedicated policy for the sector: 1. To accelerate development 2. Provide for inclusive growth and 3. Increase availability of gainful employment.
It is expected that the Indian economy will reach the US $ 6 trillion mark by the year 2020. In order to aid the achievement of this size of GDP , the key growth drivers will be industry and services. Industry is expected to increase its share in the GDP from its stagnation level (since 1980s) of 15% to over 25% by 2020 (share in comparable economies in Asia is much higher at 25 to 34 %). To this end, the Department of In-
dustrial Policy and Promotion (DIPP) has formulated the new National Manufacturing Policy while the Planning Commission's Approach Paper to the 12th Five Year Plan has also mooted a National Manufacturing Plan. Both these policy instruments aim at pushing the sector and boost growth holistically. Under the scheme of the new manufacturing policy, the government will help set up manufacturing zones with
229
Infrastructure
robust physical infrastructure. The National Investment and Manufacturing Zones (NIMZs) will be developed as integrated industrial townships with 1. State-of-the art infrastructure; 2. Land use on the basis of zoning; 3. Clean and energy efficient technology; 4. Necessary social infrastructure; 5. Skill development facilities, etc. Providing a productive environment to persons transitioning from the primary sector to the secondary and tertiary sectors. The government has notified nine NIMZs, one each in Haryana, Gujarat, Uttar Pradesh and Madhya Pradesh, two in Rajasthan and three in Maharashtra. These NIMZs would be managed by SPVs which in turn will develop the NIMZ via special business units selected by SPV for the purpose. These will ensure master planning of the zone; pre-clearances for setting up the industrial units to be located within the zone and undertake all functions in compliance to policy. 'Good governance' is key for 'all round inclusive growth': To enable the NIMZ to function as a self governing and autonomous body, it will be declared by the State Government as an industrial township under Art 243 Q(c) of the constitution. In sum, the NIMZs would be large areas of developed land, with the requisite ecosystem for promoting world class manufacturing activity. They would be different from SEZs in terms of size, level of infrastructure planning, and governance, structures related to regulatory procedures and exit policies. To further the manufacturing sector growth, the Planning Commission has recommended the following strategic objectives for bringing change in the manufacturing sector in the next 15 years: Increase manufacturing sector growth to 12.0 to 14.0 per cent over the medium term to make it the engine of growth for the economy. The 2.0 -
to 4.0 per cent differential over the medium term growth rate of the overall economy will enable manufacturing to contribute at least 25.0 per cent of GDP by 2025. Increase the rate of job creation in manufacturing to create 100 million additional jobs by 2025. Emphasis should be given to creation of appropriate skill sets among the rural migrant and urban poor to make growth inclusive Increase domestic value addition and technological 'depth' in manufacturing Enhance global competitiveness of Indian manufacturing through appropriate policy support Ensure sustainability of growth, particularly with regard to the environment
20% by the end of policy period from the current 17%.
Suvarna Karnataka Development Corridor The Ministry of Commerce, Government of India proposal of Industrial Corridors covering potential areas across the country. Delhi-Mumbai Industrial Corridor (DMIC) was initiated, networking many potential areas between Delhi & Mumbai that will get served by establishing connectivity with JNPT, Mumbai and Pipav, Gujarat. This objective of Industrial Corridors for accelerating industrial growth through infrastructure support, by making value addition to the economy from potential areas along the corridor, is now on national agenda. Karnataka government budget 2008-09, spelt out implementation of Suvarna Karnataka Development Corridor Program all along the length and breadth of the State for Industrial Development. This corridor is to benefit many potential areas in the region from Bengaluru to Belgaum with laterals of about 50 to 1500 kms. from the national highway and rail network, both of which can form the necessary freight corridor for trade industry. Investment regions backed by core infrastructure (such as energy, road & rail linkages, inland container depots, free trade zones and
Karnataka Mission statement The Karnataka Industrial Policy 2009-14 falls in line with National goals, with its mission statement of the policy being to: - Create enabling environment for robust industrial growth - Ensure inclusive industrial development in the State - Provide additional employment for about 10 lakh persons by 2014 - Enhance the contribution of manufacturing sector to the State's GDP to
Figure 1 NIMZ Tumkur
230
Infrastructure
urban infrastructure) are key segments to derive advantage from this Corridor, giving appreciable impetus to Karnataka's economic growth. The corridor proposes to cover 11 district headquarters and more than 20 major towns along the highways/major roads and rail links. The major industrial corridors/zones/nodes are proposed along the following: Bidar-Gulbarga-Bellary-Hiriyur Tumkur- Honnavar via Shimoga Chitradurga-Mangalore via ShimogaUdupi Chitradurga-Hospet-Koppal-Raichur Chitradurga-Hospet-Bagalkot-Bijapur
galore port located at a distance of approximately 300 kms Tumkur NIMZ It is proposed to develop the Tumkur region as an NIMZ. Tumkur's proximity being a plus, it already hosts industrial development by acting as an extension of Bangalore. The Tumkur NIMZ will be an integrated industrial hub housing all facilities such as dedicated industrial, residential, commercial, education, healthcare zones etc. The Karnataka government has submitted a plan to set up a mega industrial zone on the outskirts of Bangalore to the Union government under the new national manufacturing policy. The National Investment and Manufacturing Zone (NIMZ) for a Tumkur, is around 70kms from Bangalore. Under the manufacturing policy, an NIMZ is spread over 50-100 sq. kms. Two more NIMZs have also been proposed for Bellary and Dharwad, but the plans are yet to be forwarded to the Union government. CRISIL Risk and Infrastructure Solutions Ltd prepared pre-feasibility reports for Tumkur and Dharwad with Tumkur being the first on line to come up. The Tumkur choice besides being attractive considering proximity to Bangalore, it nevertheless has substantial iron ore reserve thus rendering it ideal for ancillary industries. 'PPP' Bugle in Play According to the CRISIL report the project is envisaged as a PPP -publicprivate partnership. Viability gap funding (VGF) will come from both the state and the central governments with the central government pooling in up to 20%, while the state too is expected to
Table 1 IIP Karnataka
contribute an additional 20% through VGF mechanism. Although the CRISIL report mentions it was premature to develop cost estimates, as per a KSIIDC official it would cost around ` 30,000 crore to develop the zone. State's Holistic growth - A Big Plus The overall organized industrial sector of Karnataka registered 7.96% growth when compared to 2009-10 (12.22%) The general index of industrial production (IIP) of Karnataka covering mining, manufacturing and electricity sectors for 2011-12 stood at 202.14. To facilitate balanced regional growth, state government has shifted focus to new and planned industrial infrastructure such as SEZ and investment regions. The state planned Sector specific SEZ and Industrial zones are in tandem with the natural resources and capability of a region for the industry requirements. Strong industry focus is evidenced by 26 MSME product clusters, 132 Industrial areas and 8 growth centers; Annual growth rate of 7.2% is maintained since 2009-10. Along the Development of Suvarna Karnataka Development Corridor in industrial clusters and sector-specific industrial zones would be planned. Centers planned will be ideal for investment in Industry or Service or Business or Tourism Sectors with Potential Centers for industrial growth in tier-II and tier - III Cities. PPP partnerships route is chosen in infrastructure building. The difference between the input and the output in Karnataka is higher than that of the India's average difference. 105 projects worth US$ 15.2 billion are in various stages of implementation under private sector partnership.
Tumkur Profile & Connectivity Tumkur District is home to 24 large scale industries with an investment of 911.42 crores. Large scale industries with an investment of 911.42 crores generate employment for 6445 persons. The existing 8 medium scale and 23804 others employ 132994 persons accounting for an investment of 790 crores as of March 2012. Road: The three major roads passing through the district (195km) are: - NH-4 (Bangalore-Pune) that connects Tumkur with Bangalore, Dharwar, Pune and Mumbai - NH48 (Bangalore-Mangalore) that connects Tumkur with Bangalore and Mangalore on either side. This road also connects Bangalore with Chennai - Bangalore Honnavar State Highway connects Tumkur with Kadur, Birur, Tarikere, Shimoga, Sagar and Honnavara Rail: A Broad guage Railway line passing through Tumkur District connects Tumkur city with Hubli, Dadar , Pune and Bombay at North-West and Birur, Bhadravathi, Shimoga and with Hubli, Dadar , Pune and Bombay at North, Talguppa at South West while Banglore and Chennai at East. Sira presently is not accessible by rail Air: The nearest airport is the Bengaluru International Airport which is 75 km from Tumkur Port: The nearest port is the Man-
Index of Industrial Production of Karnataka: 2007-08 to 2010-11 Sector

Mining Manufacturing Electricity General Index
Weightage
41.36 785.71 172.93 1,000.00
2007-08
224.60 158.71* 146.22 158.98
2008-09
241.22 167.45* 146.33 166.85
2009-10
219.21 189.47* 169.43 187.24
2010-11
221.59 207.89* 171.38 202.14
Source: Karnataka Economic Survey 2011-12 * Provisional figures Base Year 1999-00
231
Infrastructure
Figure 2 Project Development Framework NIMZ Tumkur Delineation of NIMZ Formulation of Special Purpose Vehicle / Company (initiate environment clearance procrdures) Formulation of Project Implementing Agency
Hiring of technical consultants for preparation of master plan along with infrastructure master plan Bidding for selection of private sector partners as Master Infrastructure Service Provider and Master Developer for land development service
The master plan will define the land use zoning and development control regulations. The project implementing agency (a strategic business unit of the SPV) then develops an infrastructure master plan for the NIMZ and develops the trunk infrastructure through the Public Private Partnership (PPP) route. Next is the making of the 'Program Implementing Agency (PIA)' which serves as the project execution arm for the SPV. The PIA finally forms strategic business units(SBUs) for infrastructure provision and land development. Project Structure: Two routes have been explored for choosing the Project structure and evaluated. Plan 1: To use Multiple private sector partners The advantage here is that since all services are segmented across SBUs and private sector partners, the issue of overlap of roles and responsibilities will not arise (see Figure 3). Each of the SBU has a specific business to maintain and hence can focus closely on improving service levels to match international standards. The drawback with this structure is that this will require very high coordination efforts across SBUs as well as private sector partners which can impact services, as this structure means interacting with several agencies which can be frustrating at times. PLAN 2: To use 'Master Service Providers' The second alternative is that only two special business units are developed i.e. SBU for infrastructure services and SBU for land development (see Figure 4). These SBUs in turn will appoint Master Infrastructure Service Provider (MISP) and Master Developer for large land parcels. The advantage in this project structure is that a single entity is responsible for all infrastructure services as well as land development services. This curtails the coordination efforts as single point entity is held accountable for services. It is recommended the second option i.e. selection of master developers be
Figure 3- PLAN 1 : Multiple SBUs and multiple private sector partners Tumkur NIMZ - Special purpose vehicle which will act as regulatory authority and prepare master plan for the NIMZ Programme Implementing Agency - Infrastructure master plan and execution of all infrastructure projects
Special Business Unit Water supply systems Private sector partner for water supply Special Business Unit Road Development Private sector partner for road services Special Business Unit Transport Systems Private sector partner for transport services Special Business Unit Sewerage and storm water drainage Private sector partner for Sewerage and storm water drainage Special Business Unit Energy
Private sector partner(s) for energy services
Figure 4 : PLAN 2 - Master Service Providers Tumkur NIMZ - Special purpose vehicle which will act as regulatory authority and prepare master plan for the NIMZ Programme Implementing Agency - Infrastructure master plan and execution of all infrastructure projects Special Business Unit Infrastructure Services Master Infrastructure Service Provider Special Business Unit Land Development Master Developer for Large Land Parcels
Project Development Framework The Project Development of the NIMZ entails putting in place of an enabling framework. The state government gets the area for the NIMZ delineated, with a
master plan prepared for the area identified. The state government next forms a special purpose vehicle (SPV) which will be the regulatory authority for the NIMZ.
232
4th International Construction Chemicals Conclave - 2013 (FICCI)
Infrastructure
Table 2 Land for NIMZ - Tumkur

Location of Industrial Area
Vasanta Narasapura 2nd and 3rd Phase Vasanta Narasapura 4th Phase Madenur and Madhihalli Bhuvanhalli Ind Area Bidharehalli Kaval Gottigere Mudhigere Kaval Aladhakatte, Salukatte, Tonnalupura, Udinahalli Hirehalli, Kolihalli, Manchakalkuppe, Pandithanahalli Total
Name of the District

Tumkur Tumkur Tumkur Tumkur Tumkur Tumkur Tumkur Tumkur
Name of the aluk

Tumkur Tumkur Tiptur Sira Gubbi Kunigal Sira Chikkanayakanahalli
Total area acquired / proposed for acquisition (in acres) 2734.35 1725.35 211.35 1801.14 792.29 290.00 2051.24 1000.00
Status
Preliminary notification done, compensation to be settled Preliminary notification done, compensation to be settled Joint Measurement Committee (JMC) work in progress Joint measurement Committee (JMC) work in progress Joint Measurement committee (JMC) work in progress Identified Identified Identified
adopted since single point mechanism for project development and execution. Land banks are the most important 'tangible' assets & critical commodity for any infra project. These were selectively shortlisted for the Tumkur NIMZ (See Table 2 Land for NIMZ Tumkur). Risks and Mitigation The risk framework for this project has been exhaustively developed categorizing 'risks', specifying 'risk implication' and finally enumerating the 'risk mitigation measures' that could be adopted to overcome subject project risks scenarios. (see Table 3) Remember, Industrialization = land + labor + capital Land, Labor and Capital are the three pillars on which Industrialization stands. Despite all the 'Due Diligence', projects do face immense hardships in implementation and need to be continuously monitored to avert the risks of failure or loss. NIMZ Tumkur is no exception and hence deliberating on the prevailing industrial climate in India with a review of similar endeavors locally and on foreign shores would come handy. The Karnataka Global Investors Meet 2012 brought once again to forefront that land availability has to be first kept in mind while framing industrial development policies and prior to signing MoUs. The estimated land-needs for the various projects for which MoUs have been signed is stated to be of the order of 1,20,000 acres. State Government has already a land bank of 46,000 acres and preliminary notification has been issued for another 40,000 acres. The feasibility of providing land in the wake of land acquisition legislation, compensation and controversies there of, needs critical analysis on a case to case basis. Land, labor & Capital are the basic requirements for industrialization, of which land is a 'finite' scarce commodity with multiple use, making it's acquisition the central reason for conflicts for a variety of reasons. Land use for industrialization should be earmarked without disturbing the agricultural sector, biodiversity and the
Tumkur
Tumkur
600.00 11205.72
Table 3: Risk Mitigation Measures

Risk Category
Sponsor risk
Risk Implication
Department scraps projects
Mitigation Measure
Termination payments in case of Department scrapping projects Penalty clauses in case of defaust on Concessionaire's Part Environmental Impact Assessment to identify all risks in advance Termination payments in case of project being scrapped Force majeure clauses in the concession agreement Performance security clauses and penalty clauses for stalled operations on account of concessionaire's fault Protection clauses for the developer in case the revenues fall below threshold limit (depending on the nature of project) Protection clauses for the developer in case the demand is lower than anticipated. Project design to be finalized in mutual agreement of concessionaire and department / SPV / Appropriate agency Penalty clauses for time overrun in the concession agreement Developer to be responsible for cost controls; clauses for non-payment of additional costs on account of concessionaire's fault
Environment risk
Adverse impact on surrounding environment Change in government may put project in jeopardy Project is abandoned Operations of the NIMZ are impacted (infrastructure service failures etc.) Revenue realization is sub-par Demand withing NIMZ is low
Political risk Froce majeure risk
Operating risk
Revenue risk Demand risk
Design risk Completion risk
Overdesign of the project Completion of project is delayed
Cost over-run risk
Cost of projects are higher than anticipated
234
Infrastructure
Figure 5 Three Inputs for Industrialization Land + Labor + Capital = Industrialization
ecological balance so as to maintain sustainable development. The Nandigram episode and the Tata's 'Nano' car project moving out of West Bengal to Gujarat are recent enough and so are the farmers' demonstrations against the GIM in Bangalore, besides a host of land acquisition fueds on account of infra projects all over the country. Land availability being limited, industrial development plans will have to be based on limitations on land and maximum returns, both in turnover and job generation. A holistic approach on land use policy is the need of the hour to avoid embarking on massive commitment of land for investing in industries, thereby creating sectoral imbalances. Final word of Caution: Don't go wrong this time We are not alone. Most emerging countries (such as China, Taiwan and South Korea) evolved customized development strategies with sharp focus on promoting a strong and vibrant manufacturing sector which boosted both economic growth and employment. India has definitely failed on this account, and has been unable to neither expand manufacturing base nor generate praiseworthy employment creation in this sector. This has been the case of DMIC which is still underway while the GIFT (formed 2007) which saw rough weather has just recently come out of the cloud. Favorable comparisons of GIFT with other financial centres such as Pudong were made. An overwhelming response
sprung with GIFT signing around 100 agreements with finance and nonfinance companies. All were scrapped after their six-months validity expired and work on the city hadn't started. Only in 2011 it was resurrected with the government handing over 880 acres on the banks of the Sabarmati to GIFT for ` 1! What could prove to be a 'silver lining' in the cloud, is launch of the National Manufacturing Policy (NMP) since it proposes to cut drastically the 'red tape' besides promising 'sops' that can infuse momentum.The NMP is about flexible labor rules, reducing the burden of compliance by simplifying business regulations, providing singlewindow system for clearances, simpler and expeditious exit mechanisms for closure of units while simultaneously protecting labour interests. It aims at reaping the benefits accruing from clustering manufacturing activities by proposing National Investment and Manufacturing Zones (NIMZ). Technology upgradation route is taken to compete globally while ensuring sustainable growth in the sector. The NMP is to have a Technology Acquisition and Development Fund to take care concerns across industries like removing traditional barriers of cost problems (of SMEs) including part reimbursement for technology acquisition. Promoting cleaner energy use, renewable energy resources and energy conservation technologies is on agenda too. Success is implementation dependent despite plans or policies being good. As already said, Land acquisition hurdles have to be overcome con-
sidering that large land parcels are required for NIMZs that would come at prohibitive Costs. The proposed special purpose vehicle (SPV) model should be capable to temper this aspect by suitable means like deferred payment etc towards land cost thus lowering entry cost for new units. NIMZs approach instead of concentrating on just its corridor alone, should be focused on opportunity creation for incremental growth in existing clusters (or brownfield regions) by identifying performing/promising existing clusters in the region and extending benefits of NIMZ to them. These sort of Interventions in the brownfield regions can spur up growth and employment creation leading overall development of the region. Thus the ultimate aim of NMP through NIMZs can be achieved, which is the much needed contribution to GDP by an ever expansive manufacturing base, that generates a corresponding upward trend of employment growth too in a sustainable manner. 'Time is the essence'for Infra Projects because 'time is money'. Sooner India understands this maxim, the better it will be. The world is looking at China & India as 'Economic Powers' of the coming decades. This can be true if we play the game by the rules!
Author's Bio
The author leads our Delhi bureau. An Engineer and qualified ADR professional (NALSAR alumnus), Sadagopan Seshadri has been a senior Contract Management Professional in large national & International Companies. His domain experience is in Building Products, Cement plants and Mega Power project execution. He has been expert visiting faculty for Contract Management at the SSAA, IP University, New Delhi. Being passionate about Environment he has now turned to Landscape Projects design teamed with likeminded architects & engineers for sustainable landscapes development He is vocal with his views on these areas through his writings. He can be reached at
design2xcel@gmail.com; amak28@hotmail.com
235
Chembond Chemicals Ltd

The Masterbuilder - November 2012

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

The Masterbuilder - November 2012

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Aquarius Engineers Pvt.

Aquarius Engineers Pvt. Ltd

Hess Concrete Machinery India (P) Ltd

Hess Concrete Machinery India (P) Ltd

Pidilite Industries Ltd (Dr.Fixit)

Metecno India Pvt.Ltd

Hyundai Construction Equipment India Pvt.Ltd

Marini India Pvt Ltd (Fayat India)

The Aam Aadmi Dream

Gandhi Automations Pvt. Ltd

Editor's Comment.......................12 Advertisers Index.......................22

Classification Index....................24 News & Events............................26

High Rise: Foundations Foundation for High Rise Buildings

Ground Engineering Construction of Underground Metro Stations and Associated Tunnelling

R G Saini, Project Director Metro Tunnelling, Chennai, L&T SUCG JV

People A Unique Recognition for Shell Structures and R. Sundaram

Diaphragm: Wall Systems Equipment for Diaphragm Wall Construction

Concrete Block Workmanship Improve Workmanship in the Block Work

Nirmal Ganesh M, Senior Manager - Sobha Developers Ltd.

Helen Chow1*, Frances Badelow1 1Coffey Geotechnics Pty Ltd

Tall Buildings: Foundations Challenging Design: Foundations for Tall Buildings

M.K. Prabhakar, Associate Editor

Enviro Geosynthetics Pvt. Ltd

172 182 190 194 200 80 98 100

Chaitanya Raj Goyal

Roads Next-Gen Smart and Sustainable Highways

Roads: PMA Polymer Modified Asphalt A Solution to Many Asphalt Problems

212 The Cure for Concrete

Concrete: Highways Cracks Repair in Pavement Quality Concrete

Supreme's 'DURAble' Construction Solutions

Automatic Industrial Overhead Doors from Gandhi Automations

182 172 190

For Your Weekly Source of Reliable Construction Information

The Masterbuilder - November 2012 www.masterbuilder.co.in

H & K Rolling Mill Engineers Pvt.Ltd

Rear Gate Fold / 91 Flap (Front & Back) 123 137

Aquarius Technologies Pvt.Ltd

STA Flooring (Sanjay Tekale Associates) 67 / 105

Front inner Cover - 2

The Masterbuilder - November 2012 www.masterbuilder.co.in

PNP Poly Flex

Advertisers Index / Classification

The Masterbuilder - November 2012 www.masterbuilder.co.in

Volvo Construction Equipment Marketing Communication

News & Events

22 Sets Lishide Excavators Exported to Ghana

Honghua launches the most powerful movable gantry crane

Liebherr acquires concrete pump manufacturer Waitzinger

The Masterbuilder - November 2012 www.masterbuilder.co.in

News & Events

JCB to open its fourth factory at a cost of ` 500 crore in Jaipur

Construction Equipment exhibtiton expected to see nearly 40% rise in exhibitors

The Masterbuilder - November 2012 www.masterbuilder.co.in

Tashi India Ltd

News & Events

CESC bags consultancy contract worth $2.5 million from Nigeria

Four substations for development of Greater Noida and Jewar

NTPC to invest ` 30,000 crore to set up 4,000 MW thermal plant in Chattisgarh

The Masterbuilder - November 2012 www.masterbuilder.co.in

Shriram Automall India Ltd

News & Events

The Masterbuilder - November 2012 www.masterbuilder.co.in

News & Events